Home

User Manual DLS version 3 / LibLime Academic Koha version 5.10

1. Pagel 4 3 435 6 T E 9 10 11 127 13 14 15 16 Citation Status Match Bib 1 Love and curses staged no_ match 2 GL Joe staged no_ match 3 The real thing staged no_match 4 Desperate measures staged no_ match 5 Ison Pain Management System Ison David 90150290115 staged no_match 6 More power Pop lggy staged no match 7 Punjabi Fresh Hits staged no _ match O Urbanus Harris Steton staged no match 9 Siwan Balke Jon staged no _ match 10 Music update Marsalis Jason staged no match 11 Emma Jean Lazarus fell in love Tarshis Lauren 0605333416 staged no_match 12 Philippa Fisher and the dream maker s daughter Kessler Liz 0Or6364240249 staged no_match 13 Dessert first Durand Hallie 1416963055 staged no match 14 The Dream Stealer Fleischman Sid 006175563 staged no _ match 15 The magical Me Plum Becker Bonny 0375956374 staged no_match 16 Scaredy cat catcher r Hicks Betty 15964324462 staged no_match 17 Track attack Hicks Betty 1596434500 staged no_ match If you click on a title it will show a popup window of the MARC record DLS User Manual Page 194 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited E Close Koha Cataloging MARE Import e LDR O1052nam azz2D0265 a 4500 oo1 BEOOOS 1580415 00s 20091223162 600 0 OOS O90814s2009 manila 000 1 eng d 010 abl20090231485 oz0 aO0763642029 SAL ec15 99 all BwET ch jB
2. Export DLS User Manual Page 33 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited This brings up a tool which will allow you to select individual records from the results list Pick the records you want and click Export Selected as XML Export Tool Results 1 to 1000 of 3958 First Previous 1 2 3 4 Net Last MARE Functions DLS Functions Filter Title Export selected as lt MmML bo DLSOs Mo Checked OLsOs Checked DLsOs Clear Highlights Select Highlighted Select Mon Highlighted Select All Clear Selects Remove Selected 4 w Roque state how nuclear North Korea threatens America l E Missing Filename SHF UDI badr9261 9fe 43e9 aefr 94fcoc bbefo T a Wri Lia Tae StS 0i e ion o lid state amp local government vn Li In a free state D State of mind Restarting and Paging will remove highlights amp selects PAGE On a full DLS system this tool can be used to download the digital objects from a results list Instead of clicking the title you would click the digital object under a title entry see the first title in the screenshot above Then you would click the Checked DLSOs button to export 3 5 4 Search Filters and User Preferences Staff may configure default preferences in a Role patron or an individual patron record From the main patron display page click the Edit link under the Patron User Preferences section
3. 100 Main street Your Town 00123 tmyaccount ahoo com Lie Category Student STUDENT Home Library LibLime University Demo Library Check Out Borrowing Relationships Lost Items To mark an item lost manually go to the Item tab under the title record You can get there by clicking the barcode from the patron s list of checkouts the patron record Details or Checkout tab DLS User Manual Page 129 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 3 Checkout 0 Holds Due 2 Title Item Call Barcode Borrowed Renewals Renew Check date Type no by In Previous checkouts Understanding Mahla 04 12 2011 Hamlet BOOK Saal 37570000451772 Abdelmagid 1 F EN Mardo Don 09641 z shakespeare Nee pazzo Metragedies pan PR2983 H27 37570000189950 Abdelmagid 1 m Check Harbage AAA 20964 In Alfred On the Item tab make sure there 1s a replacement price in the record Then use the pull down to set the Lost status to the first Lost charge Barcode 375700004517 72 item Information s dit items Home Library LibLime University Demo Library ltem type Book Collection Circulating Book ltem Callnumber PR26507 M37 2001 Replacement Price 25 00 Statuses Current Location LibLime University Demo Library Checkout Status Checked out to 30964 Due back on 04 92 2011 Lost Status E aan cts lt Missing Damaged Status
4. See Appendix for a list of Solr index names DLS User Manual Page 379 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Wildcard Searching You can do single and multiple character wildcard searches within single terms not within phrase queries For single character wildcards use a symbol For multiple characters use an For example te t will find test and tent but not tests or tents te t will find test and tent and tenet among others You cannot use the or as the first character of a search Fuzzy Searching Fuzzy searching looks for similar words based on an internal algorithm Use the tilde at the end of a single word search and it will try to find terms that are spelled similarly For example searching mark finds not only mark and mark but also things like cork and mart and marx and many other variants Proximity Searching You can look for words within a specified distance of each other For example searching pilot Mississippi 10 will find records with the pilot and Mississippi within 10 words of each other somewhere in the record DLS User Manual Page 380 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Boolean Searching The Boolean operators AND OR N
5. Withdrawn Lost and Paid For Long Overdue fLost History Accession Date 05 29 4009 Total Renewals a Total Checkouts 3 view item s checkout history Several lost values are available in the pull down but are not appropriate in this situation Only the first Lost entry will charge the replacement cost Click the Set Status button The item will be marked lost It will be moved from the patron s list of checkouts to the patron s Lost Items tab and the replacement cost will be charged under the Fines tab DLS User Manual Page 130 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Account Account history Create manual invoice Submit partial payment Current fines Action Date Description of charges Library Itemtype Fee type rages Outstanding Accruing overdue charge for Readings on Hamlet due Estimated E E 04717 2011 74 2 2011 cn PR2807 R4 1999 WCCC Book fee 0 50 0 00 view item Accruing overdue charge for William Estimated E 04 17 2011 Shakespeare due 04 12 2011 cn WCCC Book E 0 50 0 00 PR2981 5 H55 1993 View item Accruing overdue charge for _ Shakespeare the tragedies due Estimated 04 17 2011 04 12 2011 cn PR2983 H27 View WOCO Book fas cies NN fan item Lost Item surcharge Understanding P 12 23 2013 Hamlet 37570000451772 cn Y CCC Book PR26807 N37 2001 View item Lost Item Understa
6. 0 00 25 60 This screen shows all outstanding charges charges that have been paid or cleared are on the Account History tab Each fine will have an Action drop down menu where the staff can choose to Pay in full Pay partial Write off Forgive or Transfer the fine There is also a breakdown of amount owed by branch At this screen you have the option to send an alert to the patron If you click the Send Fines Alert button the screen will ask you to confirm Then the system will generate an email notice to the patron The default text is something like this According to our records you have an outstanding balance of 28 60 Please remit payment soon as possible to avoid loss of borrowing privileges Summary of outstanding fines and fees 12 17 2013 Overdue The most of S J Perelman 10 00 12 17 2013 Overdue Video games 10 00 05 08 2013 Overdue Anger management 8 60 Total due 28 60 The Fines screen then shows that a message has been sent DLS User Manual Page 124 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Account Account history Create manual invoice Submit partial payment Current fines Action Date Description of charges Library ltemtype Fee type Su Outstanding Overdue Anger management cn Overdue 05 08 2013 BFS75 45 A53 2009 view item Boot Fine TOHU i Overdue Wideo games cn Overdue IM 1271772013 S
7. 2011 04 18 19 1 DIY 30 00 Amazon com A beautiful mind videorecording 2012 05 31 12 2012 05 31 1 Arts 15 00 Amazon com Ato Z GIS an illustrated dictionary of geog 2012 03 08 14 2012 03 08 1 KristinaMoney 10 00 Amazon com Aftermath of the storm 2012 11 07 18 1 LibLime Main Library 29 99 Amazon com Blanket Order for August 2011 08 19 15 1 Monographs 1 200 00 Amazon com Bone dog Rohmann Eric 2012 01 04 20 1 LibLime Main Library 9 00 Amazon com Boom 2011 12 02 20 1 Arts 9 99 Amazon com Chicago videorecording 2012 05 31 12 1 Arts 1 00 Amazon com Chicks Versus Bunnies With Punch Out Ea Paul Cinco 2011 07 08 17 1 Gifts 4 99 Amazon com Dead reckoning Harris Charlaine 2011 05 19 19 1 Literature 27 95 Amazon com Deep water contourite systems modem dri Stow D A V Geological So 2012 05 09 21 1 Arts 2 00 Amazon com Don t think pink what really makes women t Johnson Lisa Learned And 2011 12 12 12 1 Arts 9 99 Amazon com For the love of knitting a celebration of the Comell Kari A Falick Melar 2012 05 30 22 1 Arts 25 00 Amazon com Glenn Miller musical memory sound recordi Tex Morgan Orchestra 2011 12 16 19 1 LibLime North Branct 9 99 14 Serials The Serials module allows libraries to receive magazine journal issues If the library chooses it is possible to barcode each issue so that issues may be checked out via circulation It is possible DLS User Manual Page 318 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unaut
8. Holdings 13 Comments Library LibLime University Demo Library Shelving Item hide Collection Location type Call Number Availability Circulating Main Book IKSS1le6 S73 Checked out due Book Collection 2006 Browse Hack 122420153 On Shelf hold DLS User Manual Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Page 338 Holdings 17 Comments Library LibLime University Demo Library o Shelving Item hide Collection Location type Call Number Availability Circulating Main Book PRESS OF M32 1S 2002 Damaged Book Collection Browse Shelf 17 6 Authority Browse If enabled the Browse link in the masthead will allow users to browse for titles related by an authorized term author subject uniform title Authority search Hide help text How to browse Browse by author Browse by subject Corporate Name e g LibLime Chronological Term e g World War 11 Personal Name e g vYilliarn Shakespeare Geological Term e g The Rocky Mountains Meeting Name e g 2013 UN Summit Topical Term e g Astronauts Genre Form Term e g Poems Dictionaries Use the pull down to select the appropriate authority index the default will search all indexes Per eee rrr all authors corporate names names How to Corpor all subjects Person chronological terms Meeting Yenresform terms 1 topical terms geographical terms all tit
9. OFI I I m sum Eod J e o L to expand those options ader 0oe Rec staf n Typel a BLv m Ctrl ELvll 1 Desc a Multipart Datel960425 Dist r No specific type Date 2 1989 Place nyu Language eng MRec Archival lis Audn Fom Cont FULT conf o Fesi 0 naj o LitF o Biography i Each blue arrow provides a pick list of terms Comparable editable areas are offered for other fixed fields DLS User Manual Page 201 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 006 miili mn Form m Comg I 7 FMus p Parl gt Aud 7 Form AccM pho gt LTxt Wm TAG y 007 sz z nnnnnzned Category of material g Specific material designation z Speed z Configuration of playback channels Groove width groove pitch no Dimensions n Tape width n Tape configuration no F Kind of disc cylinder or tape no Kind of material z Kind of cutting n Special playback characteristics a Capture and storage technique dad gt 9 3 2 Library of Congress Help A static footer at the bottom shows the name of the MARC field and a link to the Library of Congress MARC standard page for whichever field has the cursor 260 t alBoston t b Little Brown e c1997 300 E a xi 212 p E e 21cm 650 0 a Youth t Fiction t O aaae 650 011 Aa cn EEN Ee eE w ql tT 8 Ad
10. Patron user preferences Variable Enabled User value Search behavior Messages and Notifications predue advance days 5 Edit DLS User Manual Page 34 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited There are several options in this area Variable Enabled User value Search behavior default query filter use default filter Messages and Notifications message popup duration message poll interval Description Must be a valid Solr fq filter State of Default Filter in search results page Duration s of expiring DL pop up alerts 0 for indefinite Interval s between polling for pop up and list messages predue advance days Y 5 Cancel Days in advance to receive notifications of items due 0 for no advance notice At the top you could specify some Solr index defaults to be applied to searching In most circumstances the defaults are fine One use for the default filter would be to limit search results for the patron For example in a large multi library system you might want to limit searches to the patron s home branch by default You could enter code like this owned by BRANCHI Use the appropriate branchcode In the Discovery Layer the filter is applied automatically but the patron can turn 1t off on a search results set by clicking the Default Filter Off button TOU sele meo pols State Displaying results 1 to 29 of 3 230
11. Pr My Computer am My Neterork C patronimages zip Places aa Files Cancel Then click the Upload button The system will unpack the zip file match the images and cardnumbers and give you a report on the process Patron Image s Successfully Uploaded Unpacking completed 1 directorie s scanned 1 directorie s processed 2 image s moved into the Upload More Images Return to Tools database admin 2 JPG Cardnumber admin 2 Imported successfully 1254567090 JPG Cardnumber 12454567590 Imported successfully Be aware that if your upload file contains a cardnumber that is not in the DLS patron table the import will stop at that point It will show an error and the rest of the images will not load Note that you can also load individual images through this tool rather than in the patron record To do so select the Image File radio button You can either search for and select the patron barcode in the top field or just enter it in the bottom section Then click Browse to locate your image file select it and click Open DLS User Manual Page 112 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Upload Patron Images Patron cardnumber barcode 1234567890 Search test user YVCCC 1234567890 File Upload 21x Look in B temp y O 2 e ao Ei Fe E admin_2 JPG My Recent E IDLINK txt
12. paradise lost for example or author john smith author jane doe Be aware that this hypothetical example would not find a book whose author is listed as Doe Jane In order to explicitly specify fields you must know the column name This is the name of the column in the SQL database See Appendix 1 for a table that shows the fields and column names that are available to be searched 13 10 7 Advanced Search The Show Search Options button brings up advanced search This gives explicit options for all the searchable fields for an object type For example in the Orders Search search options you could fill in Maria under Created By and BT123 under Vendor Account This would find any PO which was created by Maria and which had a vendor account of BT123 There are also date selection boxes which you can use to choose a date for date between If you wish to type in the date directly it should be in YY Y Y MM DD format Orders and Invoices searches have form entries to allow you to search the PO or invoice lines specifically You can select either title author or ISBN ISSN ISBN ISSN also searches ISMN UPC and EAN13 You can choose one of six ways to search contains the EXACT STRING must be found somewhere in the field For example the author Melville Herman contains Melville It does NOT contain Melville Herman no comma nor Herman Melville wrong order and no comma all
13. Leave those permissions unchecked Someone working at the Circulation Desk will probably also need at least the Remaining Borrowers Permissions setting to be able to search and display patron records but you may not want to allow other patron actions such as batch edit delete The library staff person may also need Update borrower charges to be able to take payment for fines However this person would not be given permissions in other areas such as Acquisitions Tools or Cataloging Set the permissions you think this staff role will need then click the Set Flags button to save them Then log in as that user and test it Make sure the login can do all the actions needed but cannot do anything that should be blocked When that person logs in the initial menu will be much more limited than that of someone with full administrator permissions Circulation Patrons search More LibLime University Demo Library Set 35455759012 Log Out Circulation Check out to OK Check in Transfers Patrons search catalog Ok Lists DLS User Manual Page 143 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 7 Messaging and Message Preference Defaults The system now has a common infrastructure which is used for all messages and notifications This replaces three previous mutually incompatible subsystems for managing messages The messaging infras
14. Library Catalog Home Advanced Search Mew Titles Bourse RPEServes Browse by Subject opens a pop up window with the existing list of tags to search from DLS User Manual Taq Cloud A Page 368 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Tag Cloud Showing tags by library users Show up ta 100 tags Academy Awards acscemy revara Alan Booth Anything BAFTA Books BRocco has read calculus calculus ispell Cats Classic literature Diem used tmes LICATION q U Call O nN B OO K Education Books Fitzgerald French Academy Awards Knitting Pets practice Purchase rancisco To ist e idebooks Travel guidebooks WIST DICKENS wate Clicking on a tag in this cloud will take you to all records that have the tag assigned to it Within the record you can see that it has an assigned tag with the total number of records containing it in parentheses next to the tag It can be seen from the results list my The cil war by Caesar Julius Gardner Jane F Format Book Publisher and date Mew York Dorset Press 1989 c1976 ISBN 0585802904 12 Holdings 1 copy Copies available at LipLime University Demo Library Main Collection DG266 0242 1985 Tags from library users Civil Var Place hold 0 holds on 1 item Add tocat Add a tag and from the details record DLS User Manual Page 369 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 2
15. Logout Academic Koha Library Catalog M Search the cataloc Y Cart Map Home Advanced Search New Titles Course Reserves Browse TagCloud Saved Searches The third user greeting page shown below is for a junior circulation librarian This person has access to circulation lists and patron functions but no other areas cataloging reports tools administrative functions etc Circulation Patrons Search More LibLime University Demo Library Set Hello Jane3 Logout Submit Query Search the Catalog Check Out Check In Academic Koha gt Home Circulation Check out to OK Check in Transfers Patrons Search OK Search Search catalog ok Lists DLS User Manual Page 13 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Again note that for all users the top menu bar is available throughout the staff client screens the More menu has links to most of the functions listed on the main page The staff masthead has tabs for searching the catalog and for starting a checkout options vary depending on what screen you are on 2 1 Toggle Between Staff Public Masthead Staff users can toggle between the staff and Discovery Layer masthead for more functionality as needed Under More click Show Public Masthead Circulation Patrons Search More LibLime University Demo Libr ae Lists Submit Query Koha _ Add Digital Co
16. Submit Query You could also create a custom SQL report to identify items and patrons here is some sample SQL DLS User Manual Page 82 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited SELECT reserves reservedate reserves waitingdate reserves reservenotes borrowers cardnumber borrowers surname borrowers firstname borrowers branchcode biblio title FROM reserves JOIN borrowers on reserves borrowernumber borrowers borrowernumber JOIN biblio on reserves biblionumber biblio biblionumber WHERE reserves waitingdate lt date NOW interval 7 day AND priority 0 ORDER BY reserves waitingdate You could add a branchcode limiter or change the number of days as needed The report output can be downloaded to Excel 4 12 Call Slips Document Delivery and other RFI Forms Call Slip and Document Delivery functionality allows patrons to place requests on items in closed stacks or remote storage for retrieval by the staff Call slip allows an item to be requested for quick retrieval from closed stacks or storage for the patron to borrow How quickly this 1s turned around is determined by local policies but very little time is needed to fill call slip requests as the call slip queue is updated continuously Once the item is received it can be checked out to the patron Document Delivery handles requests for copies of articles In this case the patron requests t
17. You may continue to add as many items as needed from this point Note also that once items are added to the list they are available for placing a Hold through the list Clicking on the Edit button of the list takes you back to the set up parameters which allows you to change the name of the list how it is sorted or whether it 1s Private or Public DLS User Manual Page 330 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited db New List Edit List Beethoven List Name Beethoven List Owner ptfs ptfs Sort this list Author by Category Private Save Cancel You may also Delete a list from the staff mode If you click on Delete you will be asked to confirm the action If you agree to the Delete action but there are items in the list you will be asked for further confirmation The list Music fist is not empty lt has 20 entries Use the Confirm button below to confirm deletion Lists Your Lists Public Lists List Name Contents Sortby Type Options Beethoven List 1 item s author Private Edit Delete Music list 20 item s title Private Edit _ Confirm The list will not be deleted until you Confirm once deleted it cannot be retrieved See the Discovery Layer section for information about working with lists in the public interface 16 Moderating DLS User Manual Page 331 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Beth
18. a GardenStte f banmeli Rick Moody 280 1 a is Back Bay ed 260 E a Boston b Lite Broan ciSs 300 tax 212p a i 660 t a Youth vw Fiction ft 0 XYZ45756 650 0 a Bands Music v Fiction 0 YE OSTSS 653 t a History 774 f 020000030081 f i parent record to 342 f 2 do t o AUDIO f x GARA 399 t 04181 t d 181 t f 9 3 19 Linking Parent Child Records Host Unit Constituent Unit The system can display links between a parent record 773 and child record 774 The link is made on the subfield o 0 of each record If the entry in 0 is alphanumeric the system searches against the ctrinum index 035 a or 001 If the entry is completely numeric the system assumes it s a biblionumber and links to the relevant record A descriptive note can be entered in subfield n 1f desired For example this parent record has three 774 entries for child records DLS User Manual Page 227 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The road atlas United States Canada amp Mexico by Rand McNally and Company subjects Cres and towns United States Maps Cities and towns Canada 4aps Cities and towns MMevoco Maps United States Rod maps Canada Road maps Maico Rosd macs Publisher and date Skokie IL Rand McNally amp Company c2001 Edition Updated 2001 ed ISBN 057285907175 pbk Description i mina 1140 p col maps J3 om
19. borrow Borrow books DLS User Manual Page 138 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited editcatalogue Edit Catalogue Modify bibliographic holdings data batch_item_delete Batch Item Delete batch_item_edit Batch Item Edit notifications Subscribe to catalog related event notifications catsource bib Manage bibliographic records update Create Update Delete Bibliographic records catsource delete Delete Bibliographic records catsource stage Stage a bibliographic record to an import batch or as an intermediate save catsource commit Commit staged changes to a bibliographic record catsource merge Merge the items of one bibliographic record with another catsource mfhd Manage MFHD records update Create Update Delete MFHD records catsource stage Stage a MFHD record to an import batch or as an intermediate save catsource commit Commit staged changes to a MFHD record catsource auth Manage authority records update Create Update Delete Authority records stage Stage an authority record to an import batch or as an intermediate save commit Commit staged changes to an authority record template Manage MARC templates update Create Update Delete MARC templates diso Manage digital objects upload Create and stage an import record for a digital object catsource attach Attach a digit
20. gt 25 00 Vendor Account UPC Discount Place of Publication New York Discount 09 Defaults to Vend Acct Discount Publisher Sterling Pub Co Discounted Price 25 00 Date of Publication c1962 c1989 Prepaid F Binding Rush Volume Part Allow Backorder F Edition American ed Backordered Manufacturer Number Y Save Cancel The Order Type will be empty If you ve already selected the order type in a previous step you can leave this field blank The required field List Price needs to have a price entered adding the List Price will automatically fill the Discounted Price After the record has been saved continue the ordering workflow by adding a copy and assigning a fund You can also add receiving notes to a POL that will display while receiving the item The POL has a new Notes button in the toolbar PO 454 Edit PO Line Y Save E Cancel PO Line Apply Template gt Send to Catalog E Unlink E Notes 48 Title Guinness book of world records Bibliographic Record ID Author McWhirter Ross McWhirter Norris OCLC Number OCoLC ocm04562942 DLS User Manual Page 310 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited There is a new Receiving note option which allows entry of notes for each POL A new note type of Receiving is available in the Type column These notes will appear on the PO line gri
21. search result score display block DLS User Manual Page 370 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Users with appropriate granular permissions see earlier section on ratings will have the ability to rank a bibliographic record and or view bib ratings but not create or modify them Users lacking these permissions will not see bib rankings at all By clicking on the stars in the display 1 5 1 1s lowest 5 is highest a user can show their rank or approval of a title Water electronic resource the fate of our most precious Search Results Navigator lt lt Previous Resultlist Met gt by De Villiers Mar n erar Format Dook Website Subjects Water supply Nao p Solbical asp ei Title Actions Warner resources development Poltical aspects y Add to Gookbag ecrl ic books rm ace Request Publisher and date Hoston Ma Document Delivery Edition st Ma ISBN amp Pnnt siption xv 352 p maps 21 cm V Sha Description Ill Save to Your Shelves Contents as listed on item T View record a Y 5 nage hat and t iti t pt 4 What is to be Gone Staff interface View Online Resources An electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web click to view Rate this title 2i Digital Documents ES ete available of 1 copy i No Associated Digital Documents Place hold 0 holds BW Add io Bookbag Add atag After a bib is
22. 58974 0743270754 pbk Goodwin Doris Kearns New York Simon amp Schuster in tab 2006 c2005 1st Simon amp Schuster pbk ed View hide full record Team of rivals the political genius of Abraham Lincoln Open 53112 0684824906 hardcover Goodwin Doris Kearns New York Simon amp Schuster in tab c2005 View hide full record The record will open in the Cataloging Editor screen Koha Cataloging Editor Record View Tr save status Save to reservoir Save Last saved 2014 06 23 22 52 58 1 101626 Team of rivals x 000 01427cam a22004094a 4500 001 174366 005 20140824025258 0 If you have already searched for and are displaying the record you want clicking Edit and then selecting Edit Record will open the title in the Cataloging Editor DLS User Manual Page 178 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home Catalog gt Details for Tear of mala Normal MARC Labeled MARC ISBD tems Holds Checkout history Modification log Edit Items Merge Record Edit as New Duplicate Abraha New from 739 40 genius of Type Book Publisher Mewe York Simon Schuster c2005 Description xix 916 p il maps 25 cm ISBN 9750654524901 0654824906 9761451688092 pbk Other Title Political genius of Abraham Lincoln Related Subjects Lincoln Abraham 1809 1865 Political leadership United S
23. My Requests My personal details My checkout history My Lists My purchase suggestions My messaging preferences Type Title Document Delivery Call Slip Call Slip Call Slip Document Delivery 17 15 Other Request Forms Pick up location LibLime University Demo Library LibLime University Demo Library LibLime University Demo Library LibLime University Demo Library LibLime University Demo Library My Requests Requested on 12 17 2013 12 17 2013 12 09 2013 12 17 2013 12 17 2013 Not needed after Notes 01 24 2014 01 10 2014 12 10 2013 01 51 2014 01 31 2014 Status cancelled on_hold requested Cancel requested Cancel requested Cancel Three informational forms have been added these are Comments and Suggestions Technical Support and Enhancement New Feature The RFI Request for Information module controls these it is only visible if you are logged into the Discovery Layer If you are logged in you will see the RFI menu pulldown in the masthead note that library staff may change the default descriptions to something specific to the site or hide one or more of the options REI Comments and suggestions Technical Support Enhancementhew Feature All three types produce a general request form where users can enter notes comments and questions DLS User Manual Page 365 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda M
24. Named Export Intoanapplication excel gt H Submit DLS User Manual Page 174 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Patrons statistics Filtered an Branches BRAMCH1 East WEOE line column fcategorycode branchcode Socathash Adjunct Faculty ADJUNCT Alumni Patron ALUMNA DEPARTMENT LIBRARYEC DLE Employee EMPLOYEE Full Time Faculty FACULTY InterLibrary Loan ILL Juvenile JUS Public Patron PATRON Post Graduate Students PGS Staff STAFF Student STUDENT Board of Trustees TRUST Query SELECT distinctrow categorycode FROM borrowers WHERE categorycode IS NOT NULL order by categorycode Query select distinctraw branchcode fram borrowers where branchcode is not null order by branchcode Query SELECT categorycode branchcode counti FROM borrowers WHERE 1 group by categorycode branchcode categorycode branchcode BRANCH1 WCCC TOTAL Adjunct Faculty ADJUNCT 293 293 Alumni Patron ALUMIN oe az DEPARTMENT LIBRARYEC DLE C 3 3 Employee EMPLOYEE Er EF Full Time Faculty FACULTY 32 32 InterLibrary Loan ILL 3 a Public Patron PATRON 646 646 Post Graduate Students PGS 1 1 Staff STAFF 56 56 Student STUDENT 2 7339 F341 Board of Trustees TRUST 2 2 TOTAL 2 8524 8526 9 Cataloging A new Cataloging Module called the Cataloging Editor replaces the legacy MARC editing features in previous versions The Cata
25. Once a hold has been triggered and the email notice has been sent the patron has a certain number of days to come and pick up the item This time period is specified in the syspref ReservesMaxPickUpDelay When that time period has expired staff will need to identify items which were not picked up and clear that hold Under Circulation use the Holds Awaiting Pickup report to see what is on your holds shelf Home gt Circulation gt Holds awaiting pickup Holds awaiting pickup for your library on 12 04 2013 Ne Available Title Patron Location Action since 11 21 2013 Threshold of war Book ptfs ptfs WCOCC D753 H38 AA e ae Cancel hold and return to CCC gt ar Barcode 37570000140417 1988 The State of the language 12 03 2013 Book pifs ptfs Wee PET087 889 Cancel hold Barcode 37570000074830 The report will identify Hold Over items which have expired You can click the button under the Action column to cancel the hold If the item needs to be put into transit the button will say so If there is another hold on the item the system will give a screen message but you still need to run the item through checkin to trigger that hold You may also need to put the item in transit Home gt Circulation Holds awaiting pickup Holds awaiting pickup for your library on 12 04 2013 This hold is waiting This hold The State of the language Iwas placed by Smith Antoine Please retain this hold
26. STUDENT 100 Main street Smith Mathan 416866 STUDENT 100 Main street Smith Nicholas S 20027 STUDENT 100 Main street Smith Micole A 542265 STUDENT 100 Main street Smith Nicole Mi 80625005 PATRON 100 Main street Smith Omar 5 24045 STUDENT 100 Main street nl i Select The next screen gives you several options Place a hold on The state of the Garden State Hold details Patron Nathan Smith 31888 Priority 1 Labeled MARC nd Notes Pickup at LibLime University Demo Library v lt Hold starts on Fa date Place a holdon M lt lt the next available copy Place Hold Place a hold on a specific copy Checkout history Modification log Hold Recall TE Barcode Home Library Last Location Call no N Information LibLime University Demo LibLime University Demo JK3516 573 iNot on C amp Book 37570000516905 brar Library 2006 hold Place Hold The pickup location defaults to the patron s home library in multi library systems you may want to change this The default setting 1s to place a title level hold Place hold on next available copy However you could uncheck that box and click a radio button next to a particular item for an item level hold If there is only one item attached as in this example that choice is irrelevant There is also an option to trigger a recall see that section for more details on recalls After making
27. Schimpf Jill Wagner Wagner Barbara 1961 Wagner Christofer Wagner Donald R Wagner Gerald E Used in Delete 0 biblio s Delete 1 biblio s 1 biblio s 0 biblio s Delete 4 biblio s 0 bibliofs Delete 0 biblio s Delete 0 biblio s Delete 4 biblio s Wagner Heather Lehr 1 biblio s P Wagner Heather Lehr Wagner Heather Lehr O biblio s Delete 0 biblio s Delete 0 biblio s Delete Note that in the above screenshot another unrelated record had been linked to the Wagner Hank entry in the meantime increasing the count to four DLS User Manual Page 246 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 9 7 HotKeys Certain key strokes or hotkeys are configured to streamline cataloging You can see available hotkeys in the Cataloging Editor go under the gearbox Settings menu and choose Hotkeys Koha Cataloging Editor Record Vieww te Authorized Valles Starting points Manage Templates Create a new record from template gt muta from 23950 search Find a record In the catalog Authority record Staged record A pop up window shows existing settings these are not configurable by users at present Configure Cataloging hotkeys Current settings Action shortcut jump alt up arrow jump alt down arrow addField alt f addsubfield alt s copy ctrl paste ctrl y
28. To draw a rectangular shape click on the map with the mouse holding down the mouse button drag your mouse until you have the desired A O L b Polygon To draw a polygon select Polygon from the A O I control click on the map at your starting point then click at other points until you have selected your area double click on the last point to close the polygon DLS User Manual Page 39 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Point Select Point from the A O I control click a point on the map a small red circle will appear marking the selected point Circle To draw a circle select Circle from the A O I control click on the map and drag until you have the desired A O I Manual Entry to create an A O I using coordinates select the Manual Entry button the A O I Manual Input dropdown window will appear which allows you to select either a rectangle or circle and the geospatial coordinate system to use Enter your coordinates click Update or Update and Search Locate Locate will allow you to find an A O I by typing in an address or other location Select the Locate button and enter an address or other location A list of related locations will appear select a location from the list To search using that A O I click the Search button To go to that location on the map click Pan To Or select Close to close the Locate screen 3 To de
29. W ArchivalWare as User Manual DLS version 3 LibLime Academic Koha version 5 10 Latest update August 26 2015 PT F S CONTENT MANAGEMENT AND LIBRARY SOLUTIONS 11501 Huff Ct North Bethesda MD 20895 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited CONTENTS A A O A ean ce eeahe eet 12 b AAA o E O 12 2 1 Toggle Between Staff Public Masthead ooooonnccnnncccnonnnoonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnncnncnnnnnnos 14 ZNIE O a vache aa cesta cain cen ad a eee eee va teeae peewee ead 15 Dee DING WY SCG WU E eee E eae EE E er oe ee ee 15 Des CNS MMS ert ala ag acetic pees O 18 De BASIC SC ANC esen E ues sade wssaisdacavccesacakteeaets be Ny ueaansaavanacseteaeienaenceeeeeromaust 18 DINGY ANCE SC AUC Misstih A RE 19 3 3 Truncation Wildcard and Direct Index Searching oooooonnccnnnncnnnnnnnocnnnnnnnnnononanononnnnnnnos 20 a ed ONES U ii ii ee ZA O A A inate aa 22 32 Digital ODIeECl Scarce na Sessa ean eceiat aauinardea sia a iceeeeeeesaseioaaeeds 22 IA Search RESUS nia 22 Aol Statement oE Scare E Lets a Ei 23 D2 SCA E RESUS aeo Se aan een ee N eee tae ee eens 23 A Us hae hee tate ae ete tate ds 24 34 4 port Order and Relevance RankinS insti ost idos 26 DAD SOW Rank Display AAA A e PUE RE a a a 27 AO USE RAKION ERR 28 2I Manace A O A A A 28 Des ES IS 0 E N S 29 AO rica 32 3 5 3 Downloading Full MARC or Digital ObjectS occcccooo
30. Y All Selected Allresutts Highlight Default fitter off The search re executes and the button toggles to Default Filter On You must be familiar with the Solr index names and search syntax to set these up properly Use these options with caution invalid settings could disable searching altogether The Pop Up Duration setting controls how long a pop up message remains on the screen in the Discovery Layer The default is 10 seconds users can set that to any duration in seconds desired Setting this to zero will make all pop ups persist until the user actively closes them The Advance Days Due Notice is the number of days in advance that Advance Notices should be sent If the patron opts to receive Advance Notices this is what controls the timing DLS User Manual Page 35 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Patrons can also set these options in the Discovery Layer under the General Preferences tab see that section for more details 3 5 5 Control of Facets The search results screen is configured with a default set of facets which users can use to limit results Sites can control which facets appear and in what order and can add new ones as desired Edit the system preference SearchFacets Modify a system preference Explanation List of facets to display in search results separated by comr Variable SearchFacets Value owned b
31. b_streettype b_address b_address2 b_city b_zipcode b_country b_email b_phone dateofbirth branchcode categorycode dateenrolled dateexpiry gonenoaddress lost debarred contactname contactfirstname contacttitle guarantorid borrowernotes relationship ethnicity ethnotes sex password flags userid opacnote contactnote sort1 sort2 altcontactfirstname altcontactsurname altcontactaddress1 altcontactaddress2 altcontactaddress3 altcontactzipcode altcontactcountry altcontactphone smsalertnumber timestamp The fields branchcode and categorycode are required and must match valid entries in your database Auth Import managing batches Default values surname Bib Import managing batches firstname Link Bibs to Authorities tile Batch Edit Items and Summaries othernames initials Export bibs holdings otrnantnhimbhar Bib Import staging password should be stored in plaintext and will be converted to a md5 hash if your passwords are already encrypted talk to your systems administrator about options Date formats should match your system preference and must be zero padded e g 01 02 2008 You may optionally include a header row defining which columns Import patrons you are supplying in the import fil
32. s record may be marked as debarred either manually by editing the record or automatically by an overdue notice In that case the checkout screen message would reflect that DLS User Manual Page 54 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Patron is blocked Please resolve the following conditions Patron is debarred Lift restriction You do not have pernvssion ta override hus condition In this example the staff person can lift the restriction but is not allowed to proceed with the checkout without lifting it Other screen messages may appear in other situations especially if the item is on hold for someone else or is already marked as checked out read the message for information about how to resolve the problem There are several manual flags which may be set in the patron record that will show as warnings and block checkouts Patron Account Flags Gone no Address Yes No Debarred wes No Lost Card Yes No On the checkout tab you may see any all of these messages Patron is blocked Please resolve the following conditions Patron is debarred Lift restriction Patron s address is in doubt Edit Details wo Patron s card ts marked lost Edit Details You do nat fave percussion to ovenide EAS CONCE On the patron Details page you may see any all of these messages DLS User Manual Page 5
33. 116121 cm 310 t almontniy DLS User Manual Page 205 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Note that as data within the field is being entered the dynamic link to LOC help is populated and is available for consultation as the field 1s completed 310ta CURRENT PUBLICATION FREQUENCY NR Current publication frequency NR Lo help 9 3 4 2 Copy and Paste an Entire Field You can copy an entire field with indicators and subfields between records Click on the tag number 650 in this example of the field you want to copy and press Ctrl C to copy The entire line will show as selected In the other record insert a new field Click on the blank tag and press Ctrl V to paste The field tag indicators subfields and contents will paste and the entire line will show as selected 650 0 a Historical geography x Maps fa 29006 9 3 4 3 Paste Content into One Subfield and Create Additional Subfields Pasting a string such as this tb 16896 d W0011730 000 e W001 1229 000 directly into a subfield box will create the additional subfields b d and e with content 300 tas 212p te 21 cm 310 Jia Monthy A 500 p 500 t b 16596 a woo11730 000 el woo011229 000 DLS User Manual Page 206 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibi
34. 3 D ic 5 o E 5 D E D E z D c 3 D c 5 D 5 D c 5 D E E D D c 3 D c 3 You can also create tags and apply them to reports this will help you organize and locate reports It s especially useful on large multi library sites For example you could create a tag for each branch then filter the report list to your branch s tag Or you could organize reports by topic In this case I will create a tag for Statistics and click Add Home gt Reports gt Guided Reports Wizard gt Saved Reports Build and Run Reports Build New Use Saved Create from SQL Reports Dictionary View Dictionary Community Resources LibLime Reports Library MySQL Documentation Saved Reports All Saved Reports Select an action Go Author gt Report click title to edit Support WALDO 13233 LibLime Demo 14367 Bibs with no items Admin Koha PTFS 1 Books in Call Number order Admin Koha PTFS 1 By Order of Call Number 2 bib count Tags Statistics Add New items created last month by call number branch runtime r r r m C 0 Collection code breakdown A LibLime Demo 14367 collstat Hie DVD and VHS checkouts a ay oe frameworkcode LibLime Demo 14367 Items at X library ptfs ptfs 13375 Last month s checkouts and renewals by item type TT ptfs ptfs 13375 List new titles added since x date TT ptfs ptfs 13375 Message Queue most recen
35. 37570000140417 Submit A Forgive overdue charges Dropbox mode Depending on the granular permissions assigned to your staff user account you may also see options to Forgive Overdue Charges or use Dropbox Mode Forgive Overdue Charges prevents overdue fines from being assessed on the items you are checking it To exit the Forgive Overdue Charges mode you must un check the box and then click on the submit button OR un check the box and check in an item before leaving the checkin screen If you don t do this when you leave the check in screen and come back to it later it will still be in the Forgive Overdue Charges mode DLS User Manual Page 60 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Dropbox Mode is used to check in items from the overnight book drop Items will be checked in return date using the last date before today that your library was open The system automatically sets the last date as determined by your library s calendar so it is important that your calendar is accurate To exit the Dropbox Mode you must un check the box and then click on the submit button OR un check the box and check in an item before leaving the checkin screen If you don t do this when you leave the check in screen and come back to it later it will still be in the Dropbox Mode Click Submit to perform the checkin If there are outstanding holds or if the item is bein
36. Advanced search Search for Include ll Title y State Author M Smith O Add another Limit search results Limit by Library Any Library x Only items currently available for loan or reference Limit by Item type Audio Books Book Calculator Compact disk dissertation masters DVD Digital Video Disc Equipment Magazines Manuscripts Map O Online Resources Periodical Photographies PJ Music from Collection E Project Report Reference Book non circulating Reserve Book Reserve DVD Reserve Video Scanner Temporary item Video cassette Video Materials Limit by Collection Two options Limit by Loaded Date and Limit by Creation Date allow searching against digital object file dates on full DLS systems These also search bibliographic data Creation Date comes from the 260 c and Loaded Date from the 260 g so they can be used for non DLS systems as well 3 3 Truncation Wildcard and Direct Index Searching See Appendix 2 of this manual or http lucene apache org core 2_9_4 queryparsersyntax html for more details on searching here are some tips For all searching basic and advanced stemming happens automatically and is mutually exclusive with wildcard searching DLS User Manual Page 20 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited For example e All searches will stem but records that match the search term exactly will be
37. Always check the title for associated digital objects and their content 3 4 Search Results After searching if there are multiple records that match the search the user is given a search results set If only one match is found the user is brought directly to the matching record DLS User Manual Page 22 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Academic Koha ray ey e a a Home Advanced Search Mew Tides Course Reserves Growse by Sutjoct Tag Cloud Refine your search You searched for state Garden Slate a nove Format Book Publisher and date Boston Life Brown C1997 SBN 0316557633 Holdings 1 py MOM 3 4 1 Statement of Search Terms At the top of the results list you ll see your search terms restated You searched for state Limited to format Book x Displaying results 1 to 25 of 2892 If a searcher wants to expand the search beyond the 2892 that were found in this example remove the limit on item type of Book by clicking the X next to it the search will be rerun and the result set would logically be larger 3 4 2 Search Results Beneath the statement of the search terms are the search results By default 20 search results will display per page this can be adjusted in the administrative settings the DLS User Manual Page 23 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplicat
38. Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited New PO Line Tite Fascinating facts about Florida Author Peterson Hans Peter trom ola catmog OCLC Number OCoLCjooms0773580 FANS ISBN ISSN 1936 3672 ISMN UPC Piace of Publication Tampa Fia Publisher Printed by the Tribune press inc Date of Publication Binding Volume Pan Livestock dairy and poultry summary Edition nd od 1983 ed Description 32 6 19 on Order Type Status Close Reason Bibliographic Record ID Koha Subscription iD Order Line Reference List Price 9 95 Vendor Account Discount 0000 Discount Defaults to vend ecct discount Discounted Price 9 95 Prepaid Rush Allow Backorder Backordered Manufacturer Number Supplier Number After you have entered a PO Line the PO Line form will refresh with some additional header and footer information and you can create one or more Copies To create a new Copy click the New button on the bottom of the split window display Torsone 20 822 Pou iraa Save Close PO Line Apply Template de Fill in Search Send to Catalog M Unilink Notas Z View In Cata 4 Edit in Biblios Title Fascinating tacts about Florida Order Type Author Peterson Hank Patar trom old catalog Status Open OCLC Number OGoaLCGjoans o773580 Close Reason FAN13 Bibliographic Record ID ISBN Koha Subscription ID ISSN 1936 3672 Order Line Referonon 522 2 ISMN L
39. COM Open 10102013 aoa Amazon com Open 10102013 aor ME firm order Open oy SOO SS 4505 Barnes and Noble Books Open OOS rls 405 TG Adult Open ps a Ss gt A ee Page Size 15 Hi l 1 GI gt H Selected tems 0 Click the Select button to add suggestions to a purchase order 13 17 Standing Orders Most libraries already have a number of titles on order with a continuations standing order vendor The orders are usually placed on selected titles for which it s important to ensure uninterrupted receipt of updates or new editions or part A standing order helps simplify the acquisitions process because library staff do not need to remember to check for new editions or parts These titles may arrive at any time and usually are accompanied with an invoice Acquisitions provides the capability to manage standing orders either completely in acquisitions or in conjunction with the DLS Serials module Benefits of using this feature include a streamlined process that provides historical price information new functionality that permits creating an invoice without first creating a purchase order and the ability to create the workflow that works best for your library NOTE the words continuation and standing order are used interchangeably DLS User Manual Page 307 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 13 17 1 Continuations Standing Or
40. Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Author The author Number Type Select from ISBN ISSN ISMN EAN13 or UPC Number Actual number Quantity Number of items received Discount Price Amount for one item Order Type Select from drop down list Location Select from drop down list Receipt Status Select from Expected or Received After all items in the shipment have been entered into the invoice the invoice can be approved Acquisitions will automatically create a purchase order with the same information populating the fields entered in the form The created purchase order number will be formatted as INV 182 13 18 Link to Serials Some libraries may order yearbooks annuals or other continuing resources from a subscription agent and each time an issue is received a bill for payment comes with it Libraries that have implemented both serials and acquisitions now have the ability to create a purchase order line simply by receiving the next expected issue Subscription agencies can supply almost any publication that has a predictive publishing schedule If you subscribe to some annuals yearbooks or other titles through your subscription agency you probably already have Serial Subscription MARC records in your database If your annual subscription invoice predicts a price for the title a serials receipt may be all that is necessary However if
41. Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Reporting funds and Controlling Funds can be used when Funding a Purchase Order Line Copy or a Purchase Order Charge After you have created your Funds hierarchy you can allocate money to each Controlling fund by using a Fund Transaction Fund Transactions also may also adjust fund balances or transfer funds between Controlling funds Following the general accepted accounting rules transactions can only be added not deleted or edited Here 1s a sample fund hierarchy that has all three fund types 3 Transaction QNew r s Status Edit Q Copy Orders Audit s Rollover Expand Expand All Set Default Ledger Q Delete Fund Status Open Date Close Date Appropri Expendit Encumbr Free Bala Cash Bal E FY2013 2014 default fiscal period Open 07 02 2013 07 01 2014 a FY13 14 default ledger Closed 07 02 2013 07 01 2014 Fr13 14 Library Budget ledger Open 07 02 2013 07 01 2014 O E Fy1314 Summary Fund summary Open 07 02 2013 07 01 2014 176 510 00 206 09 798 00 175 505 91 176 303 91 O 2 Arts controlling Open 07 02 2013 07 01 2014 5 000 00 0 00 51 85 4 948 15 5 000 00 Test reporting Open 07 02 2013 07 01 2014 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Business controlling Open 07 02 2013 07 01 2014 12 500 00 0 00 12 00 12 488 00 12 500 00 2 Communications controlling Open 07 02 2013
42. General Note s includes index Rate this ttle Pito Summary Other tite Rand MeNaliy the road atlas Rand McNally road atlas Containing AAA oad atlas 11 dem Jusi some random atlases Rand McNally 1996 road atlas Related materia 1996 road atlas Unted States Canada Maxico MS 1 available of 1 copy Place hold 0 holds Addiocat Y Add atag The 774 entries look like this 651 T a Canada ty Road maps E OD xX 7 roe 651 T a Mezco E y Road maps 1 0 47187206 778 0 Bio 253 E n Jus some random allases 7740 610 16373 i Related material NM r fra i Io 143 Note that the third entry does not have a n descriptive note so the title display just shows the linked title Each of the child records in turn has a 773 entry linking to the parent record Rand McNally 1996 road atlas United States Canada Mexico by Rand Wichally and Company Format Cartographic Map Subjects United States Road maps Canada Road maps Mexico Road maps Publisher and date Skokie IL Rand McNally c1996 Edition nd ed Map Description Scales differ Description 1 atlas 1 y various pagings ill col maps 39 cm General Note s Title from cover Includes index mileage charts and driving times map Rate this title 7 In The road atlas 1 item CHER available of O copies Place hold 0 holds Add to box Add atag DLS User Manual Page 228 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N B
43. Initials Category Public Patron PATRON 123 Main Street Date of birth Registration date 12 04 2013 Your Town US 12345 Sex Expiration date 12 04 2015 Library LibLime University Demo Library address yahoo com us Edit z Category Public Patron maay OPAC login 2345678901 PATRON OPAC password iS Home Library LibLime Upload Patron Image University Demo Library Edit Check Out Alternate Address Select the file to upload Browse No file selected Address Address 2 DLS User Manual Page 102 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited From this screen you can use the side tabs to move to other functions for this patron check out fines etc Check Out Details Borrowing Relationships Lost tems Fines Circulation History Modification Log Messaging Course Peserves If you scroll to the bottom of the page there are tabs with information on current checkouts fines and holds A Checked Out Fines amp Charges On Hold Checked Out Renew loca gt Title CESTO Lenz Charge Price select all Return Type out on due E The state of the Garden State f Hall Book Institute of Public Policy Mew Jersey 12032013 12242075 Cn Hold Check In 3757 0000516905 Renewal due date Totals 0 00 0 00 ser Override Renewal Limit 7 Renew checked items Checked Out Fines amp Charges On Hold Patron current holds i Hold date Titl
44. MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Create Modify Cart with Batch of Items or Summaries Method One Use a saved se 1 Display Saved Modification Searcl cae Stem sf O Pm Method Two Make a new quer select the field values for which to qui My Recent Field Select value Documents Library select all E Holding Branch select all Desktop Item Type select all gt Location select all A Collection Code select all v Damaged select all y BE My Computer Lost status select all Withdrawn status select all b Restricted select all AE File name barcodes txt y Places Files of type an Files Cancel ZL Use New Search and Move Items to Modify Cart Use New Search and Mowe Summaries to Modify Cart Method Three Upload a file of barcode numbers to select Items only No file selected Move Items to Modify Cart i Barcode file Click Open on the File Upload window Your filename will show on the main screen Then click the Move Items to Modify Cart button Method Three Upload a file of barcode numbers to select Items only Barcode file Browse barcodes txt Move tems to Modity Cart R R You ll see the same two part screen as with the second search method Use the checkboxes to select your items at the top Items Batch Edits 3 Items Cancel Editing this Batch of Items Check the upper left checkbox to
45. No 1 2012 01 01 Routing slips allow newly received issues to be distributed to specified library staff members d Mew Subscription Serial Collection information for International journal of Russian studies Subscription Summary Subscription Num Frequency Numbering pattern Library Call Number Notes Routing Renew 156 i helo Woluene Murnkeer Wills Library rela 5 years Curnsnl year in Periodicals Dapewtirment on ane Moor Edil Fouling Lis 2011 Durbe Date published recelved Number Status Notes branch Edit ol BB 0204 3011 0204 2011 No Expecbed WECO E 2011 Feb Wal bla 0101 3011 0140142011 Ho 1 Arrival weet O 201 1 Jan Edit serials Generasie Mexi Staff members are added to the Routing List using the Add List Member link Edit Routing List Serial Title International journal of Russian studies Issue Vol 65 No 1 201 1 Jan 01 01 2011 HH Name Location Rank Delete Jane Brady WCCC 1 b Delete ii Mary Ekua Aggrey WOCO 2 had Delete Add List Member Delete All Motes Please review within 3 days and forward to next person on list Save DLS User Manual Page 327 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 14 4 Claiming The Serials receive window allows staff to mark unreceived issues with a Claimed status Serial Edition International journal of Russian studies Numbered Published on Expected on Stat
46. Subscription summary Start date 01 01 2011 End date 01 01 2014 History start date 01 01 2011 History end date Received issues Missing issues Nonpublic note Public note Library retains 5 years Current year in Periodicals Department on 2nd floor 14 2 Receiving Issues Receipt of newly arrived serial issues can be done immediately after creating a Subscription record by clicking the Receive button DLS User Manual Page 324 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited ap New Subscription ef Edit y gt Renew cs Receive dim Subscription for International journal of Russian studies Subscription information Subscription ID 156 Librarian identity ptfs Vendor _ Biblio 23988 International journal of Russian studies Library WCCC Serial receipt does not create a Getlt PO line Serial receipt does not create an item record Grace period 0 Number of issues to display to staff 12 Number of issues to display to the public 12 Notes Library retains 5 years Current year in Periodicals Department on 2nd floor Planning Beginning date 01 01 2011 Frequency 1 Month Manual history Number pattern Volume Number Starting with 65 1 Rollover 9999999 12 First arrival 01 01 2011 Number of months 36 Serial issues Issue number Date expected Publication date Status Vol 65 No 1 01 01 2011 01 01 2011 E
47. Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 9 3 11 Cloning a Bibliographic Record You can clone duplicate an existing bib record In the Cataloging Editor with the record to be cloned open and in a tab click on the Record menu and choose Clone Active Record Record View New From template From 739 50 MA Clone active record J Wpen i Catalog record Authority record Lee wave As Template A copy of the record will appear in the next tab with a blank biblio number until saved This cloned record can be edited and saved Note that item and holding information from the initial record are not cloned only bibliographic data is copied Cataloging Editor Record View r Tr 44 Rogue state NEW NEW record Record type BKS Status New from clone MFHD count Last saved never Item count ae 36144 Rogue state x 44 Rogue state NEW x 000 01601cam a2200373 a 4500 001 160880 005 20141022151008 0 9 3 12 Replacing Record via z39 50 Search DLS User Manual Page 215 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited You can replace an existing record with a new one from a z39 50 search 1f desired With the record open in the cataloging editor go under Record and choose Replace from z39 50 Record View New From template From 239 50 Clone active record Open Catalog record Authority record St
48. cut ctrl x 9 8 Authorized Values DLS User Manual Page 247 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Authorized values are a collection of policies with defined values They have very different uses shelving locations cataloging attributes etc but are created in the same way Under Administration Authorized Values staff with permission to access that area can click the pull down to see the categories that have been established already Mew Authorized value for Asorti Mew Category Authorized values The information in authorized values can be linked to subfield definitions in your MARC frameworks You can define as many authorized value categories as you want and as many authorized values as you want in each category When you define the MARC subfield structure you can link a subfield to a authorized value category When the user adds or edits a record the subfield is not entered through a free text field but though a list of authorized values Asortl Show Category Asorti is an auth d to acquisitions that can be used for stats purposes Asort Category AuthBsorl Bsort2 CATSTAT CCODE DAMAGED DEPARTMENT LOC LOST NOT LOAN RESTRICTED SUGGEST SUPPRESSED TERM TOV ALS HIP WITHDR AS C Description optional OPAC defaults to Description Description Icon Edit Delete Using the Cataloging Editor authorized v
49. gt Reports gt Guided Reports Wizard gt Dictionary Build and Run Reports sr New Definition _ Build Pew 3 a Lise Saved Dictionary Create tam BHL Lise the dictionary to define custom criteria for reporting Reports Dictionary a Current Terms wiew Dictionary Community Resources Filter by area EAll Go LibLime Reports Library MySQL Documentation Name Description Area Definition Tags ft Add The first step is to give it a name and description DLS User Manual Page 155 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Dictionary Step 1 Name Step 2 Area step 3 Columns Step 4 Values Add New Definition Definition Name F aculty Definition Description Mert Click Next and Step 2 allows you to select the module Dictionary Step 1 Mame Step 2 Area Step 3 Columns Step 4 Walues Add New Definition Select table Mext Circulation i Circulation Catalog Acquisitions Accounts In the third step select the field that contains the values you want to select Click Add to move it to the right hand column Dictionary Add New Definition Step 1 Mame Step 2 Area Step 3 Columns Step 4 alues borrowers B_ zipcode borrowers B_ country borrowers B email borrowers B phone Date of Birth Branch Code Borrowers Cate gor Date Enrolled borrowers date expiry Address Missing ta
50. m 505 3r5r0000310572 Video Collection African wildlife 2009 05 49 xl Select Checked tems Delete Checked tems Delete Checked tems and Biblios where last tem deleted Item 20 Detail Edit Your Checked Items Modifications Field Value ltem field New Value Library LibLirne University Demo Library fro change Library t i i tem Type Wideo cassette Sa e ee Location Main Wideo Collection Location no change Mot for loan Not For _ tno change se Damaged Loan Lost Status Damaged ino changej Withdrawn Lost status no change Festricted Withdrawn ino changej Holding LibLime University Demo Branch Library See si no change bs Collection dae Code Holding fro change Paid For Branch F i Collection no change Bib um 75 Cade Modit Checked tems When ready click Modify Checked Items and those records will be edited You ll be given a summary screen with the result 472 items you selected have been modified Continue to create another batch of items or summaries Tools 9 9 2 3 Method Three Upload a File of Barcode Numbers A file of barcode numbers can be uploaded the corresponding records will be returned as a set for editing and updating There must be only one barcode per line in the upload file From the initial screen use the Browse button to navigate to your file and select it DLS User Manual Page 255 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda
51. record Clicking on either the heading entry itself or the link under Titles in Catalog will bring up a search results page with the titles that use the heading Refine your search FORMAT Book 4 Videocassette 1 AUTHOR Goodwin Doris Kearns 1 Lash Joseph P 1 Roosevelt Eleanor 1 TOPI Presidents spouses 4 Documentary television programs 1 Presidents 1 World War 1939 1945 1 REGION United States 1 COLLECTION Circulating Book 4 ideo Materials 1 ITEM TYPE You searched for linked_rcn San Esteban 53458 Displaying results 1 to 5 of 5 Select all Clear all Action titles v D 1 DLS User Manual Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Unhighlight sort by Relevance The autobiography of Eleanor Roosevelt by Roosevelt Eleanor 1884 1962 Format Book Publisher and date Boston Mass G K Hall 1984 ISBN 0839828519 Holdings 1 copy Copies available at LiblLime University Demo Library Main Collection E807 1 R36 1984 Y Place hold 0 holds on 1 item e Addto Cart Add atag No ordinary time Franklin and Eleanor Roosevelt the home front in World War Il by Goodwin Doris Kearns Format Book Publisher and date New York Simon amp Schuster 1995 c1994 ISBN 0684804484 pbk Holdings 1 copy Copies available at LibLime University Demo Library Main Collection E
52. 0 0 00 Add to Cart If there is more than one screen of results there will be links at the bottom of the screen to page through the results Click on the name you want and you ll be taken into the patron record Details tab 5 1 1 Advanced Patron Searching If you need to search on other data than name and cardnumber click the Show Advanced Search Options link Almost every field in the patron record is searchable using this feature You can search one data field or multiple fields at the same time Use this feature to search for unique identifiers in the patron record such as phone number or email address DLS User Manual Page 97 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Advanced Patron Search Hide Advanced Search Options Patron Identity Borrower number CO Borrower Cardnumber Surname tt Firstname OO Patron Branch AI Branches y Category hi OFAC Login Ao Value Sort Field O Mo Value SotFied2 No Vale Registration After Date Fe Before Date Cs Expiry After Date Fa Before Date Fe Date of Birth You could search for all patrons with a particular patron category or patrons with no login ID or patrons with a particular city or patrons with no email address or patrons who have been debarred You could also combine a search such as patrons with Child type categories whose date of birth 1s before a speci
53. 05 25 2010 09252015 Run Admin Koha PTFS 1 By Order of Call Number 2 05112010 as 252010 Run 0 Collection code breakdown 05112009 05112009 Run MT LibLime Demo 143671 collstat 06112013 064112013 Run A DVD and VHS checkouts 06162003 06 16 2009 Run C a Midis frameworkcode 0218 2011 02 18 2011 Run T LibLime Demo 14367 Items at X library 05 45 2012 09 06 2015 Run T ptfs ptfs 13375 List new tithes added since x date OBO A012 1232013 Run TT ptfs ptfs 13375 Message Queue most recent first 12032013 1203201 3 Run rT Oy new 30 days 05 12 2009 05 12 2009 Run T ptfs ptfs 13375 Newly cataloged records OF 464010 OF 29201 gt Run Overdue list 09092009 Oa 72015 Run D LibLime Demo 14367 Patron list 05 45 2012 OS 062013 Run ptfs ptfs 13375 Patron list all 06102015 Oe 2015 Run Admin Koha PTFS 1 Patrons w Fines 042382010 04292010 Run TT Problem items 06 01 2009 060 2012 Run nc i Problem patrons 06 09 2009 0123 2013 Run ptfs ptfs 1 76 Reference Books 124122013 1241222013 Run Reference Books Total number of rows matching the unlimited query is 3001 za lt 7123 151 gt gt gt barcode itemtype author title url 2008 Self Study Report Prepared for the Middle eee States Commission on Higher Education 3750000514231 REFBOOK 2008 writer s market Ball William A comparative analysis of criminal justice processes O EA Charles in South Africa and the United States 27570000107010 REFBOoK a t
54. 06 11 2013 nio DVD and VHS checkouts 06 16 2009 06 16 2009 eee frameworkcode 02 18 2011 02 18 2011 13233 TT LibLime Demo 14367 Items at X library 05 23 2012 09 06 2013 M ptfs ptfs 13375 Last month s checkouts and renewals by item type 12 12 2013 12 12 2013 I ptfs ptfs 13375 List new titles added since x date 06 07 2012 01 23 2013 T ptfs ptfs 13375 Message Queue most recent first 12 03 2013 12 03 2013 M ptfs ptfs 13375 i 12 13 2013 12 13 2013 The tag is then visible next to the report title Home gt Reports gt Guided Reports Vyvizard gt Saved Reports Build and Run Reports Saved Reports Build New Usa Saad All Saved Reports Create from SQL Select an action y Go Reports Dictionary View Dictionary Author gt Report click title to edit gt Esad gt RR Community Resources pport WALDO a LibLime Reports Librar C 13233 bib count 02 18 2011 11 19 2013 MySQL Documentation LibLime Demo 14367 Bibs with no items 05 23 2012 06 26 2013 Tags TT Admin Koha PTFS 1 Books in Call Number order 05 25 2010 09 25 2013 x Statistics 3 Admin Koha PTFS 1 By Order of Call Number 2 05 11 2010 05 25 2010 a Add 0 Collection code breakdown 05 11 2009 05 11 2009 LibLime Demo 14367 Statistics collstat 06 11 2013 06 11 2013 1 2 DVD and VHS checkouts 06 16 2009 06 16 2009 ae oe frameworkcode 02 18 2011 02 18 2011 LibLime Demo 14367 Items at X library 05 23 2012 09 06 2013 ptfs ptfs 13375 Statistic
55. 07 01 2014 8 000 00 50 00 77 90 7 872 10 7 950 00 Dental Hygiene controlling Open 07 02 2013 07 01 2014 9 000 00 0 00 0 00 9 000 00 9 000 00 E Economics controlling Open 07 02 2013 07 01 2014 7 000 00 0 00 0 00 7 000 00 7 000 00 2 Family Consumer Science controlling Open 07 02 2013 07 01 2014 10 000 00 0 00 265 00 9 735 00 10 000 00 2 Geography controlling Open 07 02 2013 07 01 2014 2 500 00 0 00 14 95 2 485 05 2 500 00 6 i History controlling Open 07 02 2013 07 01 2014 10 000 00 29 25 0 00 9 970 75 9 970 75 American reporting Open 07 02 2013 07 01 2014 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 j European reporting Open 07 02 2013 Eml aaa 2 07 01 2014 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 There are three types of transactions that can be used to directly affect fund balances Initial Allocation used to assign initial funds to a Controlling Fund Transfer used to transfer funds from one Controlling Fund to another Fund Adjustment used to adjust the allocation fund balance of a given Controlling Fund To initiate one of these transactions click on the Transaction button in the Funds grid toolbar and select the appropriate transaction type from the drop down list Transaction Nev Initial Allocation Transfer Fund Adjustment scal fr PY 44d idefant ladrar DLS User Manual Page 280 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this
56. 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 5 11 Batch Edit Delete Patrons You can use the Borrower Cart to batch edit or delete patron records The first step 1s to search for the records you want Check them on the results list then click the Add Selected Borrowers to Cart button The borrower cart link will change to show how many records are in the cart Home gt Patrons gt Search Results Y Borrower Cart 3 lt lt lt P New Y Advanced Patron Search Show Advanced Search Options Results 1 to 20 of 24 found for jones lt Tl Card Name Cat Library iS OD Issues Fines Circ note n Jones Adam V 10926 100 Main street Your Town 00123 aie WCCC 04 22 2015 1 1 0 00 Add to Cart Jones Alexis Student Y 28498 100 Main street e WCCC 08 25 2011 0 0 0 00 Add to Cart Your Town 00123 Jones Alison Y 28113 100 Main street 7 WCCC 11202009 00 0 00 Add to Cart Your Town 00123 Jones Ashlynne E Student 24758 100 Main street WCCC 12 23 2008 0 0 0 00 Add to Cart Your Town 00123 S You can do another search and add more records to the cart until you have everyone you need Then open the cart by clicking on the Borrower Cart link A pop up window shows the contents of the cart Y Borrower Cart 3 lt P New Y Browse by Advanc lisnext staff sandbox kohalibrary com cgi bin kohafmembers borrower basket pl borrower_list 767 12517 4265 gt
57. 12 03 2013 Hold in LibLime University Demo Library For patron ptfs ptts admin 100 Main street Your Town Held Item The State of the language 3 35 00000 74830 tem owned by LibLime University Demo Library tn Circulating Book collection Print slip DLS User Manual Page 80 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Any item arriving from transit or whose status 1s otherwise in doubt should always be run through checkin If there are no alerts the item can be shelved As soon as a hold is triggered an email message is sent to the patron saying the item is available The text of this message can be customized by an administrator under Tools Notices Note The patron must have the Hold Filled messaging option turned on 4 11 7 Holds Queue Report If your library allows on shelf holds staff will need to know which items to pull from the shelves to fill those holds Under Circulation run the Holds Queue report selecting a branch to see what items are needed Home Circulation Holds Queue Results Holds Queue 2 items found for AECE Shelving i Send Tithe Collection Tees Call Number Enum Chron Barcode Patron To Hotes Date i Please Spencer modify G P ai mae a BF637 C4 JE4 EFAN woco Whe Dumam s CIRCULATIN CIRCULATING ie E 37570000418193 WEC joe 1208 2010 Some comes 19508 Y p im AL N A a e ae mar PEJS 423
58. 144 7 1 Staff Management of Patron Messaging Preferences ooooonccccncncnononnocnnnnnnnnonononannnncnnnnnnos 145 de DICES CLIO eer nr ds oda oceano cele idos 145 7 12 Role or Individual Patron SCUIN GS sitiada 146 7 1 3 Most Common Types of MeSSages cccccccccccssssesseeeccceeceeaeesseeccceeeesaeeesseeeeeeeeeeags 147 7 1 4 Patron Management of Messaging Preferences oooooonnncccnnnnnnnnnnocnnnnnnnnnnnnnanonnncnnnnnos 148 o o II II II A 149 Smd A A PP A E tats 149 S L Reports DICUOMANY o O crete liadasncace neers 155 SACE NON SO AAA nn O be honeahes 158 62l Trn ON dps 160 022 Runtime Parametros 160 0 23 Selecune Om MARCO Data 162 Bi SES n E o E O 163 SR IS MOS A E E E O II E EA EAA AEE 164 SO aim DiC Report LIDA r a a a a a O 166 0 Canned anid Statistical Re DOr aiii 167 ll With INO G Me CKOUUG AO Ro oo A E AES 167 0 3 2 Patrons Checking Out the MOS Erin aaa a ea eea 168 8 3 3 Most Circulated Homar 169 DLS User Manual Page 5 Copyright O 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Mem Losa o da ot a dd aia aes 170 B50 Calaloe O 171 0 00 LALSUCOS WIZ AIS sentra EAS Aoc 172 RELE O 175 9 1 Opening the Cataloging Bator ui een 175 97 Creatine BiDloerapnic RECO Srta ld aca ieeets 176 9 2 1 Searching for Existing Bibliographic Records cccccccoooooonnccnnnnncnnnnnnonononnnnnnnnnnaninonoss 176 9 2 2 Searching for a Record in the ReservolT oooooncc
59. 19 2014 Fa Expiry date leave Fa blank for auto calc After saving from the patron record display click More Set Permissions For example a Junior Acquisitions role may get permissions allowing them to create and modify purchase orders but not be given permission to approve or execute them Set the needed permissions and save click Set Flags button al acquisition Acquisition and or suggestion management 3 Ww acq_base Base acquisition operations acg_admin Acquisition system configuration and administration Ww acg_requests manage Manage and review purchase requests acg_reguests_assign Assign purchase requests Ww acg_orders manage Create and modify purchase orders i facg_orders executel Approve execute and close purchase orders Ww acg_invoices manage Create and modify invoices acg_invoices execute Approve execute and close invoices Ww acg_vendors_manage Create and modify vendors i facg_funds balances View fund balances h acg_funds manage Create and modify funds post transactions fiscal year rollover 6 2 Assigning Roles to User Records in the Patron Category All users assigned to a particular patron category can be linked to a Role through the patron category policy setup In Administration Patron Categories edit the applicable category and check the role s desired DLS User Manual Page 134 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this materi
60. 6 5 Merging Authority Records Two authority records can be merged together This is done through the old Authorities interface not the Cataloging Editor All of the authorized fields on the linked bibs of the removed authority records are automatically linked to the surviving authority record and the 0 subfields RCN numbers are updated From the staff home page under the Cataloging section click on Authorities DLS User Manual Page 244 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Circulation Check out to Check in Transfers Patrons Search Search search catalog Lists Search for the authority term s Cataloging Open Cataloging Editor Batch Edit Items and Summaries Serials P Authorities Acquisitions Reports Administration System preferences Tools About M contains z wagner A Z M Submit Select the ones you want and click the Add Selected to Cart button Add selected to cart Show authorities cart Cart has 0 authorities Authority search results 12 Next gt gt Results 1 to 20 of 40 Select Summary Wagner Andrea Wagner Barbara 1961 Wagner Christofer Wagner Donald R Wagner Edward Wagner Gerald E El Wagner Hank Delete Delete Delete 0 biblio s Delete 0 biblio s Delete 0 biblio s Delete The cart counter updates to show how many records were add
61. A3 2003 View item WCCC Book Overdue Fine 31 50 31 50 07 03 2014 Overdue Mozart cn ML410 M6T33 1986x View item WCCC Book Overdue Fine 10 00 10 00 08 11 2014 Overdue Ulysses S Grant cn 00000 View item WCCC Temporary item Overdue Fine 3 00 3 00 Pay in full Pay partial Total accruing 0 00 Forgive Total overpayments 0 00 Transfer Total due 44 50 The charges are removed from the current accounts list Under Account History the action is shown Account Account history Create manual invoice Submit partial payment Balance 34 50 Fees amp payments Date Description of charges Fee type Amount Payment Outstanding 08 11 2014 Overdue Ulysses 5 Grant View item Overdue Fine 3 00 3 00 WWiriteott OF 04 2014 Overdue Mozart view item Overdue Fine 70 00 10 00 0 00 001942014 07 03 2014 Overdue Living history Wew item Overdue Fine 431 50 31 50 5 12 4 Manual Charges Manual fines invoices are assessed from the Fines Create Manual Invoice tab Several types of manual invoices are available as well as a Sundry value for miscellaneous charges DLS User Manual Page 127 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Account Account history Create manual invoice Submit partial payment Type Renew Patron Account Renew Patron Account Barcode Cancel Credit Manual Invoice o Re
62. Barcode or Itemnumber Call Number Source LEAVE UNCHANGED z Enter item identifiers below one per line no commas max length 5 00C characters Barcodes ltemnumbers Item Notes Price Replacement Pricel ltemcallnumber Previously Modified Items submit Itemnumber Title KK Submit 36335 Test Fast Add bib record DLS User Manual Page 251 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 9 9 2 Batch Edit Utility Go to Tools Batch Edit Items and Summaries although this feature no longer edits summary records just items This brings up a selection screen Create Modify Cart with Batch of Items Method One Use a saved search to select items Display Saved Modification Searches Method Two Make a new query to select items select the field values for which to query Field Select value Library select all Holding Branch select all tem Type select all Location select all Damaged Lost status select all select all i i Collection Code select all Withdrawn status select alll select all Restricted Enter optional name to save this search Use New search and Move tems to Modity Cart Method Three Upload a file of barcode numbers to select Items only Barcode file Browse Mo file selected Move tems to Modify Cart You have the option to search for and edit all
63. Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited for Wagner Jane TESTING JANE pwagnerg liblime cam REQUEST ID 38 Request details Request type comment Request status Requested Requested on 10222014 01 15 Phi Not needed after CE 10 22 2014 Subject test comment RFI Request note test Jane Reply note test reply Ho fill reason Update request Fill request Retuse request Cancel request 4 13 Interlibrary Loan Users can place Interlibrary Loan requests through the Discovery Layer see that section Staff users can monitor ILL requests under the Circulation module main page Home gt Circulation Circulation Check Out Check In Transfer Course Reserves Interlibrary Loan Requests KK On that screen staff will see tabs for pending approved rejected on order or available requests To update status on a request use the pulldown to select a predefined reason If you click others you can type a reason into the field Then click the relevant button Approve Reject DLS User Manual Page 90 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited etc and click the Change Status button at the bottom of the page You can select one reason and apply it to all requests on the tab if desired Interlibrary Loan Requests Pending Approved
64. E VYanneman The homeless in New Jersey Glenda Kirkland Financial aid and Modification log access in New Jersey Robert Haney Jr Education and the nation no child left behind f Thomas John Locke A delicate balance the future of horse racing and the preservation of the equine industry agriculture and open space in the Garden State Karyn Malinowski Down to the Jersey shore The Coastal Ocean Coalition Media concentration in New Jersey Richard 4 Lee Extraordinary longevity individual and societal issues Donald B Louria 4 national survey on perceptions about the future Donald B Louria Holdings Descriptions Item type Location Collection Call Number Status Lastseen Barcode Book LibLime University Demo Library Main Circulating JK3516 573 Available 05 03 2010 37570000516905 Collection Book 2006 A Either brings you into the Holds tab where the first step is to search for the patron record Enter a cardnumber or name DLS User Manual Page 73 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Place a hold on The state of the Garden State Patron Labeled MARC smith Search Holds If there are multiple matches choose the person you want from the scroll box and click Select ahold on The state of the Garden State Place Labeled MARC Mary K 1016450 STUDENT 100 Main street _Michael LB 24905
65. File s added View Log 5722 You can click on the View Log link in the popup to check the problem DLSO Log Viewer fee ingest Import lzation uide uploaded 05122015 084 1611DiscoverylLayerCustemizati on uide pdt productType POF productUUID mull state FAILED startDate 2015 03 12 15 47 16 endDate 2815 05 12 15 47 16 message cem ptfs aware workflows add product 1 gt Check For Dups 23 Duplicate file DiscoveryLayerCustomizat lon uide pdt A file with the same hash already exists Duplicat a ARA DA La Ed At Sesto oot ot The log is also available through Tools DLSO Log Viewer you will need the log number of your upload This is added as a note in the staged record entry such as DLSO ingest batch log ID 5721 Patrons may be permitted to upload digital objects but only library staff users can complete the import The digital object is visible and manageable from the Manage Staged MARC Records area under Tools and can be imported into the system from there DLS User Manual Page 273 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited DLSO Ingest 2014 00 29 1050 O_1_ jpq hatch log staged 15 10 02 1 0 Clean ID 1900 LSO TE ingest l 2014 00 29 1049 Media zip hatch log Imported 14 49 37 2 0 Clean ID 1853 DLSO l ingest l 2014 05 29 1046 Office zip ha
66. Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Tia MI P ems slan A mmm ae P P D L A ocr ANAM 1 ar i American fiction 1 Refine your search American literature 1 _ Euthanasia 1 Add limit by Topic kK Euthanasia Active 1 Euthanasia Passive 4 African American women 1 1 African American women in literature 1 Marine accidents 1 American fiction 1 Medical ethics 1 American literature 1 Popular literature A Euthanasia 1 1 Euthanasia Active 1 Refugees 1 Right to die 1 Euthanasia Passive 1 Marine accidents 1 Y we wyr A t Medical ethics 1 ioe Popular literature 1 Epa Refugees 1 ed Right to die 1 aps Shipwrecks 1 aa Women and literature 1 2010 1 Close E 3 4 4 Sort Order and Relevance Ranking The default sort order is relevance ranking and that s the best option to use The Solr search engine is configured to give more weight to records with the search term in specified fields such as title author and subject Entries with the search terms adjacent to each other will be ranked higher as well You can also organize your results by author title call number or date by changing the Relevance pulldown setting DLS User Manual Page 26 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited You searched for state Displaying
67. Item Lost LEAVE UNCHANGED Y Item Withdrawn LEAVE UNCHANGED Y Enter item identifiers below one per line no commas max length 5 000 characters Barcodes Call Number Source LEAVE UNCHANGED ltemnumbers Or Modify Item Batch By Barcode or Itemnumber Item Notes Price Replacement Price Itemcallnumber Submit You can specify item fields to modify and modify either a single barcode or to search for a range of barcodes This utility requires you to have a list of the barcodes to be modified prior to beginning the modify process The utility does not feature a search tool On the left side of the screen make your selections for the changes needed For example to change item type use that pull down to select the new one You can also set damaged lost or withdrawn status or change other item fields On the right side of the screen indicate whether the changes should delete items If deleting the last item from a title you can also opt to delete the title record as well When you have made your selections either input a single barcode or use the lower right corner box to input a series of either barcodes or itemnumbers The actions will only be taken on the specified records Click Submit to make the changes DLS User Manual Page 250 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited WARNING Be Careful There is no Undo for the Batch Modify Item Ut
68. N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited More Lists Cataloging Editor Add Digital Content Saved Searches E Serials Getlt Acquisitions Reports Tools Administration About Koha Show Public Masthead When the option is chosen the list of searches saved is offered Your Saved Searches Name Search url Saved on Run daily waters waters 04 03 2014 Genealogy genealogy 04 10 2014 a water 1 water 04 14 2014 music music 04 16 2014 F history history 04 16 2014 lunar lunar 04 17 2014 one one 05 08 2014 E state Jane state 06 04 2014 E x Close Clicking on the name of a saved search will run it You can delete a saved search by clicking the X at the end of the line Note that you can opt to have the search run once a day overnight with a cron job 1f scheduled If you enable the messaging preference New results from scheduled search the results of the updated search will be sent to you See the section on messaging for more details on messaging preferences DLS User Manual Page 31 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 3 5 2 Cart The cart is a holding place for a collection of records You can add records either from the search results page or from an individual title display When you have added items to the cart the masthead display will change to show a count cart 2 Clicking o
69. OPAC Login 1234567890 Password mypasswo ral When you create a patron you will see the password as you type it in The password is then stored in encrypted form and you will never be able to read it again You can change it but you can t tell a patron what it is The patron can change passwords in the Discovery Layer so you may set a rather generic initial password such as last name when you first create the account Two sections in the patron record User Roles and Patron Messaging Preferences will be covered in detail in the next sections When you have entered all the needed information scroll to the bottom and click Save The system will do some integrity checking If you ve tried to use a cardnumber already assigned to someone else for example you ll get a warning Home gt Patrons gt Add Adult patron smith Jane Add Adult patron Jane smith The following fields are wrong Please fix them Cardnumber already in use Fix the problem and click Save again When the record is saved you ll be taken into the main patron details screen Notice that the expiration date has been added Home gt Patrons gt Patron Details for Jane smith 2345578901 Change Password amp Print Y More Y Jane smith 2345678901 gt New cuit Ms Jane smith 2345678901 123 Main Street Library use POG Tbe Neer Card number 2345678901 o Email home address yahoo com Borrowernumber 14527
70. PA ES Ue ONIN Sate ct it ie ie aoe ce laa dele cde aah A 309 Loy 17 2 Ordenes tando Order todas 309 ISS Receivino SEAMING DEl es 311 PAAR CEV and nOs 313 MLS Cink to Serials ners ii A ido 314 II ACSS REPO S aor a a di 317 Pe Oc Reports A valable iia 317 NACI A A 318 141 Ereatinmesa UDS CAPO RECO di 321 A O RYT OV SAR AA A A A te RPA eave 324 ERA AA saaeietsaaaaetlenancdae ate dtauehsamdte synaantulenasnenetadiquchesnees 321 AAC il ais 328 O SUS a3 ce RR A S S 328 LO MOda tac o 331 VOI MOG STATING La aaa 332 102 Moderan Commen esi AEA 333 17 Usinethe Discov y Layer id er ode 334 A ss reeset E susd cesta lew esas che eagle emt 334 ASI ple Ear sp sta eee 335 LP Adyanced SEAL M nenna a O Gant eseeediaienieubebsensiaehaaiaacies 335 DLS User Manual Page 9 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited LA LS A E AI 336 7a RED 8 Ps eee mr or see tee reer prrery petro rey Tt rey aM ere nrce pr ner ere We sree one rere Taree preern re try Tera 338 IOA IBLOW SE ter cabert san thedeapennne ON acia 339 A Fea BU oh eee RE 341 a sek op cae olan ease A i cele e a voles A EE E TA uate EE E A E 341 Dh A O OO TI 343 EIERN EWEA A II ented beseragebsaettes 343 LARES Mr id 346 RAE Discovery ayer ACCOUMU scart a a a 347 Ie ees UM SM MNT IS OU ea ea E A 348 PEET SEEC Me CKOUG asset teens goatee o TE 348 a ee My OLAS Seraetstasisteamerintuatseterssstantatapisietedas O an
71. Rejected On Order Available Click on the request date for full details Date Request di Notes Requested by Reason Something not Patron Maria oe er014 Swnedbythe 1201 2014 Card library test mariapatron 2014 Library Copy Lost Becoming an Bestseller Accredited De Groff Amy Available via ILL 08 06 2014 Genealogist 09 05 2014 Card 666 Needed for Research by Karen Shelf Copy Damaged Clifford 3018753231 Others 1998 How to hug a es amt am 08 06 2014 porcipine 09 05 2014 a Choose a reason y 200 3018753231 Wagner Jane3 adding Card 08 13 2014 Testing Jane 08 26 2014 Hola TESTING3JANE 7 Choose a reason Personal Wagner Jane11 08 26 2014 Memoirs by 08 28 2014 Card Choose a reason y Ulysses 5 janelltest Grant Choose a reason for all marked entries Choose a reason v Mark all with this reason Personal Memoirs by Ulysses 5 Grant 06 26 2014 Choose a reason for all marked entries Change Status Once a pending request has been updated 1t moves to the appropriate tab Rejected etc 06 26 2014 Wagner Jane11 Library 7H Card ibrary s copy is available janelltest back to list Choose a reason v Mark all with this reason On A A Aann Available sames ees The patron will always see the current status of a request in the Discovery Layer depending on messaging preferences the patron may receive a notice of some kind as well My Interlibrary Loan Reque
72. Request or Document Delivery request search for the title in external sites such as Google Scholar and view any associated digital objects If the Cart feature is enabled you can add the title to your cart You may also want to view the underlying MARC record More information on most of those features is found elsewhere in the manual DLS User Manual Page 46 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 3 6 1 Viewing Digital Objects If the site is configured for the full DLS with digital object functionality and the title has associated digital objects links will show at the right hand side with certain information object type size etc COLORADO 1 24000 V877C LAFAYETTE Search Results Navigator by Geological Survey U S ad 3 rtograp i V Ma i lt lt Previous Resultlist Next gt gt Map Description scale 1 24 000 4 105 07 30 W 105 00 00 N 40 00 00 N 39 52 30 Call Number NUS08 3 300300 00024 0512419 Geographic Classification US N Title Actions Geospatial Reference Data UT Security Classification Control P Add to cart Digital Objects UNCLASSIFIED Record UNCLASSIFIED Description 1 map System Control Number 6051241903757 A Print Language Note EN General Note s mini FAT testing Demomap Not from Chichen ltza e e Search for this title in 7 Place Request amp Document Delivery Ill Save to Your L
73. SEAE EPA a ei Ira CIRCULATIN CIRCULATING ek es 3757000006762 WEEE 12152010 1973 661 25 cm This report is built by a cron job build_holds_queue pl Administrators can control the timing of the job with the HoldsQueueSchedule syspref or 1t can be left at the default setup The timing depends on your library s needs It could be run once a day or every couple of hours That script completely rebuilds the queue each time it runs Staff can use this list to pull items from the shelf or identify items needed from other branches When an item is checked in and can fill a hold the system tries to find the first listing in the queue for that title Hold 1 If the item is not eligible to fulfill the first hold for some reason it goes down the list to identify and fill the next hold in the queue As items are pulled from the shelves run them through checkin to trigger the holds Once a hold has been triggered it no longer appears on this list DLS User Manual Page 81 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited If your library does not allow on shelf holds the report does not need to be run regularly However staff should check it occasionally to make sure something hasn t slipped into the queue For example a staff person might have placed an on shelf hold for a patron but neglected to retrieve the item and trigger the hold 4 11 8 Clearing the Holds Shelf
74. Standing Order Adds new POLC Keep all circulating collec Adds new POLC Replace old edition with ni Adds new POLC Reference collection disc Adds new POLC Discard old edition place PP Adds new POLC call AG243 G87 year Koha Check In The American library annual Reference Standing Order The College blue book Reference Standing Order Editor amp publisher internation Reference Standing Order Guinness book of world recor Reference Standing Order OSE A Bookman s price index Reference Standing Order 13 17 4 Receive and Invoice When a shipment of items is received from your continuations vendor you can accomplish receiving and invoicing without the need to create a purchase order first There are two methods available to use by adding from a PO and by adding a title The steps to add from a PO remain unchanged The Add PO Lines to this Invoice window now displays the receiving notes added to the POLC After the items are selected and appear in the Invoice Lines tab the invoice amount will probably need to be updated The Add Title button provides an alternative way to receive and invoice continuations Clicking on the button brings up this form Add Tithe to this Invoice Title Author Number Type Number Quantity Discount Price Order Type Location Click to Choose Fund The fields are Title The title DLS User Manual Page 313
75. To be saved 18111 The snows of Kilimanjaro To be merged 36714 The snows of Kilimanjaro In this example Bib 36714 will be Patrons o Search Cancel Accept Merge Cataloging Editor o Serials Acquisitions Reports Koha administration o System preferences Tools About Koha 9 3 14 Batch Delete Bibliographic Records Previous versions included batch edit delete features for items This version includes a means of batch deleting bibliographic records for staff with the appropriate permissions Bibliographic records for deletion are identified via standard searching and are placed in the Cart from the search results screen for batch deletion You can either check the All button at the top or check individual entries on the results list then go under Selected and choose Add to Cart DLS User Manual Page 219 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited MA Selected 8 Allresults Highlight Default filter off Y Add to cart 1 Iil Add to List Place hold For example a search for vacation returned 8 bib records All 8 were moved to the Cart from the search results set Once bibs are in the cart the cart can be viewed by clicking on the Cart icon Within the cart staff with permission to delete bibs via batch delete will see the option Delete titles Selecting titles from the cart to delete either by clicking All
76. Type W Book The staff title details page also will show suppression status DLS User Manual Page 213 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited db Mew T El Edit Save 7 L Add to List Print Place Request OL 239 50 Search zebra default Type Book Holdings Descriptions tem type Location Call Number Status Lastseen Barcode Publication Details Lost Book LibLime University Demo Library E dd 05 29 2009 amaged Mot for loan Mot For Loan 9 3 10 Saving a Bibliographic Record If there are unsaved changes the Save Status box at the top will reflect that save status MODIFIED Save to reservoir Last saved 2014 08 26 00 49 11 You can choose to save the record to the reservoir for later approval by a senior staff person or save it directly When a bibliographic record is saved the 005 is updated to reflect the date and time saved The Save status also changes to show the date and time last saved Cataloging Editor Record View vr 36144 Rogue state Holdings manage CATALOG record Record type BKS none Status Active Catalog Record 4 E e MFHD count SA Last saved 2014 10 22 none 11 10 09 A tem count 0 36144 Rogue state x 000 01601cam a2200373 a 4500 001 160860 005 20141022151008 0 DLS User Manual Page 214 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895
77. University Demo ui D Current location ubtime Unneersaty Demo Li ES Shelving location d Dato acquired e Source of acquisition 1 Coded location qualifier Q Cost normal purchase price h Serial Enumeration chronology k Cataloging Status E o Full call number p Barcode t Copy number u Uniform Resource Identifier y Cost replacement price w Price effective tram y Kohs item type y 2 Public note Supplemental Issue mee ry Save ave Saving of item records is immediately reflected in the Discovery Layer DLS User Manual Page 326 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The wound care amp hyperbaric magazine El Normal View MARC View Expanded MARC View E Card View ISBD Type amp Continuing Resource Publisher Palm Beach Gardens FL American Baromedica at 201 ISSN 2157 9148 Other Title Wound care and hyperbaric magazine Wound care perba Online Resources Click here to access online Tags from this library No tags from this library for this title Log in to add tags Holdings 1 Title Notes Subscriptions Comments Item Shelving a type v Library gt Location gt Collection ES aay University Damo Periodicals Collection Periodical Periodical rary 14 3 Routing Slips Call Vol Serial peN pS gt dd Number Info Data bg Published gt Browse Shelf Jan 1 2012 Vol 89
78. Uploading a Etle Of Barcodes tac 67 492 Usma the Inventory 100 Lia eee in alle ieee a a a 68 493 Cleans Up Inventory PODIAS caia 70 IO OVerduo REDO ni 71 A O O O A 12 4 111 tem Level versus Title Leyel Hold ideas 13 ALLE Pleme a Holdtora Patrol psi a 73 411 3 Reorderine the Priority Queue csi lali 76 Ads uspendino Hold rs dc T11 ATEOS REC ted 79 AIEG a A O a A E 80 DLS User Manual Page 3 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 41d Holds Ou cte REDO eia li 81 Als Clearing the FOI SS WCW arcadas 82 4 12 Call Slips Document Delivery and other RFI FormMS ccccccccnnnoonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanoccnnnnncnnnnnnnos 83 Ale Acne RE ques croata A 83 A 122 Mana na Re ques Ss see eee 85 A Alor O tiene eS EONS ean tials niece lasts alee haat hora a heaton 88 Ali Sater MOL AEN AAA e A A 90 ALA OU RES 92 Aa IS O SS OUISCS A E 92 qt Ade items TO QUESOS a ROA TC ee 93 4 143 Suspending or Dele tiie Cours S iaa AE a 94 Me PAOD enia E S 95 IS AEC MINS TOG PITONS A E O OS RA 96 de ls Ad VanCed Patron Se Ani Ora taeyorscetates a E T 97 Ie A O acsauonaamhee Madeausiaaaneess 99 di Edito a Pato ati dilata 104 S54 Changin Pass wOrds fOr Patrons at ocio iia nai 104 DCS SAS rs 105 SO MNO OU PaO ea a o tnaion 106 3 1 Upload Patron Mass a coo 109 5 7 1 Loading an Individual Image From the Patron Record oooccccccccononnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnss 109 5 7 2 Loading
79. a Batch of Images or an Individual Image occccccccnnnonocnnnnnnnnnnnnnonannnnnss 111 o Linkimo Parent and Cilia Records epica a as at 113 59 Updatins Child to Adult Patron oa ias 116 SUO PrO yY BONON ai aia a olas 118 SA Baten Edit Delete PatrOn Sheerness T a 120 S E RR 123 Ae ds Aydin FG E E E E TA T E TO REN 123 A S Cl Rl Ne N E E A E E A E S E E S E E 126 ER CNO A O E A 127 Y 124 Manta ONES slds 127 DLS User Manual Page 4 Copyright O 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited AZ Lost Hema Han Ging al 128 5 12 6 Fine Threshold Forgiveness and Transfers oocccccccccnoonoocnnnnnnnnnnnnnonanonocnnnnnonnnnninnnnss 131 SL FOPS1V el FINES usaba dia 132 6 Role Patronsand Default Permissions aio 133 6 1 EreatimoaRole Paris drid 133 6 2 Assigning Roles to User Records in the Patron Category cccccccconcooonccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 134 6 3 Assigning Roles in the Individual Patron Record oooooooonncnnnnncncnononocncnnnnnnnnnnannncncnnnnnos 135 6 4 Updating Permission Seting Serian ia a a 137 6 Avalable Grantlar PernissiOns epn caver a E cutee gee vaetoeeetanands 137 6 6 Assigning Permissions in a Role Patron ii A aie ies 140 6 7 Assigning Permissions in an Individual Patron Record occccccccnnoooncncnnnnnnnonononnnnnnnnnnnos 141 7 Messaging and Message Preference Defaults ooonoooonnnnccnnncnononnnnnnnnnnnnononanoncncnnnnnononanos
80. a patron Make your changes and click Save 5 4 Changing Passwords for Patrons Patrons can change their own passwords through the Discovery Layer af configured but staff can also change passwords for patrons In the patron Details screen you can either edit the full record and scroll down to the OPAC Login section or just click the Change Password button on the toolbar Home gt Patrons gt Patron Details for Jane Smith 2345678901 Jane Smith 2345678901 lt gt New ef Edit Change Password 5 Print More Ms Jane Smith 2345678901 123 Main Street Library use TOLE TOWT Ma 12940 Card number 2345678901 e Email home address yahoo com Borrowernumber 14527 Initials Category Public Patron PATRON 123 Main Street Date of birth Registration date 12 04 2015 Your Town US 12345 Sex Expiration date 12 04 2015 Library LibLime University Demo Library address ahoo com ies Edit Category Public Patron OPAC login 2345678901 PATRON OPAC password dd Using the Change Password button opens an edit screen where you can change either both the user login ID and password DLS User Manual Page 104 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home gt Patrons gt Jane Smith gt Change Username andfor Password Jane Smith 2345678901 do Mery ef Exit Change Password amp Print Y Morea Change Userna
81. accessed without logging in Note that sites can change the name from Lists to something else like Shelves or Collections 17 9 1 Viewing a List Go to the Lists icon and click on the drop down Select one of the lists to view Note that lists you the logged in user created are towards the bottom under the caption Your Lists DLS User Manual Page 343 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Public Lists Bereaved Parents 2 Children dl Death Divorce library Library Books SOC 120 Racial and Ethnic Stem Cells trieu Your Lists Music list History Forum list Beethoven List Create new List LF MWanage Lists To create a list go to the Lists icon and select Create New List a box appears from which you can add or edit a list Add to a List New list Mame Public O lf checked this list will be visible to everyone Sorted by title an The list is empty Add titles via search results canca For the new list Create and enter the name of the list Make the list public if desired which means it can be viewed by anyone Choose how to sort the list by title author or date Click on Create new list Once your list is created you can add items to it from any search while you re logged in to the Discovery Layer The option to add to your list appears to the right of the bibliographic display
82. admin_2 pt s ptfs admin_2 de New Y Ef Edit gt Change Password amp Print gt More 7 ptfs ptfs admin_2 100 Main street Library use Poe en BOE Card number admin_2 Work 123 234 4567 Borrowernumber 13375 100 Main street Initials Category Staff STAFF Your Town 00125 Date of birth Registration date 05 19 2010 123 234 4567 e Expiration date 05 23 2014 Category Staff STAFF R Library LibLime University Demo Library Home Library LibLime eau OPAC login ptfs University Demo Library OPAC password Ak Manage Patron Image Check Out To update the image for ptfs select a new image file and click Edit Upload Click the Delete button to remove the current image Only PNG GIF JPEG XPM formats are supported Alternate Address Select the file to upload Address coles eN Browse No file selected Addres 2 City State Lost Items Upload Delete lt Zip Postal Code Country The Delete command uses a pop up window to warn you the action cannot be undone if you click OK to proceed the image file is removed Are You sure you want to delete this patron image This cannot be undone Cancel 5 7 2 Loading a Batch of Images or an Individual Image You can also load a batch of images at once For this feature you will need to provide a link between the image file name and the patron s cardnumber The simplest way is to name the image with the cardnumber In the directory wi
83. and trigger any pending holds Home gt Circulation gt Check In Hold Found The State of the language Hold for pifs ptts fadmin_ 2 100 Main street Your Town 00123 Hold at LibLime University Demo Library Confirm hold E Print Slip and Confirm X Ignore Check In Options Enter item barcode Submit O Forgive overdue charges T Dropbox mode Checked in items Due Date Title Author Barcode Type Patron Note Not checked out The State of the language a75 000007 4630 BOOK CIRCULATIN Mot checked out If no holds are pending the item may be shelved The checkin will give a not checked out message DLS User Manual Page 65 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home Circulation gt Check In Mot checked out Check In Options Enter item barcode Il Submit C Forgive overdue charges T Dropbox mode Checked In items Due Date Title Author Barcode Type Patron Note Mot checked out The Atlantic campaign an der Vat Dan 3450000061969 BOOK CIRCULATIN Mot checked out You may also see messages about brief records or other types of checkin messages Deal appropriately with them as with any checkin Attribute Found Brief Circulation Record Please follow the procedure neccessary for items tagged with this attribute The following attributes are applied ta this item Brief Circulation Record 11212013
84. assigned roles directly through the patron edit screen where you can assign roles and decide when they expire or through their patron category via the category default roles which are set up in Administration gt Patron categories System Preferences New Catepor Patron Category Administration Code Category name Type Enrollment period Age required Upper age limit Enrollment fee Overdue Hold fee Roles ADJUNCT Adunct Faculty Adgut 24 monha 0 years 0 years 0 0 Yes 00 ADJUNCT RO Basic parameters ados and ala 12 months 0 years 0 years 0 00 Yon 0 00 Cda Usiste tos oes 0 00 No 0 00 Additional parameters Chent Targets Message preferences obtained through roles are additive For example if role X is set to get overdue notices by email and role Y is set to get overdue notices by RSS then a patron with both roles will receive overdue notices both by email and RSS DLS User Manual Page 145 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 7 1 2 Role or Individual Patron Settings To change messaging options for either a Role patron or a particular patron you can either edit the full patron record scroll to the bottom or click the Edit link under the messaging options part of the patron detail display screen That link takes you into an edit page for just the messaging options Patron messaging preferences Asterisk indicates a role
85. be added in the future 13 19 1 Reports Available Presently available reports are Copies by Location Current Fund Balances Titles by Fund with or without summary funds and Vendor Claims aioe repo x Report CS Y Copies by location Current fund balances Titles expended by fund with summary funds E Titles expended by fund without summary funds Vendor claims report unreceived items DLS User Manual Page 317 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited When running a report you will be prompted to enter several parameters depending on the type of report In the example below of a Vendor Claims Report the user is prompted to enter the desired vendor account number and dates Report Parameters This report shows all unreceived items per vendor and vendor account Start and end date limits apply to the date the PO line was created Fields left blank will mot be applied as limits Dates should be in YYYY MM DD format Vendor Name Amazon com Vendor Account Name Start Date 2011 01 01 End Date 2013 08 01 NOTE Dates should always be entered in YY Y Y MM DD format The report output can be sorted columns chosen and then printed or downloaded Report 5 _ Print E Download vendor_name title author ordered_date expected_da copies fund_name amount Amazon com 1 2 3 power tools Lunsford E Michael Scott
86. creation it will default to the date of creation which means it will stop displaying the next day Always give 1t an expiration date sometime in the future Position can be tricky it s meant to determine the order in which items display but if there is only one item you may have to try a couple of settings to get it to show Usually position 1 is the best in that situation The News field 1s the text for your message Home gt Tools gt News gt Add News Item OPAC and Koha News Display Location OPAC der Title all Branches Closed Wed Fri for Publication date En Expiration date fi 217012013 Fa Appear in position fi News All branches will be closed from Wednesday December 25 through Friday December 27 forthe Christmas holiday Branches will reopen atthe normal time on Monday December 30 Submit Cancel DLS User Manual Page 17 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Click the Submit button to save your message or Cancel to cancel 1t To check staff messages go to the staff client home page first screenshot in this section For OPAC messages go to your Discovery Layer interface Library Catalog Go Il Lists Horne Advanced Search New Titles Course Reserves Browse by Authorities Welcome to LibLime Academic Koha All Branches Closed VVed Fri for Christmas All branches will be closed from Wednesday December
87. data fields and must be entered in quotes e g 099a If the field should have a label it is necessary to enter the label within the quotes as well e g System D 035a Make sure you use single quotes and separate field entries with a comma DLS User Manual Page 259 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Edit Label Layout Layout Name Topo Choose Barcode Code 39 Type encoding Choose Layout biblio barcode Type Bibliographic Data to Print Choose Order Of Text Fields to Print ae List Fields Data Flelds System ID 035a Urban Area Name 052c Call Number 099a Item Number Na Enter a comma separated list of fields to print You may include any Koha field or MARC subfield See online help for advanced options ex barcode itemcallnumber tite 050a 050b 300a Start printing from 4 Label number Draw Guide Boxes Text Justification Left Split Call Numbers The Start printing from Label number box is typically set to 1 to begin printing with the first label in a set Draw Guide Boxes can be selected to give an indication of how the labels will line up on a sheet of label stock when printed It 1s recommended to select this box and conduct a trial run of printing Once the trial is complete and labels are successfully setup the box should be de selected Text Justification can be set to Left Cen
88. for later import into the catalog You can enter a name for this import It may be useful when creating a biblio to remember where the suggested MARC data comes frorn Stage records into the reservoir Select the file to stage Lipload file Then click the Upload File button An upload progress bar will display When the import is done both the color of the bar will change and a 100 progress will appear At that point you have several options these apply to bibliographic records only not authority records Comments about this file Record type s marc Bibliographic Holdings Default Default catsource Added for bibliographic records if not already present catsource ae Look for existing records in catalog MARC Bibliographic only Record ee Do not look for matching records rule Action if matching Replace existing record with incoming record bibliographic record found Action if no match add incoming record is found Check for embedded item record data Yes No Howto process Always add items items Load MARC21 Holdings Records Cy Yes 2 No Linked bibliographic records must be included in the same batch as MFHD Records linked by Control Number Stage for import You have the option to enter Comments which can be helpful later for notes about the file s origin or contents You MUST specify whether the file is bibliographic holdings or authority records DLS User Ma
89. in special libraries as well The image file should be no larger than 520K and the recommended size of the image is about 200x300 pixels There are two ways to load a patron image individually in the patron record or as a batch 5 7 1 Loading an Individual Image From the Patron Record In the patron Details screen you can click the Browse button in the patron image section to locate an image file DLS User Manual Page 109 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home gt Patrons gt Patron Details for ptfs ptfs admin_2 pt s ptfs admin_2 cP New Y f Edit Change Password amp Print y More Y ptfs ptfs admin_2 100 Main street Library use et A Card number e Work 123 234 4567 Borrowernumber Initials Category 100 Main street Date of birth Your Town 00123 Sex Expiration date 123 234 4567 Library Edit OPAC login Category Staff STAFF Home Library LibLime University Demo Library Upload Patron Image OPAC password Edi ptfs ptfs does not currently have an image available To import an image for ptfs enter the name of an image file to upload Check Out Only PNG GIF JPEG XPM formats are supported Select the file to upload Address Browse No file selected Address 2 Upload City State Zip Postal Code Details Borrowing Relationships T
90. it from this screen after you make any changes desired 9 2 4 Creating a Bibliographic Record From a Template Templates are defined structures including standard MARC fields for different kinds of records They can also be used to set default values for large collections The system is delivered with standard templates for bibliographic holdings and authority records sites can add their own as desired To open a new record with a template choose From Template either from the Starting Points menu or under Record From Template Koha Cataloging Editor Record View t Bew Starting points From template prnl A cl From 239 60 from template from Z3950 search nl Find a record Catalog record In the catalog Authority record Authority record staged record staged record Save As Template DLS User Manual Page 184 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited This opens a menu window Use the top pulldown to select which type of record bibliographic holds authority then use the bottom pulldown to select the template you want Create new record MARC Bibliographic From template Audio Recording Book CO EBook Music Recording Serial Print Online serial Then click the Create New button to open a record in the Cataloging Editor using that template You can manage existing templates by clicking the gear icon Settin
91. kem Details 1 77964 D44B96 1986 37570000152750 Xmen in the Third World Byrne Pamela R at WCO 37570000515378 Perceptions of libraries and information resources at V CCC 37570000175173 The Library and information manager s guide to online services Hoover Ryan E at WEcc 2 721 P4 2005 3 2699 3 H66 37570000069566 Fees for library service at WW CCC Personnel amp materials guidelines for learning resources programs in 5 2675 Ja P47 6 1980 37570000069574 community colleges at VVC 6 ZB D57 1982 37570000038793 The book before printing Diringer David at WOC gt TATA DENIA 1059 areznnonmmaszse Lhe book culture of a colonial American city 4 663 F 435 1956 8 5 2 Patrons Checking Out the Most This report will list patrons who have been the most active in the specified time period The setup screen gives options for date ranges branch item type and patron category DLS User Manual Page 168 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Patrons with the most Checkouts Checkout date HA A To E from Check in date 18 To from 7 Library Any Library Any iter type Patron Categom any Category code ES hem Type Day Month Year Limit to s By Mone gt Output To screen into the 0 browser To afie Wamed submit Export into an application The o
92. l Iter Type Current Branch BRANCH1 Permanent Branch Code BRANCH T ltem Lost l Location Koha Collection Pane CIRC ULATIN ext so VIDEO Next gt gt RESERYWE REFERENCE OVERSIZE PERIODICAL FROUIPMENT CTE FOUNDATION com Require this column to have a value This sample report will be limited to item type of REFBOOK The next screen is useful if you are running a report with fields that can be added or you want to know how many occurrences of each selection there are For example you might want to count how many checkouts there have been or how many items of each item type Check the fieldname you want to count You have different options or you can ignore the selections entirely Step 5 of 6 Pick which columns to total items barcode sum l items iterntype T biblio author 7 biblio title TF biblioitems url Next gt The last step lets you determine how the report output should be sorted You can select a particular field or leave everything unchecked DLS User Manual Page 152 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Step 6 of 6 Choose how you want the report ordered l items barcode asc iz l items itermtype asc i l biblio author asc I biblio title asc l biblioiterns url asc Finish Your sort choices are ascending or descending such as A Z or Z A The f
93. l Submit mn Forgive overdue charges T Dropbox mode Checked In items Due Date Title Author Barcode Type Patron Note 12 12 2013 Test Fast Add bib record Smith John 2436629365 BOOK pifs pitts STAFF In transit to BRANCH1 Staff should then put the item aside for cataloging staff to handle DLS User Manual Page 63 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 4 7 Handling Transits Any multi library system that allows borrowing between branches will have to deal with transfers between branches Items that belong to one branch may be returned at another or a patron may place a hold on something with a pickup location at another branch Items may be placed in transit either automatically by confirming a transfer from a checkin message or manually A checkin message could appear either for a pending hold with pickup at another branch Hold Found Threshold of war Hold for ptfs ptfs admin_2 100 Main street Your Town 00123 Transfer to LibLime University Demo Library JY Confirm hold and Transfer G Print slip Transfer and Confirm X Ignore Check In Options Enter item barcode Submit _ Forgive overdue charges Dropbox mode Checked In items Due Date Title Author Barcode Type Patron Note 11 22 2013 Threshold of war Heinrichs Waldo H 37570000140417 BOOK CIRCULATIN Smith Nathan STUDENT or for a checkin at another b
94. or choosing individual items by clicking the box to the left of the title Then click Delete Titles and the selected bibs will be queued up for batch deletion Your Cart Titles 8 Digital Documents 0 E More Details Print MeEmail Download ty Empty and Close ARRE are Remove tities I Add to a List Place hold Delet a Title deta Su None holdings Money 1 available of 1 7 Chicago Ill Time Inc c1972 copies Year round schools 1 available of 1 7 Detroit Greenhaven Press c2008 copies Move over wheelchairs coming through seven young people inwheelchairs talk about their lives O available of 0 7 by Roy Ron copies New York Clarion Books c1985 Options for how to handle transactional information linked with bibs selected for deletion are provided DLS User Manual Page 220 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Delete Titles Options Unchecking any of the following will prevent records that match the condition from being deleted Delete titles z with items attached 7 with holds linked to acquisition records a in acquisition suggestions linked to periodical or serial records E with patron tags with patron reviews Titles to Delete Title Author Year Money c1972 Year round schools c2008 Move over wheelchairs coming through Roy Ron c1985 Cancel Delete Titles The choices above will
95. or other part 4 Damaged status E 5 Use restrictions A 7 Not for loan y 8 Collection code a a Permanent location LibLime University Demo Library y I b Current location LibLime University Demo Library y c Shelving location Py d Date acquired A E e Source of acquisition A f Coded location qualifier g Cost normal purchase price h Serial Enumeration asliramala om e To add a new item to this bibliographic record add data into the data entry page displayed At minimum you MUST select a permanent and current location these are branch codes and an item type You probably will want to enter other data such as a call number barcode and replacement price When the data entry 1s complete scroll to the bottom of the page and choose DLS User Manual Page 233 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Add Item If desired for multiple copies of the same title staff can duplicate the item just created by choosing Add amp Duplicate or they can create multiple copies of the item by choosing Add Multiple Copies Add amp Duplicate Add Multiple Copies If Add Multiple Copies is chosen an additional box will appear into which the number of copies can be set Add Duplicate Add Multiple Copies Number of copies to add The system will create that many copies incrementing the original barcode se
96. other identifier Be sure your library is selected 1f you have multiple branches The form picks up and uses the barcode you entered at checkout DLS User Manual Page 62 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Add Brief Record For Barcode 7x3862938 Title Test Fast Add bib record Author E Motes ISBN p Place CT Publisher Date tem Details Barcode ex3862938 Collection Code Poo Home Location LibLime University Branch Library Holding Location LibLime University Branch Library Shelving Location Call Number FAST ADD gt tem Type Book tem Attributes Brief Circulation Record Circulation Review Cataloging Review Personal Copy ILL item record Ready for Export term Motes Enter any other information available and click the Confirm Add button at the bottom of the form The brief title item records are created and the item 1s checked out to the user When the 4 0 ok item is checked in the Brief Circulation Record setting is cleared but it triggers a screen warning Please return Test Fast Add bib record to BRANCH1 gt Cancel pending transfer Attribute Found Brief Circulation Record Please follow the procedure neccessary for items tagged with this attribute The following attributes are applied ta this item Brief Circulation Record 114212013 item Check In Options Enter item barcode
97. overdue charge for E Shakespeare the tragedies due Estimated 04 17 2011 044122011 cn PR2983 H27 view Nee Oe fee item Accruing overdue charge for Understanding Hamlet due Estimated E 0471772011 04 12 2011 on PR2807 Na 20047 WOSE Book fee View iter Shae Total accruing ines Total overpayments Total due Original amt 0 50 0 50 0 50 0 50 2 00 Outstanding 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Those fines cannot be paid until the item 1s returned At that point the system will calculate the full overdue charge and the patron can then make a payment The maximum overdue fine to be charged can be set in the circulation policy 1f desired DLS User Manual Page 126 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 5 12 3 Waiving or Forgiving Fines Library staff may choose to write off or forgive certain charges for various reasons The difference is strictly an accounting one there is no practical difference in how the system handles these To either write off or forgive choose that option from the pull down next to a charge and click the Update Fines button Account Account history Create manual invoice Submit partial payment Current fines Action Date Description of charges Library Itemtype Fee type Original amt Outstanding v 07 03 2014 Overdue Living history cn E867 C55
98. page of the DLS This search bar includes a search box for search terms and three tabs labeled Checkout Check In and Search the Catalog respectively The tabs available may change depending on what module is currently on screen As mentioned above staff users can toggle between the staff search bar masthead and the public version Each has different options In the Search the Catalog tab users can enter search terms into the free text box These search terms will be searched against the entire dataset as a keyword search Academic nter search keywords Submit E can O Koha Check Out Check In Search the Catalog 3 2 Advanced Search The DLS Advanced Search allows for more search options and increased precision within the search results set Users can select multiple search options such as Title and Author and limiters as desired Depending on system configuration users may limit a search by e Library common in a multi branch system e tem Type book manuscript DVD Video e Collection Type Fiction Non Fiction History Reference e Shelving Location Upstairs Downstairs Basement Storage DLS User Manual Page 19 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Other limiters are possible and additional indexes can be added to the search box pulldowns 1f desired See the Discovery Layer Customization Guide for setup information
99. placed on hold or course reserve and for notification options New Purchase Suggestion Enter any information you have about the title you wish the library to acquire No fields are mandatory Place acquired item on hold For myseir M Place acquired item on Course Reserve Course Notification Notify when this Mm Accepted suggestion is p Ordered p Received jv Rejected subroit purchase suqge DLS User Manual Page 355 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Library staff can review and act upon suggestions in Acquisitions 17 11 10 My Interlibrary Loan Requests If enabled ILLRequests system preference the Interlibrary Loan module allows patrons to place requests and staff to manage those requests It works similarly to Call Slips and Document Delivery but is intended for material not owned by the library In the Discovery Layer under the My Interlibrary Loan Requests tab you will see a list of current requests and their status My summary My checkouts 0 My holds 0 My fines 0 00 My Requests My personal details My checkout history My Interlibrary Loan Requests New interlibrary loan request Title Notes Jane 3 Test Testing 2 Jane Testing Jane Date Requested 06 11 2014 06 1 1 2014 08 11 2014 Status Rejected Rejected Rejected Actions Edit Delete Edit Delete Edit Delete Click
100. price b Current location w Price effective from ab 4h 45 a a LIA 45 a c Shelving location x Non public note d Date acquired 2013 12 25 y Koha item type e Source of acquisition z Public note Prev Save Record Next gt Otherwise items are selected to Receive and the window is closed 13 15 Invoicing After placing an order the Vendor will typically supply an Invoice detailing the material that has been included in one or more shipments Sometimes the invoice will be provided with the shipment other times it will precede or follow the shipment The system provides for all three of these possibilities To access the Invoices module click on Invoices in the Dashboard area within navigation A list of existing Invoices will be displayed those highlighted in red are new and those with a yellow background are approved QNew s Edit Delete Print Vendor Account Invoice Number Lines Created At Created By Total Items 200 Selected Items 0 DLS User Manual Page 303 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Record a new Invoice by clicking on the New Invoice button New Involce Vendor Account Invoice Number w Save Cancel Click on the drop down arrow for the list of current Vendor Accounts you can also type the first letter of Vendor Account which will also retri
101. ranked the bib detail page display will change the ranking assigned by the user logged in will display as will all patron user rankings Water electronic resource the fate of our most precious resource Search Results Navigator lt lt Previous Resultlist Next gt gt by De Villiers Marq ebrary Inc Format Book Website or downloadable Subjects VVater supply Water supply Political aspects 4 i Title Actions Water Pollution Water resources development Political aspects Place hold Electronic books Add to Bookbag Publisher and date Boston Mass Houghton Mifflin 2001 Edition 1st Mariner Books ed ISBN 4 Document Delivery Place Request Description xvi 352 p maps 21 cm B Print Contents as listed on item pt 1 The where what and how much of the water world pt 2 Remaking the water world pt 3 The politics of water pt 4 What is to be done Online Resources An electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web click to view Patron Rating Arr 3 00 1 rating Your rating tek lt 41 available of 1 copy lll Save to Your Shelves Search for this title in Y View record as Y Digital Documents a No Associated Digital Documents Y Place hold 0 holds Add to Bookbag Add a tag Rankings are also displayed in the search results page 4 Water videorecording by Sarala Ray Lisa 1972 Abraham John 1972 Biswas Seema Manorma Hamilton Da
102. record whenever possible 6 5 Available Granular Permissions As of this writing the following permissions and groups are available new development may add or change permissions in the future superlibrarian Access to all librarian functions DLS User Manual Page 137 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited circulate Circulate books self_checkout User can use the Self Checkout feature checkout _via_proxy Checkout via Proxy circulate_remaining permissions Remaining circulation permissions fast_add User can use fast add functionality in checkout manage_courses View Create Edit and Delete Courses OR_ checkouts exceed _maxissues Override circ block due to max checkouts setting OR_fines exceed_circ_block_threshold Override circ block due to excessive patron fines OR_fines exceed_holds block _threshold Override holds block due to excessive fines OR_holds _exceed_maxholds Override hold block due to maxholds setting OR_hold_policy_block Override hold block due to policy setting OR_item_issued_to_another Override circ block due to item being checked out OR_item_notforloan Override circ block due to item notforloan status OR_item_not_at_circ_library Override circ block due to item away from circulating library OR_item_on_hold Override circ block due to item on hold OR_item_on_hold_and_waiting Override circ block due to item
103. remove its entry from the authorized value altogether do NOT remove the callslip or doc_del entries You can also hide the whole RFI section with this entry in the Inline Styles block of the Discovery Layer Configuration Editor see that manual DLS User Manual Page 88 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited nav li rfi display none However you cannot add a new form You are limited to the three delivered forms All three types produce a request form Comments and Suggestions Mot needed after Request Summary Request notes Cancel Place eee ot When a user places one of these requests those requests show in the staff Process Call Slips interface staff can respond and close requests there A er Print slip Call Slip a MAME a requested 10 22 2014 09 14 AM Edit Fill request ae agit Cancel request ae Print slip Call Slip Spare Of ne untons Dine ancla requested 10 22 2014 09 22 AM Ediill request ae Dilie Cancel request Print slip ee test comment RFI Janes requested 10 22 2014 01 15 PM Edit Fill request suggestions Wagner Cancel request Print slip Enhancement New test enhancement requested 10 22 2014 01 29 PM EditiFill request Feature Wagner Cancel request al Print slip Technical Support test Techsupport n requested 1022 2014 01 29 PA Edit Fill request Magner Cancel request DLS User Manual Page 89
104. results 1 to 30 of 5956 WAI Selected Allresutts Highlight Default filter on 1 Garden State a novel by Moody Rick Wagner Hank Score 4 018 Format Book Publisher and date Boston Little Brown c1997 ISBN 0316557633 Record classification UNCLASSIFIED Holdings 5 copies Copies available at LibLime University Demo Library TESTING JANE LibLime Unive Demo Library Unknown LibLime University Demo Library TESTINGJANE dci 2 00 1 rating Rate this title inirirr Place hold 0 holds on 5 items W Addtocart Add atag Rogue state how nuclear North Korea threatens America by Triplett William C score 4 009 3 4 5 Solr Rank Display Sites interested in showing the Solr ranking the number Relevance Popularity ma Popularity Most to Least Popularity Least to Most Author Author 4 2 Author Z A Cali Number Call Number Non fiction 0 9 to Fictior Call Number Fiction 2 A to Non fictio Dates Publication Copyright Date Newest tc Publication Copyright Date Oldest to Acquisition Date Newest to Oldest Acquisition Date Oldest ta Newest Last Modified Date Newest to Oldest Last Modified Date Oldest to Newest Title Title 4 2 Title 2 A cover image used by Solr to determine display order in search results pages can add that to the Discovery Layer search results page by placing the code below in the CSS Inline Styles section of the Discov
105. select for values within item records search and a group of records will be set aside for manipulation For example you might want to edit all records with a particular item type DLS User Manual Page 253 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Method Two Make a new query to select items select the field values for which to query Field Select value Library select all x Holding Branch select all term TYPE E AA 7 Location select all h Collection Code select all ll Damaged select all Lost status select all ll Withdrawn status select all Restricted select all Enter optional name to save this search Use New Search and Move tems to Modify Cart Click the button and you ll be taken to a summary screen There are two parts to this screen The top part gives a count and shows the items returned by the search Items Batch Edits 472 Items Cancel Editing this Batch of Items Check the upper left checkbox to check uncheck all items at once Check a checkbox to set or unset that item number as a Checked ltem for a batch operation Click on an item number inum for detailed item information l inum Barcode Call Number Title Author Last Seen i 20 37570000463090 Video Collection 100 years of terror 2009 05 29 a LJ 21 37570000463082 Video Collection 100 years of terror 2009 05 29 r 90 37570000462431 Video C
106. statistics itemnumben AS Checkouts and Renewals FROM statistics WHERE statistics datetime BETWEEN date_format Wovwo INTERVAL 1 MONTA Sov rm 019 AND date_formatiWovy 698 rm 07 4 AND statistics type IM Cissue renew GROUP BY statistics itemtype order by statistics itemtype save Report DLS User Manual Page 158 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Save the report find 1t on the list of saved reports and run it It can take a few tries to get your syntax right Reports that use a GROUP BY setting may not display the full output to the screen page links may display but not function It s safest to download the output to be sure you see it all Total number of rows matching the unlimited query is 655 2 1 2 3D ee itemtype ATA DAPTER ACCESSORY ALIDIOREC BJORK BOOKA BOO BOOKA BOOK BOOK AIC CALC CAMCORDER CASSETTE CO CO4 e E COMPEE YB DRY BOARD DD Ow D 4 ExTCORD Download the report Comma separated Text Download Click the Download button and you can either save it as a csv file or open it in Excel 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 46 q 46 49 50 gt l JA 53 54 ld a5 57 58 59 DLS User Manual WINISCORE WINISCORE MOUSE MUSINSTSEMI OVER PARTS PARTS4 PERS PERS24 PERS4 REF REMOTECTRL Sc SCORE SCOREA SCORENC SCPT SCPTNC SURGE PROT THESIS TRIPOD WHS WHS
107. the left DLS User Manual Page 287 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Configuration Locations Currencies Countries Templates System Preferences Search Targets EDI Targets sij Developer Options Select New EDI Target This brings up a form where you can configure EDI for a given vendor account Edit EDI Target oA Save x Cancel EDI Target Type x12 004010 Vendor Account Baker and Taylor Test SAN Information Local SAN 377034T Local SAN Suffix 0000 Vendor SAN 1556150 Alt W104 Customer No Orders FTP Details FTP Host ftp baker taylor com Path 377934T in Username 377934T File Extension int Password 377034T Secure O Order Acknowledgments FTP Details FTP Host ftp baker taylor com Path 377934T out Username 377034T File Extension int Password 377934T Secure O Invoices FTP Details FTP Host ftp baker taylor com Path 377934T out The form fields are e EDI Target Type this should be set to x12_004010 or X12_004010E for enriched EDI e Vendor Account select the vendor account to be configured Vendors may have multiple vendor accounts Note that when configuring vendor accounts you have the option of adding one or more addresses It is not necessary to add an email address to an EDI vendor DLS User Manual Page 288 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 1
108. this record Checkout history Modification log 13 Acquisitions A complete acquisitions User Guide is available as a link from within the acquisitions program refer to that manual for more information on any section G et t Library Acquisitions Dashboard Purchase Orders Recelve Vendors Funds Purchase Requests SS Configuration Locations Currencies Countries Templates oystem Preferences search Targets EDI Targets Developer Options DLS User Manual Page 275 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited To use Acquisitions select the More pull down menu on the main screen and then select GetIt Acquisitions or simply click Acquisitions on the main menu Circulation Patrons Search More y Lists Cataloging News Getit Acquisitions ulation Koha Acquisitions si Welcome to ILSNext Feel free to ii ww out to please do not delete this message Authorities im ISters have funi Serials Edit Delete New ons Reports arch OK Tools Administration rch About Koha arch catalog o crsts Any material that a vendor offers for sale can be ordered through Acquisitions Each order created will consist of a Purchase Order and one or more Purchase Order Lines with one or more Copies Purchase Orders also called POs record the Vendor Account and Purchase Order Number as well as optionally the Ord
109. time the guarantee period in the circulation policy The loan period will be shortened according to the recall return interval e Send a notice to the borrower to inform him her that the loan period has changed and that the item must be returned to the library usually with a shortened due date In staff mode you can opt to issue a recall when you place a hold for a patron if a recall policy applies to the existing checkout and your staff login has permission to do so Instead of leaving the default hold setting click the recall radio button and then the Place Hold button Place a hold on The state of the Garden State Mormal Hold details Pairan os ites drain F Priori 4 Labeled MARC Siete Pickup iat LibLirne Unversity Dermo Library Hold starts an ho gt gt Ta date Place a hooked cura m Thee mat arial copy Checkout history Modification lor Place Hold Place a hold on a specific copy Hold Recall pal Barcode Home Library Last Location Cal no ae Information a le Bank 3787nnnnsiRans LibLime University LibLime University JKIS16 S73 Mot EN ER Demo Library Demo Library 2006 on holds Place Hold The system will immediately generate a Recall notice to the current user The default text will read something like this The item The state of the Garden State barcode 37570000516905 has been recalled for checkout by another patron Please return the item on or before its due dat
110. vat Dian Checkout History Checked outtrom LibLimne Liniers Demo Library Main Collectian ML410 M6T 33 1986 LIBLIMG University Dame Library FAS ADD OBLE Unhwersity Demo Library Main Colbection La el wall 1300 Datos gt 121272013 Still OUt 114212013 111212013 11721 2013 11 4 142012 The list can be sorted as desired by clicking on the arrows in the column headers 17 11 7 My Lists As covered under the Lists section from your account page you can review the items on a list you created edit the list and send the list to an email address A list may also be deleted from here hy Summary hy checkouts 13 hy holds 45 hiv fines 0 00 Wy Requests My personal details My checkout history hy tags hy purchase suggestions ily messaging preferences Lists Create Mews List List name Music list History Forum list Beethoven List wiew others Lists 17 11 8 My Tags My Lists Titles Actions 20 titles Send List 3 tithes Send List 2 titles Send List 1 titles Send List Delete Delete Delete Delete This tab shows any tags the patron has created with a link to the title and an option to delete the tag DLS User Manual Page 353 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited My tags My summary Term Title Date Added Delete My checkouts 2 My holds 5 Civil War The civil war 0
111. want to include the patron s mailing address or other fields on notices fill out whatever fields your library policy requires The Initials field is used for middle initials or middle names Some of the fields are only relevant to specialized or international libraries There are also sections for alternative addresses such as student local and permanent address The system administrator may hide fields as needed to make it easier for library staff to identify and enter the needed field data During your implementation your system administrator will have identified needed fields follow the policies and usage set by your site Some fields may be set in the system configuration as required you won t be able to save the record without entering them see the BorrowerMandatoryField syspref DLS User Manual Page 99 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited AUU LID ATY Patron patron Patron identity Salutation Surname Required First name Date of birth Fs Initials Other name Female Male Nia 2 Main address Address Address 2 City State ip Postal code Country Contact Primary phone secondary phone Phone cell Primary email Larcnhndans email In the contact area you have entries for multiple phone and email addresses Use the Primary email field for the primary email address This is the field that will be used for notices u
112. where it can be used for searching by any patron It will also be added to the Test Blacklist Searching against this test will tell 1f you a tag 1s permitted prohibited or has not yet been moderated For example an approved tag gives the following information DLS User Manual Page 332 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Test Blacklist Enter a word or phrase here to test against your whitelist blacklist animal rights test animal rights is permitted Note also that from this screen you can retrieve a list of all tags that have been moderated to date and revise the original decision Approve and Reject buttons exist alongside each tag that has already been handled Tags Displaying Approved Terms lt lt lt 12 gt gt gt Select All Pending None Status Term Weight Actions Reviewer Date 1 O w Nii 110 Approved Reject Iclpatsloan 2012 07 06 17 37 55 9 E ye feehan 41 Approved Reject lclpeterjorgensen 2011 08 01 11 11 53 3 O _ Animal Rights 21 Approved Reject Iclpeterjorgensen 2012 10 26 09 12 19 4 O Ta Zombies 20 Approved Reject lclpeterjorgensen 2012 10 22 10 41 08 5 O o Percy Jackson 16 Approved Reject lclpatsloan 2012 06 15 08 58 33 6 O ee DVDs 12 Approved Reject Iclpeterjorgensen 2011 11 15 10 11 31 T7 a Band of Brothers 8 Approved Reject lclpeterjorgensen 2011 06 13 11
113. with the defined userid OPAC Login field or the cardnumber if the value entered does not match the OPAC Login it will try to match against a cardnumber The first user greeting page shown below is for a user with full access to the entire DLS This person can access any module of the DLS including the full administrative suite This user can also initiate a bibliographic search from this page via the Search Catalog option DLS User Manual Page 12 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Circulation Patrons Search Mors LibLime University Demo Library Se ptfs Log Out Koha Manual 117 Newe Circulation Cataloging Welcome Check out la w Welcome lo the demo sde for LibLime Acaderrot Transfers dale Edit hems and Summane Koha Feel tree to explore but please do not LIE delete this message This is a shared system Patrons Acquisitions Gat buda fee Search ce ida Reports Search Koha administration a i oao Fai q _IA A AMII gt Seach catalog SN Syahir posferences Lists Tools About Koha The second user greeting page shows below 1s for a user with limited access basically OPAC only access to the DLS Note that no links to any staff functions are provided This user can initiate a search against the database from the masthead search box which defaults to Library Catalog keyword or by going to the Advanced Search link Hello Jane8
114. you receive an invoice when the title is received you can now send purchase information from the serials module to acquisitions and track the invoice and payment information Creating the link in the serial subscription record is easily done When editing or creating a subscription record there are two lines that appear under the Biblio number and title The default value is do not create a GetIt PO line when receiving this serial DLS User Manual Page 314 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Subscription details Subscription Librarian becky Vendor Search for a vendor EBSCO Biblio Search for Biblio Create Biblio 200639 Austrian history yearbook Required create an item record when receiving this serial do not create an item record when receiving this serial To create a link click the radio button in front of create a PO line when receiving this serial Subscription details Subscription 732 Librarian becky Vendor Search for a vendor EBSCO Biblio Search for Biblio Edit biblia 200839 Austrian history yearbook Required A new PO will be created unless you create or edit a Getlt PO line and set its subscription ID to 732 do not create a Getlt PO line when receiving this serial create an item record when receiving this serial 2 do not create an item record when receiving this seri
115. 0 3 Delete Mena EEA ET ETEA E G 236 95 GUIDES LUTO tent Riel teo ituas aceeeacee hetanaprennstcnttaoae 231 9 6 Managing Authority Records ooooocnncnnnncononnnononnnnnnnnnononononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnccnnnnnos 238 90 1 Seac MnS tor Authority Te COLO aras ita 238 9 0 2 Creatine Authority Record iia 240 03 Edito Author y Record e dba 241 9 6 4 Importing Authority Records scs a a a 243 9 6 5 Morone Authority RECOS ii ti daa 244 A ON 247 o SAUZ ed Valles sario caian tio polaca deceo aii 247 2 Baten Edit Nem S o o A 249 TI ls BAEC VLOG y UCN O 250 2O02 BC HU I MNO id 27 0 2 Method One Saved Seare Maiin E RD 292 99 22 Method TWO Search fOr ReECOrdS mscr ee E E 233 9 9 2 3 Method Three Upload a File of Barcode NumMberS ooocccccccncncncncnnnnnonnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnoss 255 DLS User Manual Page 7 Copyright O 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 10 Lape MP rinine lt a 257 10 MEabelinital Sci ii iia as 257 OLEVUS aera 257 NA RN E 262 IA neko ione ats led E N 263 OZ Geet al ne Labe is ak tect aca ht id lets 264 W WAG AU A A A 267 11 EXxportiie Bibs and HO a a pedia 268 12 Digital Object Handling DLS Systems Only occccccnnnnnonnncnnnnncnonononocnnnnnnnnonnnanoncncnnnnnnnnnnnos 271 SA OLS A A O E a ee ee ies ee enon 219 5 Setas up ACQUISITIONS ai 276 132 Seto Up VEO ai ll a 271 13 21 Vendor Account Del E ET dies 278 132 2 Vendor Ac
116. 0 ta 73173340 040 t a DLC t e DLC The default is to overwrite the existing template you can do that if desired DLS User Manual As Template Ue td DLC Page 186 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Save as template O Overwrite existing template Template Name Book Type Bibliographic Description General Book Selected 1 Otherwise click the top pulldown and choose Save as New Give it a name and a description Save as template Music Recording Serial Print Online Serial Bibliographic Description General Book Selected 1 9 2 5 Importing a Batch of Records DLS User Manual Page 187 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited MARC format bibliographic records can be batch imported into the DLS Note that bibliographic holdings records must be imported separately from authority records the two types cannot be merged in the same file There are two steps staging for import and managing staged records Both functions are found under the Tools menu Home gt Tools News MARC Import Stage Write news for the OPAC and staff interfaces stage MARC biliographic records into the reservoir Label and Patron Card Creator A MARC Import Manage Staged Records Create printable labels and barcodes from catalog Ma
117. 01r2014 074012014 Ori01 2014 07012014 COD ae 071012014 0701 2014 OF AT OPA ZOTTA 077012014 DF ZONA DAFO ZONA CPA Z018 Orr Oia 14 on After the Funding for that Copy is saved the Copy s background color changes from red to green A green background means that this Copy is fully funded QNew Edit Fund Receive jUnreceive Send to Catalog Delete Copy Loc Cop Receipt S Create on Expected Date Item ID Vendor N Staff Note Catalog Link Main Library Expected false 04 01 2014 RUSH No link 13 13 Transmitting a Purchase Order When all titles have been attached as funded PO Lines the order is ready to send to the vendor Sending the PO to a vendor is the action that encumbers or expends funds depending on the value of the prepaid field in the PO Line record Click the Approve button or Approve and Send EDI if vendor has been set up for EDI transmission 2 Approve Bulk Send to Catalog Send EDI Delete Print Approve Total Price 9 99 0 00 E Approve and Print jit Approve and Email Approve and Send EDI PO Lines Charges Notes EDI Q New Edit Apply Template Fill in Search Delete Title PO Number ListPrice Discount Type Status Coraline 17 9 99 9 99 Open After you click on the Approve button the Purchase Order status changes to Sent and the encumbered expended amounts the relevant funds and how many copies are expected are displayed in the PO header DLS User Manual
118. 0895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The civil war by Caesar Julius Gardner Jane F Format Book Subjects Rome History Civil Wear 49 45 B C Publisher and date Mew York Dorset Press 1965 c1976 ISBN 0550290412 Description 360 p maps plans 21 cm General Notejsj Translation of De bello civill and other works Summary Uniform tithes De bello civil English Tags trom library users Civil Var A fens available of 1 copy Place hold O holds e Adad to cat Y Add a tag Holdings 14 Comments Library LibLime University Demo Library E gt Shelving Item hide Selection Location type Call Mumber AY allability Circulating Main Collection Book Ds466 C42 1905 Available You must be logged in to add your own tag to a record Search for the record you want and when found click on the Add a Tag link in the results list or title record Place hold 0 holds Add to cat Y Add atag It will expand to a text box enter your term and click Add Place hold 0 holds e Add to cart Civil war Add Cancel If required by your system configuration new tags must be moderated and approved before they will appear in the tag cloud Patrons can always see their own tags under their account in the Discovery Layer see that section above 17 18 Ratings By default this feature is hidden to enable it place this code in the Discovery Layer Configuration Editor Inline Styles section
119. 1 15 AM ER l p Cangel request The actions available here include e Print Slip this allows you to check the stacks and pull items for the patron It will open a new browser window so you can print a slip Call slip request for Wagner Jane TESTING8JANE REQUEST ID 28 Item details Garden State Moody Rick Available items to fill request LibLime University Demo Library CIRCULATING PS3563 05537 G37 1997 BOOK 37570000517184 Request details Request type callslip Request status requested Requested on 08 12 2014 08 17 AM Pickup location LibLime University Demo Library Not needed after 2014 06 12 Request note test note Reply note got the note e Edit Fill request this allows you to comment on the status of the request and or fill it If you are going to fill edit the request you are taken to this screen where you can add a note for the patron and then Update Fill Refuse or Cancel the request DLS User Manual Page 86 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited REQUEST ID 6525 ltem details Molecular biochemistry Kosower Edward M Barcode Call number QU 4K86 1962 Enumeration Collection GENERAL Shelf location MBKSO Fill request with item Fill with targeted item Request details callslip Requested 07 03 2013 11 14 AM New York Academy of Medicine Es 07 04 2013 Request type Request status Reque
120. 107 2014 Delete My fines 0 00 Civil Wear The Civil Wear 01 07 2014 Delete My Requests My personal details My checkout history My shelves My tags 17 11 9 My Purchase Suggestions If enabled syspref suggestion and some associated configuration patrons may create purchase suggestions from the Discovery Layer or see the status of previous suggestions Patrons can delete suggestions if desired My summary My Purchase Suggestions My checkouts 1 S New purchase suggestion My holds 3 Title Notes Date Requested Status My fines 0 00 MySQL in a Nutshell 12 31 2013 Requested Delete Russell J T Dyer My Requests 2008 My personal details My checkout history My Lists My tags My purchase suggestions My messaging preferences To create a new suggestion click the New Purchase Suggestion link That will open a data entry pop up screen DLS User Manual Page 354 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited New Purchase Suggestion Enter any information you have about the title wou wish the library to acquire Mo fields are mandatory Title information hhySlil a Nutshell Author Russell J T Dyer Publication year 2005 Publisher Motes ISBN 3750596514354 submit purchase suggestion In the top part of the screen complete as much information as possible about the requested title Scroll down to ask for the item to be
121. 1307 3419 Other Title Mezhdunarodny zhurnal Rossi skikh issledovanil Uluslararas Rusya ara t rmalar dergisi Related Subjects Russia Study and teaching Periodicals Russia Federation Study and teaching Periodicals Online Resources Click here to access online Holdings Descriptions No physical items for this record The Subscription record contains fields for A whether to link with the Acquisitions system B whether to create item records upon receipt C which library this subscription is for D Public display Discovery Layer and Staff display notes E number of checked in issues to display in Discovery Layer and Staff interface and F Serials Planning information regarding date of first issue to predict frequency numbering pattern and subscription length Add a new subscription Subscription details Subscription Librarianc pitts Wandor Biblio 1988 Linera Taomni for Beblig Conde Dibllo Frequency please chaeie E Sodrch ora a l r ok S riala planning Marina nal journal of 1 Required history Mumbering piese choose gt gt HE piem m A 9 create a Goth PO fine when recobring this sorlal gt fy Oo ned create a Gaii PO iio When receiving Diis serial J crente an hom record when racabing this serial Subscription a Regulada B b donot create an Bem record whin roceblng this aerial start Gabe Lankai T usen 2 donio amouni in numerals Aoguied Call Numbering Mi
122. 1501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited e Local SAN This is the library s SAN or a vendor assigned SAN which is used for testing Local SAN suffix the SAN suffix 1f assigned e Vendor SAN the vendor s SAN e Alt N104 Customer No Most vendors require the purchaser s SAN in the N104 field of an N1 record in purchase orders These are identified with a 15 in the N103 identification code qualifier Other vendors however request an alternative customer number in the N104 qualified with a 91 in the N103 Fill in this field to enable this alternative behavior e Orders FTP Details the authentication and related configuration for outgoing orders type 850 documents including o FIP Host the FTP hostname o Username Password authentication information o Path the directory where outgoing orders are to be placed o File Extension the extension to be used on order files Some vendors have specific requirements for file extensions o Secure Secure FTP ordering is currently unimplemented e Order Acknowledgments FTP Details configuration pertaining to incoming acknowledgments type 855 documents e Invoices FTP Details invoices config Most vendors place acknowledgments and invoices in the same location often in the same documents In this case this section and the previous one will be identical NOTE The Alt N104 Customer No field shou
123. 25 through Friday December 2 for the Christmas holiday Branches will reopen at the normal time on Monday December 30 Published an 72 48 2073 If you have any main page text configured for your Discovery Layer such as the Welcome message above it will display before the news items 2 Searching You can search for bibliographic records in a number of ways The search areas offered will vary slightly in appearance and display based on user permissions but all searches are conducted in a similar manner 3 1 Basic Search DLS user with basic access can perform basic searches via the masthead Search terms can be entered into the box provided Searches can be narrowed using the drop down choices provided the DLS defaults to a keyword search of the entire Library Catalog by choosing one of the choices within the pulldown list DLS User Manual Page 18 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Academ ic nr nr rra nro ron nan roca rasca cacasancaracananos Koha Library Catalog _ x Opes Source Soba by Y Cart Ill Lists gt Map Home Advanced Search New T Author s Browse Tag Cloud Subject ISBN Series Call Number Book Drive Our Suburban branch is having a book drive please bring in books to donate for the book sale Published on 01 07 2014 DLS users with staff permissions will see a persistent search bar atop each
124. 36 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Refine your search AVAILABILITY Anywhere 2590 Online 174 LibLime University Branch Library 1 LibLime University Demo Library 2589 FORMAT Book 2617 Unspecified 112 Large print book 2 Software 2 Website or downloadable 2 AUTHOR Angelou Maya 8 Sitarz Dan 8 Warda Mark 7 Dunn Stephen 6 Stewart Gail 6 Schlesinger Arthur Meier 5 Statsky William P 5 Ambrose Stephen E 4 Ferrell Robert H 4 Haman Edward A You searched for state Limited to itemtype BOOK e Displaying results 1 to 20 of 2729 Select all Clear all Action titles v Unhighlight titles ghlig sort by Relevance m1 Garden State a novel by Moody Rick Format Book Publisher and date Boston Little Brown c1997 ISBN 0316557633 Holdings 1 copy none available Place hold 0 holds on 1 item Add to Cart ma The state of the Garden State by Riccards Michael P Format Book Publisher and date Trenton N J Hall Institute of Public Policy New Jersey 2006 Holdings 1 copy none available Place hold 1 hold on 1 item Add to Cart r 3 Ina free state by Naipaul Y 5 1932 4 Hawthorne Format Book At the left side you ll see facets for narrowing your search Depending on your site s configuration these can include a
125. 39 BAR biblio and barcode Edit Delete Batches 4 CODE39 BAR alternating Edit Delete O 4 CODE39 PATCRD Patron ID Cards Edit Delete CODE39 BAR Edit Delete CODE39 BIB Call Number Edit Delete Loc CODE39 BIB Call Number item Type Edit Delete SPINE CODE39 BIB Call Number Edit Delete Save In the example above the SPINE layout shows a Print Type of BIB which indicates it will print Bibliographic data Compare this with the Layouts above that show print types of BAR for printing barcodes or PATCRD for printing patron cards When clicking Edit on an existing Layout or the New Layout button you will see the Edit Label Layout window shown here Edit Label Layout Layout Name SPINE Choose Barcode ae Type encoding Choose Layout Coiblic onty gt gt 88 Type Bibliographic Data to Print choose Order Of Text Fields to Print Title MI Author ae E Issn H ttemtype 4 Barcode as text 1 Call Number O List Fields Start printing from 3 Label number Draw Guide mM Boxes Text Justification Left Split Call Numbers From To Do not use BX B643 J4 13 1962 BX 8643 J4 T3 1982 LB2365 LCCN _ LB2395 C65 1991 C65 Break on every non alphanumenc 1991 623 914 aire 823 914 R797TZ N32p R797Z Break on every subcomponent N32p Custom In the example above the Layout Name is SPINE This Layout was created to print spine labels on books A typical spine label would di
126. 4 VIDEOGUIDE WSCORE 656 13 44 1671 247 10 ba 3 5 Ba 66 296 17 E 13 ae 105 22 E J33 gt gt gt Checkouts and Renewals 30 T Ww 11 27 176 98 15 15 18 197 14 41 103 Page 159 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited In this case there are 57 rows of data plus the header rather than the 20 visible in the reports interface 3 2 1 Truncation You can use the percent sign as a truncate for one or more characters For example 1f you have several item types beginning with BOOK BOOK BOOKREF BOOKSPEC and you want to select them all instead of a statement equals something use a LIKE command WHERE itemtype LIKE BOOK Putting a percent sign at the end picks up any item type starting with BOOK If you also put it at the beginning WHERE itemtype LIKE Y BOOK 1t would pick up any item type with BOOK somewhere in the name such as EBOOK or REFBOOK 8 2 2 Runtime Parameters You will frequently want to change parameters for a report perhaps run a count by different item types or statistics by different patron categories You can embed a runtime parameter in your saved SQL statement so that the report asks for input when you run it The syntax is the fieldname in all caps preceded and followed by two underscores such as _ ITEMTYPE_ Here s a sample query to count items added gr
127. 44 53 8 O w DWD T Approved Reject Iclpatsloan 2013 07 16 13 32 17 16 2 Moderating Comments The DLS allows users to write comments or reviews about items held by the library These comments are available for others to read If enabled syspref reviewson a tab labeled Comments appears in the bibliographic display in the OPAC Patrons must be logged in to submit comments Comments are moderated by staff before they are made public Staff must have the moderate_comments granular permission to moderate comments Comments are moderated in Tools Comments All pending comments will be listed here awaiting action Information on the patron commenting the title of the item and the comment are included here Click on Approve or Delete to take action on the comment DLS User Manual Page 333 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Comments Commenter 7 On Title Comment ptfs ptfs Classical music Good concise history of music Approve Delete ptfs ptis The New Grove Bach family Very useful guide to the Bach clan Approve Delete ptfs ptfs Reading Stephen King Provides valuable insights into Kings work Approve Delete Once a comment is approved or deleted it cannot be retrieved or changed 17 Using the Discovery Layer The Discovery Layer is the patron interface to the catalog the OPAC Patrons can search place holds renew items a
128. 5 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Patron is restricted Lift Debarment Patrons address Is In doubt Patrons card has been reported lost Gone no Address 1f you need the patron to provide correct information before allowing them to place more holds or check out items choose this account flag In the patron Details screen this phrase will appear under the patron s name e Patron s address is in doubt A message will also appear to the patron at login in the Discovery Layer Please note According to our records your contact information is outdated Please contact library staff or submit current information here Please note there maw be a delay in restoring your account if you submit online Lost Card 1f the patron has called you to tell you their library card is lost or a card is found and brought to your library set this account flag In the patron Details screen this phrase will appear under the patron s name e Patron s card has been reported lost A message will also appear to the patron on login in the Discovery Layer Please note Your library card has been marked as lost or stolen If this is an error please take your card to the circulation desk at your local library and the error will be corrected Debarred if you wish to manually block a patron from placing holds or checking out items set this flag in the patron s ac
129. 5 12 59 45 2014 00 15 12 59 40 list gen misc General message 2014 06 15 12 59 40 Patrons can see their messages in the Discovery Layer by clicking the My Messages tab in their account section DLS User Manual Page 105 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Staff can also monitor all notices by creating a SQL report to watch the message table This report will show the most recent notices first with details about date time and status SELECT message_endpoints message_endpoint_type message _types code message_types description messages created_time message_endpoints delivered_time message_endpoints delivery_status borrowers cardnumber borrowers surname borrowers firstname message_endpoints title message_endpoints content from message_endpoints INNER JOIN borrowers on message_endpoints user_id borrowers borrowernumber INNER JOIN messages ON messages id message_endpoints message_id INNER JOIN message_types on messages message_type_id message_types id order by messages created_time desc This will show all types of messages if you want to limit to a particular type such as email add a WHERE limiter before the order by section WHERE message_endpoint_type email This report is useful to confirm that messages are being generated or to verify that a particular patron received a notice add a WHERE borrowernumber limiter if n
130. 7 WECC RSBOOK wecc RESERWE biology David eae aaa anaes amp celebration or or ls baa la al aa IMA Aa ATT IS A MO A A ei i A AT e 8 5 5 Catalog by Itemtype This report gives a count of items by item type You can either limit to a particular branch or run for the entire database Wiew catalog group by item types Select a branch Select none to see all branches Sub rit The output is a breakdown with counts DLS User Manual Page 171 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Reports on item types Item type Audio Books Book Calculator Compact disk DWDD Digital Wideo Disc Equipment Feriodical Reference Book fnon circulating Reserve Book Reserve OWO Reserve video Video cassette TOTAL count 167 14451 157 5 197 26 101 3001 234 211 356 Af 19468 8 5 6 Statistics Wizards The statistics wizards Patrons Catalog Circulation Serials are for doing counts on various combinations of data They have different setup screens with options appropriate to the module but you must always select a row and column for the reports to work Disregard the option Acquisitions the statistics for acquisitions are done within the acquisitions module To use one of the wizards decide what data you need For example the circulation statistics wizard is most commonly used for checkout statistics DLS User
131. 807 G66 1995 Y Place hold 0 holds on 1 item W Addto Cat Add atag Page 340 17 7 New Titles The New Titles feature allows sites to easily feature new material It is a list of titles added to the catalog in the last X days number of days specified in the syspref NewTitlesAge The feature uses only new title records not new items added to existing titles Refine your search Home Advanced Search anywhere 1 Online 0 Eastern Branch 1 LUTHOR Barrie J M 1 TO 17 8 Cart Peter Pan Fictitious character 1 Water quality 1 Water resources development 1 Yvater supply 1 Book 1 i New Titles i Course Reserves Browse by Authorities Tag Cloud You searched for Limited to fq catdate NOW 20DAYS TO 9 Sorted by catdate desc Displaying results 1 to 2 of 2 Select all Clear all Action titles v Unhighlight O 1 sort by l Peter and Wendy by Barrie J M 1860 1937 Oliver Wendell Holmes Collection Library of Congress Format Book Publisher and date New York Charles Scribner s Sons 1911 Holdings 1 copy none available Place hold 0 holds on 1 item W AddtoCant Add a tag Water by Langwith Jacqueline Format Book Publisher and date Detroit Greenhaven Press 2009 ISBN 0737745460 Y Addto Cat Add atag The Cart is a holding place for a collection of records Note that sites can change the name from Cart to something else like Bookbag Whe
132. 999c emit_content_release metadata classification 355 emit_md_class metadata releasability 999c emit_md_ release releasability normalized 599c downgrade date 355g emit_best_effort_timestamp acquisition source 541ac language note 546a action id 583b action datetime 583c emit_best_effort_timestamp catsource 942x local collection 793a title version 830v guide site 952S 856h guide record emit_guides modified datetime 999c emit_modified_ timestamp DLS User Manual Page 378 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Appendix 2 Search Tips See http lucene apache org core 2_9 4 queryparsersyntax html for detailed search tips Here are some extracts and examples Phrases Entering multiple words or putting parentheses around multiple worded terms will search the words in any order To search a term as an exact phrase enclose 1t in quotation marks For example searching United States United States without quotation marks will find records with the word United and the word States in any order but will not limit the search to only those records with the two adjacent For that search as United States Searching Against Indexes You can search against multiple indexes by specifying the index name followed by a colon and the term For example author Mark Twain and title Huckleberry Finn
133. A69 34 S50 ven 2003 View item WECE Book Fine A e Overdue The most of 5 J Perelman Overdue A 1217 2013 Ion PS3531 E6544A46 1980 View item ee Book Fine a Prog Lipdate ias Total accruing 0 00 Total overpayments 0 00 Total due 28 50 ii Patron notified of excess fines on 12 23 2013 E Use the pull downs next to each entry to choose your action then click the Update Fines button The fines will be updated charges that are paid in full will be moved to the Account History tab If you choose to make a partial payment you ll be taken to another screen where you can enter the amount to be paid and select to which charge it should be applied Enter a description and the amount and click Add Credit Account Account history Create manual invoice Submit partial payment Manual Credit Credit Type Payment Wade Apply to Select specific fees to pay Choose fee s 05 08 0713 6 608 560 Overdue Anger management 128 7120153 10 00 10 00 Overdue Video games 12 71201 10 00 10 00 Overdue The most of S J Perelman El Select by library Any Tip Hold cH or Command to select multiple entries Tip if credit amount exceeds fee amount chosen remaining credit vill be distributed aver other fees oldest first Tip if you can t determine the correct fee from this list goto Account and select Partial payment on a fee line Description partial payment E Amount 5 00 Calculate total Ad
134. AC interface was controlled primarily by system preferences which remain under the Legacy OPAC tab but are not used in the Discovery Layer They will probably be hidden or removed in a future version DLS User Manual Page 374 Copyright O 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Details on customizing the Discovery Layer are found in the separate Discovery Layer Customization Guide document DLS User Manual Page 373 Copyright O 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Appendix 1 Solr Index Names There are several places record matching rules Discovery Layer search configuration where you may need to know the name of the Solr index Here is the default configuration for the current version subject to change Much of this may not make sense the index name is in the first column and should be reasonably obvious Some indexes are used for internal purposes id record emit_id rtype record emit_bib_rtype biblionumber 999c text record fullmarc text 001 0 15 trim f001 Ic 001 0 15 trim author display 100a author full 100abcd 100q 110ab 111ab 245c 505r 700abcd 700q 710ab 711ab concat author sort 100a 110a 111a first title nostem 245ab 490a 440a concat first title short 245a first title sort 245 title_sort first title full 245 cat_alph
135. Basket at this time Cancel DLS User Manual Page 122 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited If you have added records to the cart and then decide you don t want to do anything with them you can either click the Empty Borrower Cart link or check off individual records and click Remove from Cart Yov ll be asked to confirm your action Are YOU Ure You want to empty your cart cancel _ 5 12 Fines Fines are assessed automatically and manually Automatic fines are controlled by settings in the Circulation and Fines Policies and by cron jobs that are run on the server Manual fines are created by staff for special charges 5 12 1 Paying Fines Any charges owed will show on the Checkout tab and depending on system configuration may block the user from checking out until the charges are paid Home gt Circulation Checkouts Francisco 4bad Francisco Abad 28073 Patron alert 4 The patron has outstanding fines of 28 60 gt Make a payment 100 Main street Checking out to Francisco Abad 28073 Your Town 00123 Enter item barcode or text myaccountiehotmail com si Category Student STUDENT Check Qut Home Library LibLime Search the Catalog Find Item using Advanced Search University Demo Library Specify Due Cate Check Out EE Remember for Session E Clear DLS User Manual Page 123 Copyr
136. Britian Pound United Kingdom E before 2 1622 02 03 2010 System G J United States Dollar United States before 2 1 000 02 03 2010 System 4 Great Britian Pound United Kingdom E before 2 1 625 02 03 2010 System G 5 Hong Kong Dollar Hong Kong HKD after 2 1 923 05 16 2012 demo 13 6 Countries The system maintains a list of countries Countries are used in vendor account addresses as well as in currency definitions QNew Edit Delete Country Name Two Letter Code Three Letter Code Numeric Code CreatedAt Created By Afghanistan AF AFG 004 02 03 2010 System Generator Aland Islands AX ALA 248 02 03 2010 System Generator Albania AL ALB 008 02 03 2010 System Generator Algeria DZ DZA 012 02 03 2010 System Generator American Samoa AS ASM 016 02 03 2010 System Generator Andorra AD AND 020 02 03 2010 System Generator Angola AO AGO 024 02 03 2010 System Generator Anguilla Al AIA 660 02 03 2010 System Generator Antarctica AQ ATA 010 02 03 2010 System Generator Antigua and Barbuda AG ATG 028 02 03 2010 System Generator Argentina AR ARG 032 02 03 2010 System Generator Armenia AM ARM 051 02 03 2010 System Generator Aruba AW ABW 533 02 03 2010 System Generator Australia AU AUS 036 02 03 2010 System Generator Austria AT AUT 040 02 03 2010 System Generator 13 7 Templates Templates provide users a quick way to apply saved preferences to a Purchase Order Line DLS User Manual Page 285 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct
137. By Barcode 33203000578816 Cancel Checkout 17 11 2 My Holds The My Holds tab shows details about your present holds My summary Holds 1 total Title Placed On Status Pick Up Location Modify My checkouts 3 American state papers 08 13 2014 Pending LibLime University Demo Library Cancel Suspend My holds 1 My fines 0 00 You can see if a hold is waiting for pickup or is still pending If configured syspref OPACDisplayRequestPriority your position in the holds priority queue will show in parentheses after the Pending status You may cancel any hold that has not yet been triggered 17 11 2 1 Suspending Holds Users may suspend any hold which has not yet been triggered waiting for pickup Click the Suspend button a pop up window will appear DLS User Manual Page 349 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Suspend Hold You can automatically resume the hold selecting a Resume On date Resume Cn lt September 2014 gt Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 31 01 D2 03 04 OS D6 O lla 03 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 16 13 20 21 22 2d 24 20 26 Zt 20 24 30 01 02 Us 04 Today A El Suspend Cancel If desired you can set a date for the hold to automatically resume controlled by the cron job misc cronjobs holds resume_suspended_reserves pl To set a date click in the Resume On box and a calendar gadget will appear Nav
138. D 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Comments and Suggestions Not needed after Request Summary Request notes Cancel Flace Reguest As with call slips and document delivery these requests show on the patron s My Requests tab My Requests Not Requested needed Type gt Title Pick up location on after Notes Status gt Call Slip State of the LibLime University Ma a test reguested unions Demo Library Cancel Comments and test comment 10222014 10222014 test requested suggestions RFI Jane Cancel Response from library test reply EnhancementNew test IM A 117292014 EQUESIEn Feature enhancement Cancel Technical support test 1022 2014 requested Techsupport Cancel Responses from library staff will be delivered to this screen so patrons will need to monitor it 17 16 Comments DLS User Manual Page 366 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The DLS allows users to write comments or reviews about items held by the library These comments are available for others to read To submit a comment in the OPAC the user must be signed in Search for the record you wish to comment on or click on the Comments tab that appears in the holdings display of the bibliographic record A History of western music by Grout Donald Jay Subjects Music History and criticism Publisher and date Mew Y
139. DF 7 Copies available at LibLime University Demo Library ees E 95 PUBLICATION DATE Saree ate gt Place hold 0 holds on 1 item Add to cart AE 1980 6 ema cm 3 5 8 3 Viewing Records 1 To view record information from the map hover over the pin and a small window will appear over the map displaying the title created date and loaded date a To view the record in the record info panel to the left of the map click on the pin see image below b The record info panel shows the record title of the first document in the results list a thumbnail of that document and shows a list of the digital documents that are attached to the record c Note that while the first record is shown in the window a list of the other records in the list can be viewed by clicking on the tab above the thumbnail d Three icons are at the bottom right of the record info panel select the first to go to the record on the map Select the second to zoom to the extent on the map and select the third to toggle the extent on and off DLS User Manual Page 41 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Selected 10 Records COLORADO 1 24000 UNCLASSIFIED Q PDF 4 57 MB JPEG 37 50 MB 2 To view the record and all related information and options click on the record title in the results list A new page will be displayed DLS User Manual Page 42 Copy
140. E testrole123 E ES Acq Staff E E Cataloging Sr Role Ta Ta ACOMGR ry E ACOREV Te EX ACQASN ra EI JR ACG ry HE ADJUNCT ROLE Tel Ta DLIEC ROLE Gl ES PGS ROLE E Es PUBLIC ROLE E ES JR CIRC ROLE E EX F Cataloger dr Role Ta a Any existing Role assignments will show at the top add new ones as desired by checking their boxes For existing Roles note that you can assign an expiration date This can be useful for temporary or visiting staff you can assign a person certain expanded permissions with an expiration date After that date the assignment will automatically end You can also cancel a Role assignment by clicking the Deactivate box When you save the record the updated Role assignments are visible on the Details screen Library use Card number Borrowernumber Category Registration date Expiration date Library Roles JR CIRC ROLE TESTING 10JANE 14615 Staff STAFF 0741122014 OF 11 2016 LibLime University Demo Library Cataloger Jr Role DLS User Manual Page 136 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited NOTE Linking a patron and a role will change the display of the person who is linked to the role If a staff person is set up with basic permission to borrow books as their only permission and then assigned to linked with a Role which has further permissions that staff person s account afte
141. Items The DLS has two utilities for making global changes to records Which one is used is set in the configuration syspref BatchEditOrModifyltems The options are Edit or Modify Modify allows batch editing of items only Edit allows changes to items and includes a search option DLS User Manual Page 249 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited For both if deleting the last item on the title the user can also opt to delete the title record itself Both utilities are found on the Tools menu but only one can be active at a time System administrators can switch between them if needed There is no Undo for batch edit be very careful with your selections Experiment in a test environment first to be sure you understand the process 9 9 1 Batch Modify Utility Go to Tools Batch Modify Item Records This brings up a setup screen with options WARNING Be Careful There is no Undo for the Batch Modify Item Utility 1 Specify Item Fields to Modify 2 Specify Options Item Type LEAVE UNCHANGED Y Delete Items oy If Deleting Items Delete Holdings and Biblio if Last Item Collection Code LEAVE UNCHANGED v Shelving Location LEAVE UNCHANGED v Holding Library LEAVE UNCHANGED Y 3 Modify One Item By Barcode H Library LEAVE UNCHANGED Y ome Library LEAV Enter item barcode Submit Notfor Loan LEAVE UNCHANGED Y Damaged LEAVE UNCHANGED Y
142. Last saved Catalog record Last saved eee Authority record luli gt staged record s Leader 008 Replace s Leader 008 000 01212cama22 Right to Left NM 000 00968cam 22200229 a 4500 001 13919934 001 13919934 005 201412291308 PT 005 20120223094746 0 008 05040452004 nyua b 0001eng 008 05040452004 nyua b 0001 eng This will replace the original record with the new one from the z39 50 search You will get a prompt asking you to confirm Are you sure This action will overwrite all MARC data dl DLS User Manual Page 217 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited After you confirm the overwrite you will still see both records in the split view but now the left hand record should match the right hand record Be sure to save the left hand record or the new version will not be put into place 9 3 13 Merging Bibliographic Records Staff with editcatalogue bib merge permission can now merge bibliographic records Bibliographic elements of the SAVED bib are retained MARC data is kept but the SAVED bib inherits the holding and item information from the merged bib and any circulation hold activity After the holds and item information have been transferred the merged bibliographic record that no longer has any items or holds attached will be deleted To merge bibliographic records first identify the bibliographic record to be retai
143. Libri Pla el El Hold Specific item First available Libra Request notes LibLi o hide Cancel Place Reguest DLS User Manual Page 363 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The request screen asks for The request type Not Needed After date this will be the expiration date of the request Pickup Library default is the library from which the request is made Items requested from the dropdown choices Notes In the case of a Document Delivery request it also requires the specific citation information Journal of abnormal psychology tf by An _ Subjes Call Slip Request Social Publis Descri E Gener The Ja broad Summ selecti MILA l literati Indexe Article Title VVoOme y Tte intern Social Article Author s Psych Srnith John Index Journ ol lssue Date Journ v 31 Issue 3 2010 Cd Page s Hold Chapter s m Journal of abnormal psychology title Document Delivery Cancel Place Request Click Place Request when finished When the request is saved it will be given a Request ID number The request shows in the patron s account record with the current status DLS User Manual Page 364 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited My summary My checkouts 0 My holds 3 My fines 0 00
144. Manual Page 172 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Checkout statistics Tithe Row Period O Type checkout group by None Patron Category O term Type o Library O Collection o Shelving Location O tem Call Mumber 7 Patron sort 3 Patron sort Cell value Count total tems Count unique la tems Output To screen into the browser Toafile Mamed Su brnit Column ra Filter From HE To Es Select Day Select Month G E Ca From p 7 nclusives to exclusive 2 E Erot i i s sS Into an application exceL o Set a date range note that you should use from the first day of the month to the first day of the next month not the last day of the month because of the way the script is calculating dates Then decide what other selections you need such as a breakdown of checkouts by patron category You can set other limiters such as branchcode or item type Checkout statistics Title Row Period o Type Checkout group by Day of week Patron Category de ltem Type a Library Collection o Shelving Location a tem Call PMumber 5 Patron sorti Patron sort Column t C 5121 51 3 o O Fiter From fotoveoi0 Elto fozrormaoro CE Select Day Select Month LibLime University Demo Library F
145. Messages listed below are retrieved and displayed every 20 seconds 0 to disable Messages stay on this list until they are explicitly removed either by clicking the X button on a given message or the Clear All button at the top of the page The Refresh button will retrieve any new messages immediately The Print button next to each message will print that message DLS User Manual Page 357 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Clear All Refresh RSS feed My summary My checkouts 3 My Messages My holds 1 Date 2 Category Code Title Content lt My fines 0 00 x a 2014 06 25 Circulation Borrowing PREDUE Advance items due soon 03 09 05 Notice My Requests My personal details x a 2014 06 24 Circulation Borrowing PREDUE Advance tems due soon 03 09 06 Notice My checkout history x a 2014 08 25 Circulation Borrowing PREDUE Advance Items due soon My Lists 03 09 05 Notice My tags x a 2014 06 22 Circulation Borrowing PREDUE Advance Items due soon My purchase suggestions 03 09 05 Notice My interlibrary loan requests x e 2014 06 22 Circulation Borrowing PREDUE Advance tems due soon 03 09 05 Notice x e 2014 08 21 Circulation Borrowing PREDUE Advance tems due soon My messaging preferences 03 09 05 Notice My general preferences x a 2014 06 21 Circulation Borrowing PREDUE Advance Items due soon 03 09 05 Notice 17 11 11 1 Discovery Layer Pop ups Ho
146. N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited lt p New Ef Edit Change Password amp Print y More Add a new Borrowing Relationship for Marie A MacArthur Search for a patron Abraham Pamela L Direction 2 Allow Marie A MacArthur to borrow for this patron Allow this patron to borrow for Marie A MacArthur Date Relationship Expires 12 31 2013 En Active MYes ONo In Circulation the Proxy 1s clearly indicated Checking out to Marie A MacArthur 141489832 for Pamela L Abraham mt Enter item barcode or te Check Out Search the Catalog Find ltem using Advanced Search Specify DOue Date Checking out to Marie A MacArthur 141489832 for Self Checkout successful to Pamela L Abraham 20502447 Enter item barcode or text Check Out to Pamela L Abraham 2050744 in eer Emart ecking out T Find Hem using Advanced Search Search the Catalog Sijeeciy Due Cilia El remromber tor Gesai n C Cinar 1 Cheochoul s 0 Holds Diiia Pimi iato Title T Callne Barcode Remp Compulor ritari tegurite anei oy bar TK6106 60 A 01062014 r e i BOOR D MacArthur elbica by Kiza Joseph Migga 459 2002 141489892 Farer Checked tema Renew Al Patrons can set messaging options to be notified when a proxy borrower was added deleted or changed DLS User Manual Page 119 Copyright 2014 by PTFS
147. N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 4 5 Checking In In the DES items are checked in not only to return them from a checkout but also to trigger holds clear transits and mark lost items as found Although a Check In option shows on a patron s screen it 1s best to do checkins from the Circulation menu You can get to that menu either from the Circulation link on the staff client home page or from the Circulation menu link at the top of each screen Circulation Patrons Search More LibLime University Demo Library Set Hello ptfs Logout Submit Query Koha Search the Catalog Check Out Check In gt Home News Circulation Cataloging Check out to OK Open Cataloging Editor Welcome Check in Les Batch Modify Item Records Welcome to the demo site for ILSNext Feel free Transfers ES Serials to explore but please do not delete this Pat Authorities is j atrons ee message This is a shared system Fatroris Acquisitions Edit Delete N AK di Search o Purchase Suggestions Search Reports Search catalog OK Koha administration Lists System preferences Tools About Koha Under Circulation Check In scan or type the item s barcode into the box Circulation Patrons Search More LibLime University Demo Library Set Hello ptfs Logout Submit Academic Koha Search the Catalog Check Out Check In Home gt Circulation gt Check In Check In Options Enter item barcode
148. N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Templates Now Egt Delt Template Hame Created At Created By Agung ration 114143013 Deck Studen Union Kosk 1141402013 becky MOLE Copy Mar LE Hal copy AE becky lina Viana Ecolab SANAN Maria s lemplata for 1 copy at Lblime DOOR Ore Copy Main Library Non Scion e al in heal HOTT Ore Copy Main Library Fiction pra China copy Pet ona copy Drculing 111120010 oo OOOO Cira Copy Each Library asar ee Ore Man Library Copy Create lem On Receipt Religion Fund 031803010 To create a new Template click the New button In the form name your template and include List Price Discounted Price Prepaid and Rush as applicable Save the form In previous versions of acquisitions you couldn t make a template which would explicitly clear the Prepaid flag or which set a list price of 0 The system internally interpreted all of these as no data Now each template field has a selection box to enable or disable that field If the field is disabled it is ignored completely If the field is enabled that field is used to override the field in the PO line when the template is applied For example let s create a template which would leave price and prepaid alone clear rush and set allow backorder In this example you would disable the select box on prepaid and on the list and discounted price fields enable the select boxes on the Rush and Allow Backord
149. NOTE Only PNG GIF JPI Phd forn Documents 27 patronimages zip e zip file E image file lt lt Desktop Select the file to upload Browse No file selected Enter patron cardnumber 1234567890 Upload Cancel vee File name 1234557890 JPG Places Files of type an Files v Cancel Z Then click the Upload button and the image file will load Patron Image s successfully Uploaded Unpacking completed 1 directorie s scanned 1 directorie s processed 1 image s moved into the database 123455890 JPG Cardnumber 125456590 Imported successfully Return to Patron Detail Images loaded through the tool cannot be deleted as a batch but can be deleted individually through the link in the patron record 5 8 Linking Parent and Child Records Libraries which have age restrictions on borrowing usually will create Child patron categories Staff want to be able to link a child to a parent record so that the responsible adult is easily identifiable This can be done through settings in a Child category patron record First search for and identify the parent record copy its barcode Austen Jane FT 60487312343 Prejudice Court a MAIN 02 09 2015 22 0 00 Add to Cart Edit Prideville VST 325 Then search for the first child record and edit it DLS User Manual Page 113 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited A
150. O XMM CALC INO ici eats diets 380 Boplcalo caro reci vada rae ta 381 DLS User Manual Page 11 Copyright O 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Purpose The Digital Library System DLS application is a feature rich scalable web based application used by organizations to place valued collections under intellectual control while providing a means for the inventorying cataloging describing indexing searching and requesting of any type of materials The full DLS includes the digital object component the ILS only production is LibLime Academic Koha This DLS User Manual covers each module of the DLS application and offers step by step instructions for how to configure key features and provides instructions for feature use The DLS User Manual is augmented by a database of online materials which are updated on a regular basis There are two interfaces to the DLS application the staff client for staff and the Discovery Layer for patrons The main focus of this DLS User Manual document is the staff client but Discovery Layer functions are covered as well 1 Log into DLS When users first log into the DLS the opening screen has information and menu options these options vary based on the user s permissions The user greeting page clearly shows which user is logged in and provides links only to areas the user is permitted to access NOTE a user can log in either
151. OT and are available Note that the operators must be entered in all caps OR is the default 1f you enter a multiple word term like United States without the surrounding quotes 1t will look for all records with either United or States You can construct a Boolean search like this United States AND government United States NOT government You can also group search terms with parentheses United States AND government NOT Congress More elaborate queries and additional operators are available see the above web site for examples and information DLS User Manual Page 381 Copyright O 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited
152. P ATLAS MAP Medical Library WLD ON ORDER BK REF BK Music Library WLD YMACD DVD BK Periodicals WLD YMAP YMAP PER Queens dorothy CIRC CIRC ramapo SLC YMACC YMACC BK Reference WLD YMAR 2 REF BK WARNING The acquisitions module loads item fields once when you launch the application so if you alter your item fields you must refresh your session to pick up the new values You can do this by clicking on the Refresh button of your browser 13 5 Currencies If you order materials from international sources you can create currency translations to ensure that encumbrance expenditure transactions accurately reflect current currency exchange rates Curencies New Edit Delete Currency Name Country Symbol Placement Dec Places Dec Separator GroupingSep Rate Creaf dAt Created By Great Britian Pound United Kingdom E before 2 1622 02 03 2010 System Generator Hong Kong Dollar Hong Kong HKD after 2 i i 1 923 0516 2012 demo United States Dollar United States 3 before 2 1 000 02 03 2010 System Generator Acquisitions will also maintain a history of currency adjustments DLS User Manual Page 284 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Currency History ID Currency Country Symbol Placement Dec Places Dec Separator GroupingSep Rate Created At Created By 1 United States Dollar United States before 2 i 1 000 02 03 2010 System G 2 Great
153. Page 301 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Approve Bulk Send to Catalog Send EDI Delete _jPrint PO Number 522 Edit Total Price 9 95 9 95 Encumbered 0 00 Expended 1 Order Lines Vendor Account Amazon com Edit Communications Encumbered 9 95 Open Firm Order 1 Status Approved 1 Order Line Copies Expected 1 PO Lines Charges Notes EDI Newr s gt Edit Apply Template AFill lIn Search Delete Title P List Price Discount T S V Receiving Note Created At Created By Catalog Link Fascinating facts about Florida 522 9 95 9 95 Fi O RUSH 12 25 2013 ptfs Loading 13 14 Receiving Receiving can be done independently or connected with the Invoice process If materials are received separately from the invoice the Receipt process is initiated by clicking the Receive link on the Dashboard A pop up window will appear with a drop down box to select the vendor just as in the creation of a Purchase Order Once the vendor is selected a list of outstanding orders for that vendor will appear Mark as Received Amazon com Title Location Order Type Cop Receipt Sta Create Item Expected Date Vendor Note O O For afew demons more Kim Harrison Main Library 0 Expected No 03 18 2010 Message in a bottle Main Library 0 Expected No O George R R Martin s wild cards the h Main Librar
154. R fines exceed holds block_threshold Override holds block due to excessive fines V OR_holds_exceed maxholds Override hold block due to maxholds setting Y OR_hold_policy_block Override hold block due to policy setting Y OR_ fem issued to another Override circ block due to item being checked out fOR_item_notforloan Override circ block due to item notforloan status OR_item_not_at_circ_hibrany Override circ block due to item away from circulating library OR_ltem_on_hold Override circ block due to item on hold OR_item_on_hold_and_waiting Override circ block due to item on hold and waiting OR_tem_wkihdrawn Override circ block due to item withdrawn status OR_renewals _exceed maxrenewals Override renewal block due to maxrenewals setting OR_renewa _on_ hold Override renewal block due to hold foverride_renewals Override blocked renewals put_coursereserves Basic Course Reserves access user can put items on course reserve The permissions assigned depend on the person s work needs Superlibrarian is the system administrator permission you should not assign it to logins intended for daily library work Instead review what that person will need to do and assign permissions accordingly For example a person who works at the Circulation Desk will need most of the permissions in the circulate group but you may not want that person to be able to override certain checkout blocks such as Override circ block due to excessive patron fines
155. S 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Koha Cataloging Editor Record View 34169 Romeo and Juliet x mmm 80472 aSHAKESPEARE WILLIAM x mmm 64784 aSHAKESPEARE ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA x i eader 008 000 00652cz a2200181n 4500 001 64784 003 mmm 008 870529n acannaab la ana c 010 ta n 86016674 035 t a DLCjoca0186522 040 ta NjP c DLC td DLC 1110 2 o a Shakespeare Association of 410 2 o a Shakespeare of America 4 4 670 1 a Shakespeare quarterly summer b tp Shakespeare Association of America 670 ta LCinRLIN5 14 b hdg Shakespeare Association of 670 a Maids and mistresses cousins and queens b CIP foreword Shakespeare of America 942 a CORPO_NAM 999 te 64784 To edit to Leader 000 and the 008 click on the Leader008 tag The Cataloging editor opens up the Leader in an interactive box shown below Clicking on any of the arrows to the right of each entry shows the full list of options for each spot in the Leader and 008 eader 008 Rec stat n y Type z y Enc Mf o Entered 100921 Geo subdf v Roman X Language v Auth Ref a y Rules y Subj Series Numbered Heading Heading Heading Subj typef X Undefineo Govt agnf Ref status X Undefineo Upd status Namej Auth status Undefined a Mod rec Sourcef X To appe
156. S User Manual Page 146 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Circulation Borrowing Advance Notice sentto Me Hold Canceled sentio Me iw cal Hold Filled sentto Me tem Check in sentto Me tem Checkout sentto Me tem DUE sent to Me if e IMPORTANT there is a subtle but important semantic difference between user and role preferences For example suppose Alice and Bob are both assigned the AdultPatronkRole role and that role is subscribed to receive overdue messages by RSS alone Alice s preferences are overridden by the staff member checking the Override role preferences box but the staff member keeps them as they are 1 e RSS is checked but all others are unchecked Later a staff member decides to change the AdultPatronRole role to receive overdue notices by email Now Bob will receive these by email because he has not overridden his role preferences Alice however will still get overdue notices by RSS because she has overridden her role preferences If she or a staff member unchecks Override role preferences she will automatically go back to the current role defaults email Patrons may only be subscribed to message types appropriate to their permissions set For example patrons cannot subscribe to catalog multicast messages sent when bibliographic record batches are staged or committed unless they have the cataloguing bib permission IMPORTAN
157. Search for a patron pts admin_2 Request type Call slip E Continue New request For title Die Cellular Therapie als Heilkunst des Paracelsus After clicking Continue you must provide item and request details These include Request Type call slip or document delivery Request Status Requested In Process In Transit Waiting for Pickup Request on date 1 e now Pickup location defaults to local branch Not Needed After date this 1s the expiration date Document Delivery Details article title authors pages vol issue date chapter Request Note When the form is completed click Create new request to proceed DLS User Manual Page 84 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited New Call slip request for ptfs admin 2 mmoules ptfis com REQUEST ID new request Item details Aspiration biopsy cytology Zajicek J Available items to fill request New York Academy of Medicine MBKSO WB 379 Z21a 1974 pt 1 3068100503316 New York Academy of Medicine MBKSO WB 379 Z21a 1974 pt 2 3068100503325 Fill request with item New York Academy Request details Request type callslip Request status Requested He Requested on now Pickup location f New York Academy of Medicine Not needed after L 07 04 2013 Reguest note Create new request A Document Delivery request sc
158. Show 4 Borrower Cart Empty Borrower Cart Result Add Selected Borrowers to IE New List Named y Add Sele Selected items Remove from cart Tl Card a Card Name Cat Library Expires on Circ note Jones Adam M 1092 10926 100 Main street A WCCO 2015 04 22 Your Town 00123 Jones Alexis M 2849 28498 100 Main street A WCCC 2011 08 25 Your Town 00123 Jones Alison MM 28112 28113 100 Main street A WwCCC 2009 11 20 Your Town 00123 TT 2475 Batch Edit Borrowers Batch Delete Borrowers At the bottom you have buttons to batch edit or batch delete If you click Batch Edit you ll get a warning message DLS User Manual Page 120 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Borrower Cart Mozilla Firefox E Isnext staFf sandbox kohalibrary compcoi binfkohafmembers borrower basket pl borrower_list 767 12517 4265 You are about to edit all borrowers in your Borrowers Cart Do you wish ta continue Cancel To edit click OK That will bring up an edit screen that resembles the standard patron edit Make whatever changes should be done to the group of records Batch Edit Patrons Main address Street number Po Address 300 Main Street Address 2 A City State Zipcode Contact Phone homej o Phone work A Phone cell Email homes OO Email work S Fax Alternate addr
159. T if a patron is granted permissions subscribed to a privileged message type and then the permissions are removed the patron will still be subscribed to that message type even though it will not appear in their messaging preferences either in the Discovery Layer or staff side This should be corrected in a future release 7 1 3 Most Common Types of Messages From the patron s point of view these are the most important messages others are more specialized The three Proxy messages relate to the proxy borrowing feature The messages would notify the patron when a proxy borrower was added deleted or changed Item DUE and Advance Notice are controlled by a cron job The advance notice message sends an email the specified number of days before an item is due alerting the patron to renew or return the item The item due notice is sent on the morning something is due Note that the number of days in advance the Advance Notice is sent is controlled under the User Preferences section of the record DLS User Manual Page 147 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Variable Enabled User value Description Search behavior default query filter E Must be a valid Solr fq filter use default filter State of Default Filter in search results page Messages and Notifications message popup duration Duration s of expiring DL pop up alerts 0 for indefinite message
160. To temcallnumber Accession date inclusive Start date FE End date FE Modified since inclusive Includes modification of tem and holdings data if exporting tems Start date FE End date FE Options Export Holdings all holdings data Don t export fields separate by a blank te g 100a 200 606 Output format File format mare On the setup screen you can limit your export by biblionumber or range import batch number the results of a saved search branch item type call number range accession date You can also choose not to export item records or certain fields Your file format options are MARC or XML Make your selections and click Export then save the output file to your computer For example to export from a saved search DLS User Manual Page 269 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Note The items are exported by this tool unless specified Select Records to Export Database query Import batch Saved search From saved search query select saved smithsonian OR space and air search From a batch import Note The items are exported by this tool unless specified Select Records to Export Database query Import batch Faved search From import batch Export the catalog records of a commited import batch Import Batch ID 1366 w asf From multiple specified biblionumb
161. WCCC Infamy by Toland John A 10 00 D767 92 T163 1982 Library of the patron Any D ber7 1941 byP Library item was checked WCOecce ere rea Py M range A 10 00 D767 92 P7215 1988 out at LibLime University Derr y Sort By WCCC e Aaa OE 10 00 HWB534 W47R9 1990x vr This report can be useful to track outstanding overdue items and their accrued fines You can also download the list as a csv file Although obscured in this screen shot there are links to the patron s patron record and display of the patron s phone number 4 11 Holds Placing a hold on a title or an item allows staff and patrons to reserve materials that are currently checked out on the shelf at another location or otherwise temporarily unavailable for immediate checkout Depending on how your system is configured holds may be allowed for materials presently on the shelf at the patron s location In most multi library systems all resources are shared and a title level hold at any library may be filled by any available copy in the system Some libraries restrict holds to only their own items patrons this can be done through the circulation rules When more than one patron places a hold on the same title the name of each patron is placed in a hold queue waiting list in the date order of request When an item that can fill holds is checked in at any eligible library the system will trap that item for the first active hold with that check in location selec
162. a Bulgakov dein ee d 1891 1940 t Teatralgnyzi roman 0 NNMa 406655 DLS User Manual Page 204 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 9 3 4 1 Adding Bibliographic Fields and or Subfields To add a new field to the existing record navigate to the field directly before above where the new field will display Then click the down arrow next to that field s label 300 t a i 212p Hiie 21 cm Append Field 1 t Fiction O 42097596 Insert Subfield S Music 1 Fiction f 0 4Y2Z 66755 Delete Field le AUDIO lx GRC Generic x You can add a new field under the current field insert a subfield into the line where the cursor presently is or delete the present field If your cursor is on a field under authority control some additional options will show see the section on authority control for the use of those options Click Append Field to add a new MARC field 0 00 tlalxi 21260 e 21cm r Type the field number into the first data well Enter any desired indicators into the second and third 300 t a xi 212p f e 21cm Then use the pulldown arrow next to the field you just added and select Insert Subfield This will give you a data well for the subfield ID 300 t a xi 212p f e 21cm 310 j Enter the subfield code for example a for a and you will get a data well for the actual field content 300 f a xi 212p
163. a No oF 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 38 1 22 23 24 25 26 27 Save Changes 39 26 23 30 Fri Sep 26 Click the Save Changes button when you are finished and the hold will show as suspended If a date was selected it will display Checked Out Fines amp Charges On Hold Patron current holds Hold ltem Call one Resume _ ala ali sl al a ae J a date Title Type Number Barcode Priority Suspended On Delete Columbia 03202013 journalism Periodical 1 Yes w a Mo CNEA The state of the Audio 08192014 Garten Books 1 Yes Em No State save Changes DLS User Manual Page 78 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 4 11 5 Recalls A recall can be placed on an item that is loaned to another patron if your system is configured to allow it see system administration Recalls are more active than regular hold requests Regular hold requests wait for the item to be returned while recall requests actively notify the borrower that the item is required and shortens the due date A recall can only be placed if the item is currently checked out Depending on your system configuration recalls can be placed in staff mode by the patron in the Discovery Layer or both Recalling the item will e Shorten the loan period for the borrower although the borrower will always be able to keep the book for a specified length of
164. a_subfields first title alt 130 222 243 245 246 730 740 cat_alpha_subfields title alt 240a 247a 505t 700kImnoparst 710t 711t 780t 785t concat series title 800at 810at 811at 830at 490a 440a concat first uniform title 130 240 243 730 cat_alpha_subfields first note 500a 501a 502abcdgo 504a 505art 506af 508a 511a 518adop 520ab 521a 530bcd3 533abcdefn 534at 536abcdefgh 538a 545a 550a 586a 753abc concat subject exact 600at 610at 611at 630at 648a 650a 651a 652a 653a 654a 655a 656a 657a 690a 691a concat subject 6 cat_alpha_subfields topic 650a geo 651a era 648a genre 655a publisher 260b 264b publoc 260a 257a 264a pubyear 008 7 10 260c clean_year first DLS User Manual Page 376 Copyright O 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited url 856u format record emit_format content record emit_content audience record emit_audience language 008 35 37 map_language In 008 35 37 041abdhjkmn 377a itemtype 952y unique collection 9528 unique location 952c unique barcode 952p ison 020a 020z emit_isbn isen a 020a emit_isbn issn 022a 022y 022z 440x 490x 730x 776x 780x 785x callnumber 9520 callnumber 099ab 090ab 050ab 082ab concat callnumber a 099a 090a 050a 082a Iccn 010a 010z ctrinum 035a 001 0 15 trim record origin 999 extract_org origin s
165. ach purchase order line copy That field designates where the ordered copy is expected to be located after it has been received This location field can represent a combination of fields in the DLS such as branch library building collection shelving location and item type TIP Keeping the acquisition location defined as a single field assigned to each copy reduces the number of fields that the acquisitions operator needs to enter at creation and receipt of a copy To ease integration with the DLS the acquisitions module provides a mapping table called Location to Copy Field Mapping This mapping table allows the operator to set up default mappings between acquisitions s concept of a location and the various item level fields in the DLS For instance you can map a single location field to a set of DLS branch collection shelving location and item type fields In this way when the operator receives a copy in acquisitions that has Create item on receipt enabled the system will allow the operator to create an item for that copy and will use the mappings to fill default values for branch collection shelving location and item type fields The defaults can also be overridden prior to saving the item TIP Set up a default mapping for each location you create in acquisitions to reduce the number of fields you need to enter when receiving a copy and creating an DLS item 13 4 1 Creating and Editing Locations Use the Locations link in the Con
166. age shows the bibliographic record 62107 Water with the MFHD next to it in another tab MFHD 62237 http www loc gov marc umh UMHpt1 6 html pt1 DLS User Manual Page 229 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Koha Cataloging Editor Record View 62107 Water Holdings manage Record type VIS mihd 6223 1 items Status Active Catalog Record CF MFHD count 1 ltem count 1 62107 Water x MFHD 62237 bib 62107 e 000 04325cgm a22006051a 4500 001 71442 003 NNMa 005 20071126125227 0 007 vd cvaizg 006 O60705s2006 caull g vihm d In a holdings record display the header box has a different display The background is blue as opposed to gray for a bibliographic record or yellow for an authority record The record type is MFHD and the status is Linked MFHD record The display has a link to the parent bib record and to any items attached Koha Cataloging Editor Record View MFHD 62237 bib 62107 Parent record 62107 Water Record type MFHD ltems Manage Status Linked MFHD Record Bib 4 tem count 1 MEHD 1 62107 Water x MFHD 62237 bib 62107 x i arar a om CAGI LPL 000 ua 001 62237 004 62107 852 a MMC c YMAD H h Alphabetical by Title 5 You can edit and save the holdings record as needed from the catalog editor Note that the display shows that there is
167. aged record to Ra Dl AC w pa a a From 439 50 be rel Co O As Template Print This will open a z39 50 search window find an appropriate new record in one of your search targets You will see two options Open in Tab or Overwrite Catalog Search Results Status Done 1 1 retrieved Title Author Publisher Source Edit State of fear a Crichton HarperCollinsPublishers LIBRARY OF Open in tab ue novel Michael CONGRESS Overwrite View hide full record The Overwrite option will replace the existing record in the editor screen You must then save the record to get the new version Open in Tab will open the z39 50 version in a new tab next to the original record Then go under the View menu and choose Split View to see both DLS User Manual Page 216 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Cataloging Editor Record Wiew IE Split view Expanded subtield view Hide validation errors 33527 State of fear x 1 State of fear NEW x mee Leaderfood 000 Uldbocam 22200223 a 4500 001 13919934 005 20120225094 746 0 008 05040452004 nyua b O00 1 eng Verify that the new record is what you want Then go under Record and select Replace Right to Left Cataloging Editor Record View tw A Pyy CATALOG NEV record From template record IA A Invalid From 239 50 Save to reservoir Beer eae Open
168. al After you save the subscription record the subscription record is displayed In the Subscription Information section you ll see a reminder to set the subscription record id in a Standing Order PO line Subscription information Subscription ID 732 Librarian identity becky Vendor EBSCO Biblio 200839 Austrian history yearbook Library WLD Serial receipt will create a Getlt PO line on a newly created PO You can select a PO by setting the subscription ID in a Standing Order PO line Serial receipt does not create an item record Grace period 0 Location Reference DLS User Manual Page 315 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited In acquisitions you will create a new PO for this title You can also add this title to an existing purchase order The link back to serials is made by entering the subscription record id in the Koha Subscription ID field of the PO Line Complete the purchase order by adding copy and funding information The Koha Serial ID is a read only field IULAI Trice SU UU New PO Line x gt U UU CIICUITIDETEU gt U UU CXPEMUEU Bibliographic Record ID Austrian history yearbook 200839 Order Type Purchase Order Line Status defaults to PO y Author Rice University American Historical Association Uni Close Reason OCLC Number OCoLC ocm01518889 Koha Subscription ID 732 EAN13 Koha Ser
169. al Search The following operations make heavy use of the A O I Area of Interest GUI control at the top left of the map This control used for graphical and manual geographical search and locate functions comprises three rows of buttons Each image has a geographic extent The middle row defines the supported shapes for the A O I and activates the drawing of the shape on the map The top row describes the relationship of the image extent to the drawn A O I The bottom row provides a button permitting the manual entry of the A O I and another button to locate country city landmarks by name Note that the entire GUI control can be minimized to an A O I 66 gt button to reveal the portion of the map obscured by the control Simply click the icon at the top right of the control Within Ch Intersect Contains DisjointTo fRectande BB Polycon Point Circle Manual Entry Locate 1 When first accessing the map display the A O I GUI control should be visible The first step to creating the A O I is to select the type of A O I The default setting is the Within Geospatial Search Method a Within means the A O I is completely within the image extent b Intersects means any part of the image extent touches the A O I c Contains means the image extent is completely contained within the A O I d DisjointTo means that the image extent is outside of the A O I 2 After selecting a type of A O I select the shape a Rectangle
170. al is prohibited Category code PATRON Description Public Patron Enrollment period 24 months Age required 0 years Upperage limit years Enrollment fee 000 Overdue notice Yes required Max holds 10 Hold fee 0 00 Holds block fine 5000 threshold Circ block fine 150 00 threshold Outstanding fines 0 00 messaging threshold Category type Adult Category default roles These roles will be automatically applied to all patrons in this category Patron role 4 Assign Requests Circ Staff Role Note that general patrons as well as staff can be linked to a Role For public users the Role will be used primarily to define default messaging options see that section If a site is running the full DLS software certain patrons can also be given default permissions to upload digital options 6 3 Assigning Roles in the Individual Patron Record You can also assign a Role to an individual patron record Edit the patron record and scroll down to the User Roles section Then check one or more Roles you want to assign to this particular person DLS User Manual Page 135 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited User Roles Current Pending Roles Role Name Active From Active Until Deactivate JR CIRC ROLE E Ea Add Hew Roles Add Role Role Hame Active From Active Until Fatron role a Fa Assign Requests a Ta Cire Staff Role En H
171. al object to an existing bib catsource delete Delete a DLSO from the underlying store updatecharges Update borrower charges acquisition Acquisition and or suggestion management acq_base Base acquisition operations acq_admin Acquisition system configuration and administration acq_requests_manage Manage and review purchase requests acq_requests_assign Assign purchase requests acq_orders_manage Create and modify purchase orders acq_orders_execute Approve execute and close purchase orders acq_invoices_manage Create and modify invoices acq_invoices_ execute Approve execute and close invoices DLS User Manual Page 139 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited acq_vendors_ manage Create and modify vendors acq_funds_ balances View fund balances acq_funds_ manage Create and modify funds post transactions fiscal year rollover management Set library management parameters tools Use tools export import barcodes batch_upload_patron_images Upload patron images in batch or one at a time delete_anonymize_patrons Delete old borrowers and anonymize circulation history deletes borrower reading history edit_calendar Define days when the library is closed edit_news Write news for the OPAC and staff interfaces edit_notices Define notices edit_notice_status_triggers Set notice status triggers for o
172. alues can be linked to a MARC field and subfield Click the gearbox Settings menu and choose Authorized Values Koha Cataloging Editor Record View tyr starting points ae Authorized Wallies Manage Templates Create a new record from template from Z3950 search Find a record In the catalog Authority record Staged record Hotkeys In this screen shot two authorized values have been established linking a bib field subfield to an authorized list DLS User Manual Page 248 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Configure Authorized Values Bibliographic Authority Holdings Current settings 042b DEPARTMENT Remove agan SUPPRESSED Y Remove Add new controlled subfield e g to specify field 710 subfield 5 enter 7105 T lf Saved these changes will affect ALL MARC data in the system Otherwise changes will only affect your current session To set up more a staff member can type the MARC field and subfield in the blank box and then choose the desired authorized value list from those provided With the 942 n setting when a bib is edited or created the 942 n will show the authorized list for suppressed records 946 a mocic 999 tec 1442865 d 144287 942 tno Visible T visible Suppressed Deleted Authorized value links can be set for the entire system or just for the current record 9 9 Batch Edit
173. an modify and review the record and when ready either save it again to the reservoir OR commit it to the database by choosing either option from the two provided on the top right hand side of bib display save status Last saved 2014 06 20 15 31 16 9 3 17 Link Bibliographic Record to an Authority Record In either an existing or a new record you will not be able to edit a field that 1s under authority control To link the field to an authority record from the bibliographic record click the arrow to the left of the MARC number Choose Link to Authority DLS User Manual Page 224 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 121 NEW sm PAY WU 000 00407cam a2200193 1 4500 008 140516sDATE PUB 000 1 eng 010 ta 020 ta pbk 040 td tf e rda 100 ta td a Append Field Pb te Insert Subfield tb tc Delete Field te cm e Link to authority t 2 rdacontent 337 Ta unmediated f 2 rdamedia The authority search box will display Authority records Authority search Search for all authors Y containing terms s Y Authority Search Results results Authorized Headings Titles in catalog Edit Link Cancel Search for heading desired all headings meeting the search criteria will be displayed and from the search results page staff can either edit the heading by opening it in the editor or link the heading to the bibliogra
174. an intermediate save Catsource TRAVEL only for scope catsource TRAVEL Stage an authority record to an import batch or as an intermediate save Catsource TRAVEL only for scope catsource TRAVEL Search for a record via Z39 50 and bring the record in to the Cataloging editor The only option available to this staff person is to Save to reservoir Save status Save to reservoir Last saved 2014 08 20 15 30 25 Note that this staff person also only has collection based scope source permission to stage records for materials in the Travel Collection so no other options show in the 942 x field If your site does not use collection scoped permissions 1gnore this setting 856 4 2 1 3 Contributor biographical information Yu http www loc gowv catdirlenhancements fy0808 2007052925 b html 856 4 2 1 3 Publisher description u http www loc gov catdir enhancements fy0808 2007052925 d html 942 t x TRAVEL Travel Collec 856 4 1 1 3 Table of contents only u http www_loc govwcatdir enhancement Travel Collection f html Edit and save the record to the reservoir for review by another staff member by clicking on the Save to Reservoir button DLS User Manual Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 9 3 16 Reviewing and Saving a Staged Record Following up on the above a senior cataloger can retrieve review and save the staged re
175. anced Vendor Name Amazon com a Created By Vendor Status m Date Between and Account Number Internal Acct COTOS QNew Edit Delete Vendor Name Type Status Amazon com Active 13 10 2 Search Semantics There are four important caveats about the search system to understand First the search system has no concept of words in the target string This is because the underlying search engine using the SQL LIKE operator only looks for substrings For example a search for cat would match any of the following cats cathode concatenate etc This is especially surprising when you search for a PO number 1234 and find 12345 Second when you are searching multiple fields within a complex multi line structure such as a purchase order or invoice it is NOT required that all the fields match on the same line For example if you use the Search Options to search for author Tolstoy and title War you would find a PO which had Tolstoy s War and Peace But you would also find a PO which had a line for Tolstoy s Anna Karenina and another line for Sun Tzu s The Art of War Third a word or quoted string you search for must be found exactly as typed Searching for Pilgrims Progress won t find Pilgrim s Progress because of the missing apostrophe Finally searching is not case sensitive 13 10 3 Basic Search Basic Search refers to the search capabilities from the Search Vendors Search Orders and Search Invoices button
176. arch for guarantor Surname First name 60487312343 Ordered by Surname Search Middle Initial s Date of birth 04 01 1200 Cancel Other name Ws Female Click the Search button The window brings up a results list Modify Child patron John Austen 2 Koha gt Guarantor Search Mozilla Firefox E 0f x ptfsdemo staff kohalibrary com cagi bin koha members quarantor_search pl Downloads Search for guarantor Patron identity Salutation Surname fAusten First name 50487312343 Ordered by Surname Search Middle Initial s Date of birth 54 07 50 Searched for 60487312343 1 patron s found Cardnumber Name Date of birth Address Select TEN Other name a 60487312343 Austen Jane 0209 1970 Prejudice Court Prideville Select Female Guarantor Information Cancel Surname Click the Select button next to the parent s name Then close the pop up window That links this child record to the parent record Modify Child patron John Austen Patron identity Salutation Surname au sten Required First name ac hn Required Middle Initials Date of birth o 4101 2006 E Required ther name Female Male NA Guarantor Information Patron 36465 Surname Austen First name Jane Relationship mother Change Delete Change the Relationship pull down as needed father mother You MUST save the child s patron record to retain the change Af
177. arch window 12 gt gt Results 1 through 30 of 42 Search for Items for Batch 16 Search results Select All Clear All Add checked Done Chemistry by Whitten Kenneth W AUDIO Cengage Learning Belmont CA 2010 p cm ISBN 0495391638 Select Item Call Number Date Accessioned Barcode Ed 031 3 W53 2010 2010 08 03 37570000544618 dd Organic chemistry by Allinger Norman L Worth Publishers USA 1976 1024 ISBN 0879010509 Select Item Call Number Date Accessioned Barcode E 547 20 QUI ej 2 2012 11 03 01 001905 Add 547 20 QUI ej 1 2012 11 03 01 001904 Add Inorganic chemistry by Shriver D F University Press Oxford 1992 706 p ginas ISBN 0198552319 Select Item Call Number Date Accessioned Barcode i 546 SHI ej 1 2012 11 03 01 001299 Add Chemistry demystified by Williams Linda D AUDIO McGraw Hill New York 2003 xiii 280 p ISBN 0071410112 pbk Select Item Call Number Date Accessioned Barcode QD33 2 W54 2003 2010 08 30 37570000544923 Add Organic chemistry by Smith Janice G McGraw Hill Boston 2008 xxxvi 1175 p A 18 C 2 G 18 1 29 ISBN 0073049867 hard copy alk p DLS User Manual Page 266 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Y our batch should appear similar to the one below Add item s to batch Delete current batch Remove duplicates Gene
178. arious fields except for administrative ones like cardnumber and enrollment date which are grayed out and click the Submit Changes button at the bottom Joined 2010 05 19 Expires 2014 05 25 Requested changes will be reflected in your account after review by library staff Cancel Submit Changes This generates an email to the address defined in the syspref KohaAdminEmailAddress library staff must then review the updates and make the changes in the patron record as needed Patrons may not directly modify the database After you click the Submit button the system will revert to the main page of the Discovery Layer with a message that your change has been submitted Library Catalog f i tists gt Home Advanced Search New Titles Course Reserves Browse by Authorities Tag Cloud welcome to LibLime Academic Koha Your request has been submitted DLS User Manual Page 352 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 17 11 6 My Checkout History If configured syspref opacreadinghistory patrons can see a list of their previous checkouts under this tab hay Summary hy Checkouts 15 Pals Poids ga hry Ties 0 00 My Recuests Wh personal detalls CATE ly Lista hiy taga Ai purchase Suggestions iy messaging preferences Tithe Miccart Trhernaya E S Test Fest 200 Bib record Smith Jonn ee aran mi ds The AHantic campatan Wan der
179. arize the delete actions Status reverted Matching rule ISBN 020 a applied Action f matching replace record found Action If no match create_new found tem processing ignore New matching ISBN 020 a rule Action if matching Replace existing record with incoming record y record found Action if no match Add incoming record found tem processing Ignore items y Apply different matching rule Import into catalog Undid import of records Number of records deleted 366 Number of terms deleted 0 Number of records not deleted due to items on loan O Number of records changed back o Number of records ignored 0 DLS User Manual Page 199 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited You could apply a different matching rule and redo the import 1f desired 9 3 Editing New or Existing Bibliographic Records Whichever method you use to open a bibliographic record in the editor you will use the same tools and techniques to edit 1t You need to become familiar with the editor screen and how to enter data 9 3 1 Screen Layout At the top of the bib record itself extensive information about this record shows in a summary box brown background for bibliographic records This includes the biblionumber and title the record type and status whether holdings and or item records are attached and whether changes need to be sa
180. atas New Duplicate Abraha by Goodwin E After entering your search term and selecting your target s click the Search button The search will run against the target s and show you a list of results DLS User Manual Page 182 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Search 439 50 Target s Team of Rivals Title gt Searching 1 of 8 targets Catalog Search Results status Done 14 14 retrieved Title Author Publisher Source Edit Rivals for the team a story of Barbour Ralph Henry O Appleton LIBRARY OF Men school life and football view full and company CONGRESS in tab Team of rivals the political genius Goodwin Doris Kearns simon amp LIBRARY OF Gen of Abraham Lincoln view full achuster CONGRESS in tab Team of rivalsthe political genius of Goodwin Doris Simon amp LIBRARY OF Open Abraham Lincoln sound recording Kearns Thomas SEMIS tet CE RE in tab wiew full Richard Audio Team of rivals the political genius Goodwin Doris Recorder LIBRARY OF Oper of Abraham Lincoln sound Keams Toren Books CONGRESS in tab recording view full Suzanne From this screen clicking the View Full link will expand the display to show a record so you can decide if it s the one you want Searching 1 of 8 targets Catalog Search Results status Done 14 14 retrieved Title Auth Rivals for the team a story of school life a
181. atch in the Cataloging Editor Create a new record from template then in the pop up choose MARC Authority from the first pulldown Create new record MARC Bibliographic MARC Bibliographic MARC Authority MARE Holdings Book T Template description General Book In the second pulldown select the type of authority to be created personal name subject etc Create new record MARE Authority T From template Corporate Name Personal Name SUBJECT Title Then click the Create New button and an empty record will open in the Cataloging Editor DLS User Manual Page 240 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Koha Cataloging Editor Record View Te Save lo reservoir Save 1 undefined NEW H Leader 008 000 00154nz a2200085n 4500 008 961210n acannaab naaa b 010 ta 040 te la 100 1 0jt a 9 6 3 Editing Authority Records When you open the link in the Cataloging Editor the display is similar to editing a bib record Move the cursor to the field to be edited and type your desired text At the top of the authority record itself extensive information about this record is conveyed on this page in a summary box yellow background for authority records You ll see the status how many bibs use this authority and whether changes need saving DLS User Manual Page 241 Copyright 2014 by PTF
182. atching bib was found Overlay holdings data _ Ignore items Wo If your data does have item records 952 fields you will usually want the Always Add Items entry but may use one of the others if needed If your incoming data includes serial holdings records you can opt to load those as well Load MARC21 Holdings Records Yes 2 Ho Linked bibliographic records must be included in the same batch as MFHD Records linked by Control Number When you have made your selections click Click the Stage for Import button Your MARC file will be parsed and each valid record staged for later import into the catalog All staged records go into the reservoir the holding place for records before they are added to the catalog Records will remain in the reservoir even after the import is complete After the file loads you ll be taken to a summary screen detailing how many were reviewed and how many records were successfully imported DLS User Manual Page 191 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Stage MARC Biblio Records For Import MARC Staging results 300 records tn file O records not staged because of MARC error 35005 records staged O records with at least one match in catalog per matching rule ISBN U item records found and staged Manage staged Biblio records Back From this page users can either return to the staging area to sta
183. ategory Code Description STUDENT Student e Ea CAilsnext staff sandbox kohalibrary com coi binfkoha membersfupdate chi gt ADJUNCT Adjunct Faculty FACULTY Full Time Faculty PATRON Public Patron TRUST Board of Trustees PGS Post Graduate Students ALUMNI Alumni Patron Submit Cancel When you click Submit the patron record will be updated Home gt Patrons gt Patron Details for John Smith 32929 John Smith 32929 100 Main street Your Town 00123 123 234 4567 Category Student STUDENT Home Library LibLime University Demo Library DLS User Manual AP New Y f Edit Change Password amp Print Y More Y John Smith 32929 100 Main street Your Town 00123 Home 123 234 4567 Initials Date of birth 12 06 1995 Sex Mi Edit Upload Patron Image John Smith does not currently have an image available To import ar Library use Card number Borrowernumber Category Registration date Expiration date Library OPAC login OPAC password Edit Firebug 4A 32929 13759 Student STUDENT 08 27 2010 12 06 2014 LibLime University Demo Library john smith RRR Page 117 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 5 10 Proxy Borrowing Proxy Borrowing allows one patron to check out items for another patron Patrons may allow multiple other patrons to borro
184. atrons screen At the top will be a search box smith order by Surname M EN Search Patrons Check Out Check In You can search on partial full name or cardnumber patron barcode in this search box or the search box on the main page You can also browse by last name click on a letter to move to that point You can truncate the search using an asterisk for example Smit to find all names beginning with that string or smith to find all names ending with that string From any search browse you ll get a results list DLS User Manual Page 96 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home gt Patrons gt Search Results Borrower Cart Pp New Y Advanced Patron Search Show Advanced Search Options Results 1 to 20 of 66 found for smith Add Selected Borrowers To Cart TT Card Name Cat Library meen OD Issues Fines Circ note Smith Amy Student I 13326 100 Main street A WCCC 021022015 00 0 00 Add to Cart Your Town 00123 Smith Andrea A Student M 27884 100 Main street A ent wWecc 03 26 2015 0 0 0 00 Add to Cart Your Town 00123 Smith Antoine Student T 26490 100 Main street A WCCC 12 14 2014 00 6 90 Add to Cart Your Town 00123 Smith April M Student m 25291 100 Main street A WCCC 02 02 2015 040 0 00 Add to Cart Your Town 00123 Smith Brendan J Student Tl 20539 100 Main street cae WCCC 03 03 2009 0
185. be applied to ALL bibs in this batch delete Clicking Delete Titles will finalize the delete a confirmation page will appear Delete Titles Titles Processed Title Author Status Money Deleted Year round schools Deleted Move over wheelchairs coming through Roy Ron Deleted The single woman s vacation quide Ledray Linda E Deleted Fudge a mania Blume Judy Deleted PTFS NHHC Weekly Report_ 2013 06 17 Deleted Electronic Serials Checklist for Review Deleted Robert and the great escape seuling Barbara Deleted Close Download Results 9 3 15 Staging a Record for Review Additional cataloging permissions have been added so that you can have a cataloging staff with different tiers of permissions For example you could allow some staff to stage bibliographic DLS User Manual Page 221 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited MFHD or authority records and save them in reservoir but only allow senior catalogers to search and retrieve those records and commit them to the database In the scenario provided below the cataloger has the following permissions View Catalogue catalogue Access staff client amp search functions access Borrow books borrow Edit Catalogue Stage a bibliographic record to an import batch or as an intermediate save Catsource TRAVEL only for scope catsource TRAVEL Stage a MFHD record to an import batch or as
186. borrowing 1f desired This section DLS User Manual Page 95 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited will primarily discuss patron records see the next section for staff and patron permissions messaging options and Role default settings 5 1 Searching for Patrons A patron search is the first step in a checkout and you can get to a patron record that way In addition though you can bypass the circulation menus and search directly for a patron record From the initial menu you can click the Patrons link in the top menu bar or enter a name or cardnumber in the search box under Patrons and click OK Circulation Patrons Search More v LibLime University Demo Library Set Hello ptfs Logout submit Query Academic Y Koha Search the Catalog Check Out Check In gt Home News Circulation Cataloging Check out to OK Open Cataloging Editor Welcome Check in Batch Modify Item Records Welcome to the demo site for ILSNext Feel free Transfers Serials to explore but please do not delete this Pat Authorities e atrons quisiti message This is a shared system Fatrornis Acauisitions Edit Delete New OK ai Search ok Purchase Suggestions Search Reports search catalog OK Koha administration Lists System preferences Tools About Koha If you click the top menu bar link or the Patrons link without searching yov ll be taken to the main P
187. cations Currencies Countries Total Items O Selected Items 0 Page Size 15 gt K lt rr AZ amp B 13 2 Setting up Vendors Before creating Purchase Orders for the first time it is necessary to set up Vendors and Funds A Vendor is a top level parent record that contains one or more Vendor Accounts A Vendor Account represents a business relationship between your organization and a vendor Each Vendor Account has one or more Addresses Each Address can be assigned one or more Address Uses such as Order Payment Returns Claims or All The Address Uses specify when in the ordering cycle the system will assign the Address You can set up more than one Vendor Account per Vendor This allows you to assign different Account Numbers Discounts Order Types and Addresses depending on the Vendor Account It also helps you organize your business relationships with a single Vendor so you can view all Accounts with a given Vendor at once The vendor link is found on the left side of the Acquisitions Dashboard DLS User Manual Page 277 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited To save time you can enter a new Vendor Vendor Account and Address with associated uses via a single form As a result the form has three distinct sections Vendor Details Vendor Account Details and Vendor Addresses Vendor Account Details Vendor Account Name Vend
188. ccnncccnonnnocnnnnnnnnnnononnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanonnnss 179 9 2 3 Creating a Bibliographic Record using 239 90 oocccccnnnooocccccnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnananononos 181 9 2 4 Creating a Bibliographic Record From a Template oooooccnccccccnnnnnccnnnnnnnnnnnnaninononos 184 9 2 IMmportino a Batch OL INECOLS aaa 187 D207 piace MARE Records O A asi 188 9 2 5 2 Manage tased Biblio RECOT S ii asc eto nseigee a eaineides assess WO naeige iad 192 gt IAS Be em lO nE sas E Peneee me hrcrr Me nere st rine e ts eke rere 196 DDD PARC VETUIN Sy AUC NOS a a E E 198 9 3 Editing New or Existing Bibliographic Records ccccccoooooocnccnnnncnonononocncnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnncnnnnnos 200 De SCTE LAY OU Ca do dad 200 9 3 2 Library of Congress Help ica dia 202 0 37 Expanded MARC Vie Was ii oelaass 203 9 3 4 Editing Bibliographic Fields not under Authority Control oooocccccnncnnnononnm 204 9 3 4 1 Adding Bibliographic Fields and or Subflelds occcccccconnnnoooooonoccccnonononnnnncnnnnnnononons 205 D542 Copy and Paste a Entre FIE Id ias 206 9 3 4 3 Paste Content into One Subfield and Create Additional Subfields oooooooonnnn nooo 206 9 3 5 Editing Bibliographic Fields under Authority Control c oooooocnnnnnnnnnnnonononnnonss 207 9 3 6 Editing an Authority Record from a Bibliographic Record ooooooncccnnncccnnnnnnnnnnns 207 9 3 7 Viewing Two Bibliographic Records Side by Side o
189. check uncheck all items at once Check a checkbox to set or unset that item number as a Checked ltem for a batch operation Click on an item number finum for detailed item information Vi Inum Barcode Call Number Title Author Last Seen f 15299 37570000326768 Video Collection Mozart 2009 05 29 m 15323 37570000340439 Video Collection Mummies and the wonders of 2009 05 29 ancient Egypt M 15361 37570000329317 Video Collection Mussolini 2011 02 28 Select Checked Items Delete Checked Items Delete Checked Items and Biblios where last item deleted Item 20 Detail Edit Your Checked Items Modifications Then either click the appropriate button to delete or move to the bottom and make your edit selections DLS User Manual Page 256 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Select Checked tems Delete Checked tems Delete Checked tems and Biblios where last item deleted Item 20 Detail Edit Your Checked Items Modifications Field Value ltem field New Value Library eee University Demo Library no change It Type j E tem Type ideo cassette A Ee Mel o Location Main Video Collection Location ha change Mot for loan Mot For _ tno change hai Damaged Loan Lost Status Damaged no change Withdrawn Lost status no change Restricted EUEN i Withdrawn no change Holding LibLime Univ
190. checked in on the system the system prompts for the proper information The system then predicts all future issues based on the information entered in the periodical record Summary Records allow the display of staff entered free text information in the Discovery Layer for example Library retains current year only or Current issue on shelf Later issues kept in basement DLS User Manual Page 319 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The Journal of nursing education OMe View OMARG Yew O Esparded MARE View Git Card View 155801 Typa e Caonrimuairg Pumice Publisher Hew York M Y gt Blscicaton Dirisio McGinn HE co a Douscripilon w MM 7 2h om Gororol Note Tha Journal of Nursing Eduenioa pro dea a forum fer porn eed original Gries aro maw We for MIO Gore A Aca Pepo a o ive of PUTO progra ara etarra Een li Pin ia pra Pee Cen oi oper ee nels ofa marrano neh ini nursing ainsi Thee iil gis pro features inciading educational iunior ros serch briefs and oylinbus eedeciionn Subacribora can also benefit from cur featured Cnane Advanced Aalsee roed articles montas before ther appear in the pint ieee Pre eure eure eed cain cur SSN 01 Bas Folaiod Bubjocta Huralto thst uc ros be Airtel Bobo Porioiicte Educalos Huraira Wrhod Baton Perkina Togs from tha Morary Po log Tre ie Bary lor Ela Bike teaver o
191. click Templates or Layouts and set Active Template or Layout DLS User Manual Page 267 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited When the Generate labels for Batch button is clicked the system will export as a pdf file which can then be printed from a printer of your choice Examples of pdfs displaying on screen are shown below 110348 as _ E IRE ier 1 irae OO nn _ A SRBE Gulal ezs BEA ez ke Tools Sign Comme System ID System ID rban Area Name Tban Area Name Call Number Call Number Item ee Item Number Name Editio Edition 9th Ed 1 qNST STRUCTOR S EDITION 2a ed Primary Da Primary Date Copy Copy RESERVE 01 001905 37570000544618 37510000544618 01 001905 11 Exporting Bibs and Items Staff with permissions can export some or all bibliographic records For large catalogs this may need to be done in groups to avoid browser timeout Under Tools select Export Bibliographic and Holdings DLS User Manual Page 268 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Note The items are exported by this tool unless specified Select Records to Export Database query Import batch Saved search Biblionumber s Enter biblionurmber listirange eg 4 5 6 66 99 4990 5720 9999 Item type fal Library All From temcallnumber
192. cord In this scenario provided below cataloger has the following permissions View Catalogue catalogue Access staff client amp search functions access Borrow books borrow Edit Catalogue Manage bibliographic records all three options beneath within update stage commit Catsource TRAVEL only for scope catsource TRAVEL Manage MFHD records all three options beneath within update stage commit Catsource TRAVEL only for scope catsource TRAVEL Manage authority records all three options beneath within update stage commit Catsource TRAVEL only for scope catsource TRAVEL This more senior cataloger will go into the Cataloging Editor and search for a staged record Starting points Create a new record from template from 3950 search Find a record In the catalog Authority record staged record You can search for bibs holdings or authorities and the search can be narrowed to records saved by me or anyone DLS User Manual Page 223 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Staged records List records Bibliographic records saved by anyone v sorted by newest v Staged Record Results 1 results Catalog record Description Cataloger Date Action New bib How to hug a porcupine ddegroff 2014 08 20 Open 15 31 16 Clicking on the Open link will launch the saved staged bib in the editor The cataloger c
193. count In the patron Details screen this phrase and button will appear under the patron s name T Patron is restricted Litt Debarment A message will also appear to the patron on login in the Discovery Layer our account has heen frozen Please contact library staff if this is in errar DLS User Manual Page 56 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 4 3 Receipt Printing After completing all checkouts 1f desired you can print a receipt for the user The syspref printcirculationslips must be turned on On the Checkouts tab click the Print button This has three options Print Page Print Slip and Print Quick Slip SP New amp Edit hbe Change Password E Print Y More J PrintPage Print Slip Checking out to Nathan Smith 31888 Quick Slip Enter item barcode or text Check Out Search the Catalog F iru Specify Due Date Tal Remember for Session Clear 1 Checkouts 1 Holds Due ltem Can Borrowed date Title gt Type by Renewals Threshold of war Mathan 124122013 by Heinrichs BOOK 23257 000014047 Smith Waldo H 3419981 Print Page opens a new browser window with a simplified display use the browser s print function to print it Account Summary Nathan Smith 31888 e 100 Main street e Your Town 00123 e address yahoo com Items Checked Out Title Au
194. count Status mandatos 279 LS SETAS UN LUNAS eii diida ce adic ondas 279 ESA Setas up LOCAS isa id tada 281 54d Creatine and Editing Locas ac dia aes 282 13 4 2 Location to Copy Field Mappings cccccccccnnnooonnnonnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnss 283 IOMA dia to ts 284 RS sot ances tees tea cosacn terete wastansay cisuahtemaetaau N este iaiaaaausaniome 285 SR O toe aes 285 ES AAA A nme rn Aree Ne en O ete ere 287 Sos le MTOM dl EDI nio soii rosca 289 o ore Bleed Bes 2c oye er nn E POR a E E E a S mR cae TE eee na 291 13 10 Searchie Witch A CQUISILIONS edad eiii ia edicion 292 1310 L Global SCarchi Oe oerein o O E 292 WIO Seal CMe IAN AAA a a T 294 IOS Basie A e e E 294 OAC onune ive OR Searc MNE ita 295 AOS OU OLE SINE S E A edness 295 SAS A d aa O 295 DLS User Manual Page 8 Copyright O 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited SAO 7 Advanced Se dro id a did nl ears 296 IOa a Purchase Ord id ii ia 297 1522 PUndins PO Gane rr cda 300 ISS Transm one a Pore Mase Ol o code 301 ARNO O e fees ad 302 SSA ON CI ti dae dales 303 ISO Purchase SUS 0 ESONS aii icasiciio ici 305 LL Sandino DS aid 307 13 17 1 Continuations Standing Orders SetUD ooooonnnnnnnncncnonnnocnnnnnnnnonononannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanenoss 308 A oe oie att saath cate nadia E ction eu cout E E E saa a A 308 ARA Order Big bcs eee eens nn one Mee a Mee ame ONT a oe eT Lees 308
195. covery Layer click on the link in the masthead Home Advanced Search New Titles Course Reserves Browse by Authorities Course Reserves Courses Filter courses Course Name Department Course Number Section Term Instructor s PAOK GEOSPAT 1926 4 CONT ILS LS 6004 Library science SPR koha course LS koha course test CONT Introduction to Psychology PSYCH 1000 001 SPR DLS User Manual Page 372 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 17 20 Saved Searches When logged in to the Discovery Layer all users have the ability to save a search To do this create a search and view the results At the top of the results list you will see the search strategy used Under All Results the first option 1s to Save This Search W Al Selected Allresults Highlight Default filter on B Save this search E1 Garden Print spiel EA Email Download Format Bo Export Publisher and date Boston Little Grown c1997 Selecting that option will bring up a screen where you can name the search Save Search Please name this saved search name waters Save Cancel To execute a saved search click the Saved Searches link in the masthead You ll get a pop up window with your existing searches Your Saved Searches Name Search url Saved on Run daily state state 0812 2014 F x waters waters 09 03 2014 x Close Note that you can sch
196. cription details Serials planning Subscription First issue 5 publication date Librarian ptfs Frequency Vendor Search for a vendor s Manual Biblio Required history Search for Biblio Create Biblio Numbering pattern create a Getit PO line when receiving this serial 2 do not create a Getit PO line when receiving this serial create an item record when receiving this serial Subscription Ea 2 do not create an item record when receiving this serial start date Subscription i Location oe a Call Numbering Number formula Library GRC NCE E select a library i l Test Prediction Patte day s riod ps Show Hide Advance DLS User Manual Page 321 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited When displaying a bibliographic record the New New Subscription button allows creation of a subscription record Home gt Catalog Details for International journal of Russian studies Labeled MARC Checkout history Modification log ap New v ES Edit y E Save y f Add to List E Print Place Request A 239 50 Search New Record New Item New Summary New Subscription ournal of Russian studies y zhurna ikh isstec Rusya ara t rmalar dergisi y Type Y Continuing Resource Publisher Ankara Turkey Mustafa Yasar 2008 ISSN
197. ction pull down to toggle the tag Home gt Reports gt Guided Reports Wizard gt Saved Reports Build and Run Reports Saved Reports ild N pui ew All Saved Reports Statistics x Create from SQL Go Reports Dictionary Select an action View Dictionary Report click title to edit rate nd community Resouces Statistics collstat 06 11 2013 06 11 2013 aame Repanse ibrary Delete Report Statistics Last month s checkouts and renewals by item type 12 12 2013 12 12 2013 a 7 ptfs ptfs 13375 kii New items created last month by call number branch 12 13 2013 12 13 2013 x Statistics 3 8 4 Sample Report Library LibLime maintains a library of sample SQL reports at http cdn kohalibrary com c Docs LibLimeSampleReports htm This document is updated as new reports are requested or table schema changed there s a link to it on the Reports main menu page DLS User Manual Page 166 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 8 5 Canned and Statistical Reports There are several generic reports available from the main reports menu and several statistical wizards These can provide general information but cannot be altered beyond the setup options included In some cases a more targeted SQL query might be better Some of these reports are obsolete and will be removed in a future version Home gt Reports Reports Guided Re
198. culator Bergey s manual of determinative bacteriology 4 Precalculus 3 5 4 Items Lost Count of Checkouts 420 ero 143 105 Basic Mathematics Annotated Instructor s Edition 97 This report lists items that have been marked lost The setup menu has options to limit by library item type or particular lost status and an option to sort DLS User Manual Page 170 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Lost Items Order by Barcode Library ay tem Type a Lost Status yy Submit The report output gives details about the title and item Lost Items 360 lost tems found Lost Date last Title Author Barcode Price Rep Price Library hemtype Holdingbranch Location Notes Code seen 10 000 ideas for tarm papers Lamm 37570000156041 2009 05 29 WCC BOOK WCOCO CIRCULATING projects and Kathryn oe reports 101 tips for Weaniasen scoring high on S7 570000154806 2009 05 29 WECO Book WCC CIRCULATING Thomas H ETS the LSAT E 1984 ee 37570000051713 2009 05 29 WECO BOOK WEGCC CIRCULATING oler century 37570000304656 2009 05 29 WECO BOOK WCCC CIRCULATING A basic guide for Tenus valuing a a 37570000487545 2009 05 29 WECO BOOK WCOCO CIRCULATING company i i A book of Fairbank 37570000195973 2009 05 29 WCCC BOOK WECC CIRCULATING scripts Alfred J R A brief guide to Krogh 37570000537778 2009 12 0
199. d DLS User Manual Page 231 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Koha Cataloging Editor Record View MFHD 62237 bib 62107 Parent record 62107 Water Save status Record type MFHD Items Manage No changes Status Linked MFHD Record Bib 1 Last saved 2014 05 02 20 03 10 Item count 1 MFHD 1 62107 Water x MFHD 62237 bib 62107 x 000 ua 001 62237 004 62107 852 a MMC c YMAD h Alphabetical by Title To see further details about the MFHD and the item records click Manage and the MFHD and item details will display as shown below Items for Water Record 62107 Maintain MARC Holdings Record Show Hide items MFHD id Library Shelving Location Call Number Edit hide items 62237 MMC YMAD Alphabetical by Title W Source of Not Date Withdrawn Lost classification Damaged Permanent Current Shelving Date Total Total Full call Bole a status status or shelving status ives location location location acquired Checkouts Renewals number ies ltems scheme Edit Del Relink lec ds WALDO pyp 2007 11 1 Alphabetical 33503000818170 2914 ll as a branch MMM Collectio E 26 by Title W z 03 11 Checkout history gt When and if a MFHD needs to be deleted the first step is to either delete OR unlink items linked to the MFHD if the items are unlinked they WILL remain linked to bib Linking of MFHD to items
200. d Item type Any tem terns itemcallnumber location hetween and tem Filter location A Location terms location is Notseen Fa since Skip copies _ on loan Show so items Beginning at jo offset Subrnit Use a barcode file Barcode aes X file Browse invharcodes tet Setdate 14 99 2013 Es last seen to Submit You can do this as an incremental process scan a section upload that file and process then scan another section 4 9 2 Using the Inventory Tool This part of the tool can be used if you want to manage a section at a time defined by call number item type shelving location An easy way to work with this part of the tool would be to take a laptop out into the stacks and compare the screen results to the shelf In this example it will check a particular call number range at one branch DLS User Manual Page 68 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Inventory Stocktaking Select items you want to check p Library LibLime University De tem type any i e sr Item goo items itemcallnumber location between MN and ggg tem Filter location Location tems location s MN Notseen 01 01 2013 Fa Since Skip copies Y MN on loan Show so items Beginning at jg offset Submit Make your desired selections on the left hand side o
201. d the Receiving grid and the Invoicing POLC Finder windows You can enter a long note be aware that the display area in the three windows may not display your entire note For continuations it may be useful to include the call number location and handling instructions Orders Edit PO Line f PO Line Notes New Purchase Order Line Note s Edit selected Delete selected B Print O Download Note Type call AG243 G87 year REF move old edition to circulating collection Receiving Save Cancel 13 17 3 Receiving Standing Orders There are two possible workflows for receiving The first one is to receive the item after clicking on Receiving in the Dashboard The second is to receive items during invoicing and will be described in the Invoice section below To receive items click Receive on the left side of the acquisitions main Dashboard A pop up window will appear with a drop down box to select the vendor Choose the appropriate vendor for the items you are receiving and click the Select button Select Vendor Vendor Account Me A list of the titles to be received from that vendor will be displayed DLS User Manual Page 311 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited f orders T receive 2 Mark as Received Title Location Order Type Cryptonomicona novel Music Library Guiness Book of World Reco Bookmobile S
202. d Credit Reset The payment is applied and reflected on the Accounts screen DLS User Manual Page 125 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Account Account history Create manual invoice Submit partial payment Current fines Action Date Description of charges Library ltemtype Overdue Anger management cn El 05 08 2013 Eros As ABS 2009 View item deb Overdue Video games cr E 121172013 469 324 852 53 2003 View item WCC Book Overdue The most of S J Perelman El 1211712013 lon PS3531 E6544A6 1980 View item e Book chee Total accruing ines Total overpayments Total due 5 12 2 Estimated Fines Fee type Overdue Fine Overdue Fine Overdue Fine Original amt 0 60 10 00 10 00 0 00 Outstanding 3 50 10 00 10 00 0 00 23 50 Patrons with items that are currently overdue and accruing charges will show an estimated fine for those items Account Account history Create manual invoice Submit partial payment Current fines Action Date Description of charges Library htemtype Fee type i Accruing averdue charge for Readings Estimated E 244172011 on Hamlet due 0412 2011 on WCCO Book fae PRESO R4 1999 View item Accruing overdue charge for William Estimated E 04172011 Shakespeare due 04 12 2011 cn WYCCC Book fue PR2981 5 H55 1993 View item Accruing
203. dd oe Summary Holdings 13 Titin Motema Subscriptions Commenta gn Libia rm Collection op LibLime Ariel Be Parte eal Library rertai d 3 pare 1 Demo Library Library Collection a ae Copy Status Motos aa mems LibLime Linders bye cell Periodical Bree Mar for aan Deena Library E Shalt Issue Records reflect the individual physical piece for example the May issue of Consumer Reports The Journal of nursing education m Normal View Ol MARC View Ol Expanded MARC View Do Cara View itt Typo eS Continuing Resource Publisher New York N Y gt Glackiston Division MeGraw Mill 61002 Description v i 25 cm General Note The Journal of Nursing Education provides a forum for peer reviewed orignal articles and new ideas for nurse educatora ad enthancos ho tinaching uarnirr perenne prormnotes Caurriccasherrs devoeloperent arc temmlalos coreastives rov elders ara reemencerest 4 rs features including educational innovations rosoarch briofs and syllabus selections Subeeribors can also boro frorn our foalurod Ori before they appear in the print issue from journmiofnuraingeducation com ISSN 0148 4834 Rolated Subjects Nursing Study ara tonchira United States Poreccdicats Education Nursing Untied States Periodicals Tage from this library No tags from this library for this ttle di Subscription Holdings 1 Title Notes o ee This is a serial subscription There are 1 subscrip
204. ders Setup 13 17 1 1 Vendors Review your vendor accounts to ensure that you have continuation accounts created Some vendors create multiple accounts with one account usually being for continuations The example below shows a vendor record that has multiple accounts Orders f Purchase Order search for world All Vendors Edit Baker amp Taylor Y Save E Cancel Vendor Rank Primary pe Preferred Order Method Paper PO Ke Vendor Status Active bi Order Type Currency United States Dollar Vendor Code B amp T Vendor Name Baker amp Taylor Internal Vendor Code BT All Vendor Accounts Vendor Notes New Vendor Account lit lt I ete sel 2 Print Download Vendor Account Vendor Vendor Account Number Internal Account Number Vendor Account Status Created Time B amp T Books Baker amp Taylor 86421357 IAN 86421357 Active 02 04 2010 B amp T Continuations Baker amp Taylor 79135246 Active 02 04 2010 B amp T AV Baker amp Taylor AV84756 Active 02 04 2010 13 17 1 2 Order Types You can set the order type at the vendor record level the vendor account level the purchase order PO or the purchase order line POL When an order type is entered at the vendor record level or the vendor account level the order type field will be populated in the PO and the POL If you have one account with a vendor but want to identify the order type in the PO or the POL leave the order type in the vendor and vend
205. duplication of this material is prohibited Product Upload File Choose File dig object1 JPG Catalog Source Y GUIDE UUID Metadata Schema NONE v Upload If your site is using cataloging access control the user must select a cataloging source from the pulldown The user will only see entries for which he has permission see the section on granular permissions earlier in the User Manual If access control is not being used that field will not show Use the Choose File option to navigate to the object file If your site uses the catalog source access control feature select the collection from that pulldown You will only see the collections for which you have permissions If desired this can be site specific choose the desired Metadata Schema from the list provided in the drop down menu If you choose a Metadata Scheme fill out additional information required Metadata Schema AW Standard DOrientation No Orientation AZIMUtA Created Tile Notes Upload For Notes you can add more than one entry click the sign to display an additional data entry field DLS User Manual Page 272 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited When you have finished click the Upload button You will ordinarily see a success popup 1f there 1s a problem the popup will indicate that no file was uploaded 1 File s found 0
206. duplication of this material is prohibited click the Mark Seen or Mark Seen and Continue button at the bottom of the screen You can also use the Select All or Clear All links at the bottom to affect everything on the screen Inventory Stocktaking Select All Clear All Seen Barcode Ne E Title Unseen since 01 00308683 91 NUEg ej 1 Nueva Geograf a Universal Ilustrada 11 03 2012 01 0030862 912 ATL ej 1 Atlas de los bosques nativos 1103 2072 3257000005 24624 970 2 Sequoyah 12412012 35r 00000524625 970 4 Sequoyah 12412012 975 21 4M21 1970 Benim Kitab n 120 l l 1108 2012 Comlekel Kamil 982 LE h ej 1 Nueva historia Argentina 01 0018554 l 1103 20142 Levene Gustavo Gabriel 982 LEV ej 1 hueva historia Argentina 01 001853 11 03 2012 Levene Gustavo Gabriel 982 LEVc ej 1 Nueva historia Argentina 01 0018556 1103 20142 Levene Gustavo Gabriel 982 LEVn ej 1 Nueva Historia Argentina 01 0018656 11 03 2012 Levene Gustavo Gabriel 982 LEVp ej 1 Nueva historia Argentina 01 0018555 1103 2012 Scroll to the bottom for the action buttons m Select All Clear AIN p Mark seen Mark Seen and Continue Contin e without Wlarking gt 01 001 222 01 001 219 997 ROS ej 1 Historia Argentina Rosa Jos Maria 11 03 2012 9827 ROSH ej 1 Historia argentina Rosa Jos Maria 11 03 2012 Mark Seen will flag only the records on this particular screen Mark See
207. e The program works by trying to match on existing records using the patron cardnumber or in some cases a unique patron attribute If a match 1s found the import process specifies whether to overwrite the existing record with the new one or to ignore the new one and keep the existing record If matching record is already in the borrowers table ix Ignore this one keep the existing one C Overwrite the existing one with this Import You can also fill in default values for various fields these will be used for every record in the import Be aware that if a field exists in the csv file it will automatically overwrite that field in the existing patron record even if the incoming field is empty For example if you include the login ID and password fields userid password but don t supply a value those fields will be wiped For this reason ONLY include in the csv file the fields you want to update plus the required fields of surname branchcode and categorycode the patron s last name home library code and patron category code Any import must include those three fields and you must use the policy code rather than the description For example if your patron category code is FAC and the description is Faculty use FAC in the import file Policy codes are case sensitive you must enter the code exactly as it was created As an example if you want to change the patron expiration date for a group of patrons you would
208. e DLS User Manual Page 79 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The notice text can be modified as desired see Notices When an item has been recalled the patron will no longer be able to renew it through the Discovery Layer NOTE Placing a hold with a recall will NOT move that patron to the head of the priority queue The recall is issued prompting the original borrower to return the item but the first entry in the holds priority list will be the hold that s triggered If staff are placing a recall for a particular patron and want to make sure that patron gets the item first you must manually reorder the holds priority list to make that patron first 4 11 6 Triggering a Hold As mentioned in the Circulation Checkin section when an item is checked in the system will see if there is a hold If so a screen message will alert staff Hold Found The State of the language f Hold for pits pits fadmin_ 2 100 Main street Your Town 00123 Hold at LibLime University Demo Library Confirm hold E Print Slip and Confirm Ignore Usually you will confirm the hold with or without printing a hold slip to place in the item Under rare circumstances you might want to ignore the hold so that you can give the item to someone else If you click Print Slip and Confirm the system will open a pop up window with information about the hold Date
209. e gt kem Type Call Number Barcode Priority Delete 053202013 Columbia journalism review Periodical 1 Mo Cancel Marked Requests You can take actions on the various side or bottom tabs as needed check out or renew items cancel holds pay fines etc DLS User Manual Page 103 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 5 3 Editing a Patron From a patron Details display screen you can edit the entire record or segments of 1t For the entire record click the Edit button on the toolbar For just one segment click the text Edit link below that display Home gt Patrons gt Patron Details for Jane smith 23456 y Jane smith 2345678901 gt Mew ef Edit Change Password S Print e Ms Jane smith 2345673901 123 Main Street Library use Your Town US 12345 Card number 23456705901 e Email home addressi yahoo com Borrowernumber 14527 Initials Category Public Patron PATRON 123 Main Street Date of birth Registration date 12 04 2015 Your Town US 12345 Sex Expiration date 12042015 Library LibLime University Dero Library address yahoo com r Edit Category Public Patron OPAC login 2345670901 PATRON OPAC password a Home Library LibLime Upload Patron Image University Demo Library Edit y 4 You will be taken into a full or partial edit screen the same display as for creating
210. e displayed Fill in as much information as you have available including the List Price and Discounted Price DLS User Manual Page 297 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited New PO Line Title Author OCLC Number EAN13 ISBN ISSN ISMN UPC Publisher Date of Publication Binding Volume Part Edition Description Place of Publication Order Type Status Close Reason Bibliographic Record ID Koha Subscription ID Order Line Reference List Price Vendor Account Discount Discount Discounted Price Prepaid Rush Allow Backorder Backordered Manufacturer Number Supplier Number Open 0 000 Defaults to vend acct discount OOO ZY Save EY Cancel Choosing the add PO line From Search option will display a 39 50 search window and allow you to search any target already set up in Configuration 1 Search Targets The results display will also indicate from which target the results were retrieved z39 50 Search Search florida facts Title max 100 4 nertarget QGo Close Title Author Publisher BR ID Florida facts differently Zimmerman Louis P H Michelsen Florida facts differently For your convenience Facts for immigrants C Zimmerman L P fro West Coast Plan Servi Wells George W Dept of Highway Safgt Dept of Highway Safet Prin
211. e links You can also choose to link the items to a different holdings record with the Relink Items button or the link next to the item Items for Water Record 62107 Maintain MARC Holdings Record Show Hide items Edit Y Relink items KK hide items Source of Not Withdrawn Lost classification Damaged for status status or shelving status si Items scheme Edit Del Relink lec Note that if you choose Edit under Maintain MARC Holdings Records you will be taken to the Cataloging Editor 9 5 3 Delete Item s You can delete an individual item by clicking the Delete link next to it at the top of the Edit Items screen You can also delete multiple items in one pass by clicking the check box next to the items DLS User Manual Page 236 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Items for United States code annotated Record 20526 Y WV Select Not Serial all none AREA Withdrawn Lost Damaged Collection Permanent Current Shelving Date ee for status status status code location location location acquired loan chronology deletion LibLime LibLime a a Reference University University Reference ana ne 90 49 4n7_ EN 4 Delete Edit book Demo Demo Collection RAN Library Library LibLime LibLime A Reference University University Reference ANANE DO AD ANEA Delete Edit book Demo Demo Collection 2209 05 29 42 405 406 Library Lib
212. e on date A cron job misc cronjobs holds resume_suspended_reserves pl runs nightly to reactivate any suspended holds for the current date To suspend a hold in staff mode go to either the patron record or the title record In the patron record scroll to the bottom of the Details screen and click the On Hold tab You will see all holds for that patron and can use the pulldown to select Yes for the hold s you want to suspend DLS User Manual Page 77 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited m Checked Out Fines amp Charges On Hold Patron current holds Hold p Item Call PE Resume e rs rs rs e dle e J e ale Title The Number 7 Barcode Priority Suspended On Delete Columbia 0320 2013 journalism Periodical 1 No E Mo EA The state of the Audio 08719 2014 Eden Books 1 E Mo State save Changes A If you want to specify a resume date click the calendar button to open the gadget Move to the desired date and click 1t Checked Out Fines amp Charges On Hold Patron current holds Hold p litem Call ae Resume F ea a ale le En le JS da date Title Fane Hunter Barcode Priority Suspended On Delete Columbia September 2014 03 20 2013 journalism Periodical Mo ad E Today Po z review Wk Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat The state 35 i gt 3 4 5 6 pagoy othe ue so 7 amp 9 10 11 iz 13 aa
213. e to investigate the causes leading to the wreck of the White Star liner Titanic Search terms within the search result set can also be highlighted for quick visibility For example if the Highlight button is selected the search term is shown in a different colored font in the search results set oz The state of the Garden State by Riccards Michael P Highlight 3 5 1 Saved Searches If you are logged in search results can be saved for future use Click on Save this Search under the All Results button DLS User Manual Page 29 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited A Selected Allresute Highlight Defaukt fitter on 3 E Save this search El 1 Garden p by Moody ve Score 010 Downoad Format Bo Publisher and date Boston Little Grown c1997 You will be prompted to name the saved search Save Search Please name this saved searcn name waters Save Cancel When a user has searches saved and is logged in to the DLS an option Saved Searches will display in the masthead Academic Koha Library Catalog Any collection Y ES Home Advanced Search Mew Titles Course Reserves Browse by Subject TagCloud Batch Manager Saved Searches HE Users with staff permission can see Saved Searches via the More option from the staff masthead DLS User Manual Page 30 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct
214. e tos All Tov nar Mmanarir 260 a gt PUBLICATION DISTRIBUTION ETC IMPRINT F Place of publication distribution etc F Loc help The Library of Congress or rules are reviewed each time a bib record is edited Any field or subfield that is in conflict with these rules has a visual clue a red shading in the field and or subfield label For instance this bib record below the fields and subfields that are in conflict with the LOC rules are shaded in red DLS User Manual Page 202 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited d 090 tlal G63 E b G46 2000 2450 0 a Geography 246 3 a Instant reference geography 246 1 8 2 a Teach yourself instant reference geography t 246 3 a Teach yourself geography 260 t a Lincolnwood lll F b NTC Contemporary Pub t c c2000 300 fa 204p fb il fe 20cm d 440 o a Instant reference 1 o San Esteban 31517 A bib record with two 243 fields will display both fields in red indicating to the cataloger that there 1s a problem 2450 0 a Rolling 2450 0 7 al 9 3 3 Expanded MARC View Another option for viewing the record is to see the subfields on separate lines rather than on the same line as shown in other screenshots To see this view when the record is displayed choose View Expanded subfield View Koha Cataloging Editor Record View it Split view 6181 Ga
215. earch results will show in the window underneath the display of the search terms Authority records Authority search Search for all authors y starting with term s Y shakespeare sorted A Z Authority Search Results 118 results Previous 2 3 4 5 6 7 Next Titles in Authorized Headings catalog Edit Shakespeare and Company Paris France 0 titles Open in editor Linked from tab nnaa Shakespeare and Company Paris Shakespeare Association of America 1 title Open in editor Linked from tab Shakespeare of America Association Shakespeare Film Company 1 title Open in editor tab Shakespeare Oxford Society 1 title Open in editor tab Shakespeare William 1564 1616 20 titles Open in editor Linked from tab Shakspir Shakspeare William 1564 1616 Sek spiri Uiliam 1564 1616 Saixper Gouilliam 1564 1616 Shakspere William 1564 1616 Shikisbir Wilyam 1564 1616 Szekspir Wiliam 1564 1616 Sekspyras 1564 1616 Shekspir Viliam 1564 1616 DLS User Manual Page 239 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The above image shows a search for any authority starting with Shakespeare The search results display lists the heading and shows how many titles in the system are using 1t It also has a link to open the heading in the Cataloging Editor 9 6 2 Creating Authority Records You can create a new authority record from scr
216. ed Click the Show Authorities Cart button to continue DLS User Manual Add selected to cart Cart has 2 authorities empty Show authorities cart Page 245 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited A new screen opens with your records listed Click the radio button next to the one you want to keep and then click Merge Authorities Authority Cart Keep Heading Type Associated bibs Wagner H Personal Name 2 biblio s Oo Wagner Hank Personal Name 1 biblio s Merge Authorities Cancel That heading will be kept and any bibs attached to the other heading will be transferred to the one you choose to keep The Cart window will close Back on the authorities search screen you may need to wait a few minutes for the indexing to catch up with the changes Then refresh your browser to see the results the count of associated bibs should increase on the record you kept and the other one should show zero At this point you can empty your borrower cart and delete the second record Add selected to cat Show authorities cart Cart has 2 authorities empty Authority search results 12 3 Next gt gt Results 1 to 20 of 42 Select Summary Wagner Andrea Wagner Edward Wagner H Wagner H Wagner Hank Vii aa at E a
217. edule a search to run daily 1f you select this option a nightly cron job will run the search and email the results to you DLS User Manual Page 373 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 17 21 Map Geospatial Functionality Bibliographic records with key data in the 034 field Coded Cartographic Mathematical Data will display in a map if the GeoSpatial options are configured upon install See the section under Searching for more information and tips 18 Basic System Configuration and Administration There are a great many options and settings for configuring the DLS Most of these will be reviewed and set at implementation and will not need further attention unless library policies change Some will need additional entries as time goes on such as calendar closed dates item types patron categories circulation rules and course reserves Access to configuration options is limited to staff users with administrative or superlibrarian rights See the separate Superlibrarian Training and Configuration Guide for details about system setup and management 19 Discovery Layer Configuration Various sections of the Discovery Layer can be customized for appearance or functionality This is done through the Discovery Layer configuration editor Access to this new editor requires superlibrarian rights you will also need to log into the Discovery Layer The older OP
218. ee the section on creating and editing records later in this manual 3 Circulation and Material Management 4 1 Checking Out The most frequent circulation activity is checking materials out to a user In a standard library scenario a patron will bring an item to the circulation desk It s assumed that library staff have the item in hand but will need to look up the patron record Therefore a patron search 1s the first step in a checkout A checkout can be started from many places in the staff client On the home landing screen a search box allows staff to search for a patron record Circulation Check out to Ok Check in Transfers Searches can also be done from the main Circulation menu or by clicking the Check Out tab at the top of most staff client screens Circulation Patrons Search More v LibLime University Demo Library Set Hello ptfs Logout A Submit Academic Koha Search the Catalog Check Out Check In Home gt Circulation N Circulation Check Out Circulation Reports Check In ar E Process call slip requests Transfer PEAN Holds Queue Course Reserves A oe Holds awaiting pickup Interlibrary Loan Requests Hold ratios Transfers to receive Overdues Warning This report can be very resource intensive on systems with large numbers of overdue items DLS User Manual Page 50 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is pro
219. eeded 5 6 Importing Patrons Many organizations need to batch load patrons with data from a central database such as a registrar s office If you have permission you can do this under Tools Import Patrons You will need to create a csv file with the borrower table fields You can download a sample csv file from the tool DLS User Manual Page 106 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home gt Tools gt Import Patrons Tools Home News Labels spine and barcode Calendar Notices Notice status triggers Moderate OPAC comments Moderate patron tags Log viewer Inventory stocktaking Auth Import staging Import Patrons Select a file to import into the borrowers table lf a cardnumber exists in the table you can choose whether to ignore the new one or overwrite the old one Import into the borrowers table Selectthe Browse No file selected file to import Field to use for record matching Cardnumber y Notes Download a starter CSY file with all the columns here Values are comma separated OR format your file in CSY format with the following fields o surname firstname title othernames initials streetnumber streettype address address2 city Zipcode country email phone mobile fax emailpro phonepro b_streetnumber
220. een so that another item could be processed Checking out to Nathan Smith 31338 Enter tem barcode or text Check Out Search the Catalog Find Item using Advanced Search Specify Due Date i 22 2015 Fa Remember tor Session Tr Clear 1 Checkout s 1 Holds 2 Title Git eel Barcode SUSE Renewals Renew SEs date Type no by In Threshold of war Mathan 11222013 by Heinrichs BOOK fea 2870000140447 Smith O ee aldo H 31868 ae Renew Checked Items Renew All You can continue checking items out to that user use the Checkout tab at the top of the screen to search for another patron record or use one of the menus or breadcrumb links to navigate somewhere else in the staff client If the syspref CheckoutTimeout has a value the system will pop up a warning after the specified inactivity period Checkin A A A A AA TA Enter iter Gire timeout Are you finished with this patron search t wour cire session with this patron will end in 12 seconds Specity Due Return to Circ Home Cantinue with this patron If you do nothing the timeout will eventually return the screen to the Circulation menu Click the Continue with this patron button to remain on the patron screen This is a privacy feature for environments where the staff screen might be visible to users 4 2 Checkout Messages Warnings and Blocks Before you take any action look at the Patron Checkout screen It may display va
221. em may request a recall This will show as an option in the holds pop up window DLS User Manual Page 362 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 17 14 Call Slips and Document Delivery If configured Call Slip and Document Delivery features let patrons place requests on items in closed stacks or remote storage for retrieval by the staff Most call slip and document delivery requests are placed by the patron in the Discovery Layer The patron must be logged in to place a request Search for the item that is wanted when it is retrieved click on the Place Request or Document Delivery links at the right of the detailed bibliographic record Engineers dictionary Search Results Navigator by Fob Louis A Format Book Previous Result list Mext Subjects DICCIONARIO Publisher and date M xico Comania Editorial Continental 1975 Description 664 paginas General Note s Con abreviaturasEn Ingl s Espa ol Summary 40251 available of 1 copy Title Actions Place hold 0 holds Add to Cart Place hold e Place Request Holdings 1 Comments Document Delivery i Print This will open the Request screen as a pop up search Call Slip Request Engineers dictionary title Eni Request type by Rg callstip Forma Subjei Hot needed after Publis 01 31 2014 m Descri Gener Pickun lib Summ ES LibLime University Demo
222. emo Library o LibLime University Demo Library o LibLime University Demo Library 3 All Number of copies 1 Co Pages from 1 Collate 114 214 313 o LibLime University Demo Library select 2 The state of the Garden State by Riccards Michael P Cancel Publisher and date Trenton N J Hall Items o LibLime University Demo Library Main Collection Circulating Book JK3516 573 2006 3 State amp local government by Publisher and date Guilford Ct Dushkin Pub Group c1984 Items o LibLime University Demo Library Main Collection Circulating Book JK2403 475 1987 88 You can add items to the cart and print them without being logged in but you must log into your account to be able to email them or add them to a list In addition your patron account record must have an email address for validation When you are finished with this group of records you can empty the cart and close the window 3 5 3 Downloading Full MARC or Digital Objects Using the cart for downloading will produce a text output with limited fields print download output is controlled by the message template send_bib_batch If for some reason you need a complete download of the full MARC record from a search results list you can do so in XML format From the search results screen click All Results and select Export MA Selected Allresuts Highlight Default fitter on E Save this search F1 Garden Print by Moody Ea Email e Download
223. emplates Templates define the paper and dimensions of the label stock New Layout Templates Template le Avery 5160 1 x 2 5 8 Gaylord 851 1 Spine Label Avery 5460 Wertical Awer 5460 spine labels Amery 8163 cards HEB PCooos Aver 5260 Description 3 columns 10 rows of labels Prints only the left hand column of a Gaylord 8511 2rows x 5 rows Avery 5160 1 x 258 1 x 2 58 310 equivalent Gaylord JD ML3000 A template for home brewed patron card forms Avery 5260 1 x 2 5 8 Set Active Template Mew Label Template Edit Edit Mew Printer Profile Delete Delete C Delete Delete i Delete i Las Delete C_J Delete C_I Delete C Delete C Create a New Template or Edit an existing one to match the label stock you will be using It will be helpful to have a ruler and the actual label stock in front of you Note the forms will look different depending on whether you are creating a NEW template or editing an existing one The new template form displays as below Create Label Template Template Code Template Description Units inches Page Width Page Height Label Width Label Height Top Page Margin Left Page Margin Number of Columns Number of Rows Gap between Columns Gap between Rows Font Times Roman Font Size Active DLS User Manual Page 262 Copyright 2014 b
224. en linked to that course Courses List Mew Course Edit Course Put Items On Reserve Course Name Introduction to Psychology Term SPR Department PSYCH Course Number 1000 Section 001 Instructors Staff Note Public Note Students Count Course Status enabled Activation Dates Title Call Item Collection Shelving Libra Staff Public Number Type Code Location ne Note Note On killing the psychological cost of 22 3 G6 Reserve Reserve Reserve Circ Eastern Remove learning to kill in war and society 1996 Book Material Desk Branch 4 14 3 Suspending or Deleting Courses Materials designated for Course Reserve will retain any temporary item type collection code and shelving location settings for as long as their corresponding course is Enabled and will display in the Discovery Layer DLS User Manual Page 94 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited If a course will not be repeated 1t can be deleted NOTE any items currently checked out will need to be checked in and all items removed from the courselist before a course can be deleted To delete a course click the Delete link from the main course display page Circulation Course Reserves If a course is not taught every semester you may want to keep the course itself but suspend it From the main course display page click the Edit link and scroll down to the bottom of the course
225. en transferred 150 Total amount of fines forgiven transferred 109 45 Commit results Fines forgiven transferred c Surname Firstname Branch Description Accounttype Amount Item type Action F E Five families the rise decline and resurgence of America s Rose Jessica S most powerful Mafia empires 37570000528504 Overdue Five FINE 0 50 BOOK FORGIVE families the rise decl Engel Krystle Charlotte s web 1 37570000509868 Overdue Charlotte s web EINE 0 50 FORGIVE ng Lynn E B White Coba Joseph The slave community 37570000127349 Overdue The slave FINE 1 50 FORGIVE community plantatio Snider Jaanas The essential transcendentalists 1 37570000521400 Overdue FINE 0 25 BOOK FORGIVE The essential transcendentalis The Concord auartet Alcott Emerson Hawthorne Thoreau The Forgiven Fines tool will allow staff to download a list of patron names and fine amounts This list could be sent to a registrar bursar s office for processing DLS User Manual Page 132 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 6 Role Patrons and Default Permissions A Role patron 1s a record which can be used to assign default permissions and messaging options for both staff and patrons Staff and patron records can then be linked to the role or roles and the role s defaults are inherited by the user This linking can be done either individually in the user record or by l
226. enibar Formula Library CNCE Grace days paring Public note jg D Nonpublic noe Patron reefs 8 choc Staff and Public Dia play baj imatt a library i Teal Predicticn Patter Reset Paten Save subscription Shee Hide Advanced Patiem Mumbar of issues to display bo staff E Huenb r of laaus ta dis play t th pubie 4 A completed subscription might look something like the following screen capture The Test Prediction button allows a preview of the pattern s rollover and 1s required prior to saving DLS User Manual Page 322 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Add a new subscription HARTO ae Sensis planning An ron Fritas piin ston Llraran pi hepery nemh sm Sears ty a venger Warned onn Geest tr Bais Creme Brin 29048 Reqana Ps tory create 3 Gath PO ina when recetveng then serial Namboci volume Mumba al derma create a Orti FO ine when recetring es perur Create an Bem totara when teca teng Mus neral do net create es tem record when receiving the seria Lar ara cas Lltrary ms rn Cema tae ary oS cres a tirar Gente taya pared Pubic subo Cimeri yas in Perra Departmen on nd toor sobe Pavon QA A ALS nata ton Stat end Polea Dew pd y Murder of mues to Ga play to s st 13 Number of nues to den pley to the publ 1 Mune The fubecnipton mat de OUa wth as dape recor Vou fr
227. er and set rush to NO and allow backorder to yes 08 DA 2012 Mew POL Template Template Mame OneCopyJuvFic List Price Discounted Price Prepaid Rush Allow Backorder a Save E39 Cancel Upon saving you 1l be taken to a new screen to add copies to your template This comes in handy 1f you frequently order a set number of copies for each library for example Click New DLS User Manual Page 286 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited just as you would in a PO line You can then select the appropriate location and whether or not to create an item record on receipt Templates Template 13 x wf Save Template Name NewBooksFic Prepaid Eal No List Price O Rush Mm No ak ab ab Discounted Price MI Allow Backorder MW Yes Copies New Edit B Fund Delete Location Create on Receipt El Main Library true To apply a template to a PO line create a PO and a PO line In the Edit PO Line screen click the Apply Template button A list of available templates will appear Choose one and click Select The copies and settings from that template will be applied to the PO line Apply Template Template Name Created At MewbBooks Fic 1214 2013 Total tems 1 Selected ems o P298 Size 15 7 Pw w Select ER Cancel 13 8 Setting up EDI To configure a vendor for EDI select EDI Targets in the Configuration menu on
228. er gt EM E Default values surname My Computer firstname L S title My Network File name patror update csv hd laces othernames A Files of type an Files v Cancel That puts the filename into the tool Import Patrons Select a file to import into the borrowers table Ifa cardnumber exists in the table you can choose whether to ignore the new one or overwrite the old one import into the borrowers table Select the Browse patron update csy file to import Then make sure your other settings are what you want and click Import at the bottom of the screen DLS User Manual Page 108 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited lf matching record is already in the borrowers table C Ignore this one keep the existing one ie Owerwrite the existing one with this Import The system will process the import file and give you a summary results screen Import Patrons import results O imported records 3 overwritten last was Smith 231 O not imported because already in borrowers table and overwrite disabled O not imported because they are not in the expected format 3 records parsed Back to Tools 5 7 Upload Patron Images If configured syspref patronimages the DLS can display a picture of the patron in staff mode This 1s primarily used in school and public library settings but may be helpful
229. er Type Purchase Order Lines also called POLs store the Bibliographic Record data associated with a title you are ordering Copies store the Location information and are used to Receive the material as well as to create an Item record in the DLS 13 1 Setting up Acquisitions Under Home Administration Global System Preferences Acquisitions the GetItAcquisitions syspref must be turned on Permissions to acquisitions are set according to the user s Role or individual staff permissions See that section of the DLS User Manual for more information on creating Patrons and assigning Roles The rest of the configuration is done within the Acquisitions module itself go into Acquisitions and use the menu links there DLS User Manual Page 276 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Before staff can use the acquisitions module you will need to configure vendors and funds Go to Acquisitions and use the Vendors and Funds link in the left sidebar menu You should also work through the options under the Configuration section of the sidebar menu G et T Library Acquisitions search Orders vendors Invoices show Advanced x Orders Dashboard Orders Orders QNew Edit Delete _jPrint Receive PO Number Lin Vendor Account PO Status Total Price Created At Created By w Invoices Vendors Funds Suggestions Reports User Guide Configuration Lo
230. er line POL with a type of Continuations After you ve received several issues a purchase price history will accumluate Also note that the Receiving Note column has a live link to the Koha Check In for this title Clicking on the link will open a new window and display the Subscription information for the specific title Again the first line shows the order was set up as a standing order which DLS User Manual Page 316 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited subsequently triggers a new POL and the second line shows that each receipt will create a new purchase order line When the expected issue 1s received the subscription record will be updated with the purchase order number Subscription information Subscription ID 732 Librarian identity becky Vendor EBSCO Biblio 200839 Austrian history yearbook Library WLD Serial receipt creates a Getit PO line on PO 467 Serial receipt does not create an item record Grace period 0 Location Reference 13 19 Acquisitions Reports Several canned reports are available on the main acquisitions page Reports are links to complex SQL queries that can be run from the interface if the staff person has the appropriate permissions Report queries parameters and column names are stored in SQL tables so that new reports can be added rapidly an interface to allow users to build their own reports could
231. er to be managed by Acquisitions The Purchase Requests option is located on the left side of the acquisitions dashboard and will display all suggestions DLS User Manual Page 305 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited g h Tarmets Search targuts EDI Targets Developer Options Patron suggestions are initiated via the Discovery Layer see that section for more details Library staff review recent suggestions and click the green Accept or red Reject button to accept or reject the suggestion If the patron has elected to be notified upon various status changes the Notifications column will display these statuses Suggestions Accept Reject 1 Add to PO sA Notifications Tithe Author Note Status Reason PO Number Requested By Hold For Course Name WNotifications American Snipe Chris Kyle ACCEPTED William Adair Wiliam Adair SOC 304 ACC ORD REC AVA In the screen capture above patron Lucy Lockburner has requested the title Proof of Heaven and has indicated she would like to be notified upon Acceptance of the Request ACC and Receipt of the title in the library REC The patron can choose to be notified when suggestion 1S e Accepted ACC e Rejected REJ e Ordered ORD e Received REC e Available AVA NOTE A Suggestion must be approved Accepted before it can be added to a PO and a PO must al
232. ers Note The items are exported by this tool unless specified Select Records to Export Database query Import batch Saved search Biblionumber s 13501 13509 139211 13250 eg 4 5 6 66 99 4990 5720 9999 tem type All 4 Library All From termcallnumber To termcallnumber DLS User Manual Page 270 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 12 Digital Object Handling DES Systems Only For sites using the full DLS system digital objects can be uploaded as well as MARC records In staff mode digital objects are uploaded through More Add Digital Content Search More Hide Mastheac Lists Cataloging Editor Add Digital Content save searches oerials Acquisitions You can also allow your users to upload digital objects from the Discovery Layer The easiest way is to assign the DLSO permissions to the Role record associated with that patron category see the Roles and Granular Permissions sections above Then in the Discovery Layer to add a digital object click on Add Content from the masthead Academic Koha Keyword Y Search the catalog ES Ill Shelves v Terre Home Advanced search Mew Titles Browse Tag Cloud Add Content Either the staff or patron load opens a screen with options DLS User Manual Page 271 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized
233. ersity Demo Branch Library Use Restrictions pena Collection Giden Code Holding no change Y Paid For Beaten Collection no change BibNMum 75 Code Modify Checked Items Click Modify Checked Items to edit the barcodes you uploaded 10 Label Printing Library staff may use third party software for label printing or may use the built in DLS function 10 1 Label Initial Setup In order to use the Label function it is necessary to setup three pieces of information Profiles Templates and Layouts Profiles define printer settings Templates reflect the actual size of the label and paper you will be printing Layouts contain the fields of data you want to print 10 1 1 Layouts DLS User Manual Page 257 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Layouts designate the fields of data to be printed From the main staff page go to Tools Label and Patron Card Creator The first page that comes up will be the Set Active Layout window as shown below your list of Layouts may have different entries A rr e A rro Home gt Tools gt Labels Layouts se New Layout ar New Label Template ae New Printer Profile ar Me Templates nae ana a A gt Printer Profiles Set Active Layout Manage Label Batches Layout Barcode Type Print Type Fields to Print Edit Delete Active Manage Patron Card 1 CODE
234. ery Layer editor see the Discovery Layer customization guide for more information search result score display j g1 Camping by Seeberg Tim Score 10 469 E Format Book block Publisher and date Chanhassen MN Child s World 2004 ISBN 1592960324 lib bdg alk paper Online Resources JPG 1944464 This title has not yet been rated Rate this title irvrizd Y Addtocat Y Add a tag DLS User Manual Page 27 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 3 4 6 User Rankings Users with the granular permission catalogue bib_ratings will have the ability to rank a bibliographic record on a scale of 1 5 by marking stars on the display Users with the permission catalogue bib_ratings view will be able to view bib ratings but not create or modify them Users lacking these permissions will not see bib rankings at all These permissions can be assigned to patrons through Role records see that section for details See the Discovery Layer section for details on how records are ranked and displayed 3 5 Manage Search Results All search results are available for emailing or saving as the user desires This 1s controlled via the option bar provided atop the search results You must be logged in to email results WAI Selected All results w Highlight Default filter off B Save this search O 1 The pop amp Print 5 1920 by S
235. esda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 16 1 Moderating Tags Tags are added by users in the OPAC and can be moderated by staff 1f enabled syspref TagsEnabled When a patron adds a new tag 1t is subject to moderation by staff 1f TagsModeration syspref 1s enabled We strongly recommend that library staff moderate tags To check and approve newly added tags to go Tools Tags Tags Filters g Terms Summary a Displaying Pending Terms Approved 126 lt lt 12 gt gt gt Rejected 14 Pending 0 tatus Total 140 Reviewer Test Blacklist Enter a word or phrase here to test against your whitelist blacklist Jato from Test Apply Filter s From this screen you can Search for terms that are pending approved or rejected Filter tags by Searches by Reviewer or a date range Test a term against the Test Blacklist which is a whitelist blacklist of terms See a summary of all terms currently moderated click on the link to see the terms under each category New tags appear in the list of Pending terms where they can be Approved or Rejected Tags Filters i g A Tii Displaying Pending Terms lt lt lt 12 gt gt gt Status Select Ali Pending Mone _ pending beh Weight Actions Reviewer Date ciiala 110 Music biography 1 Approve Reject 2014 01 07 13 56 02 Date from Ap Reject _ prove ejec E to E Apply Filter s If Approved the tag will be added to the Tag Cloud
236. ese values can be converted using the DDD DMS UTM and MGRS buttons 3 The chip area can also be specified manually Enter in appropriate long lat values and click the Update Map button 4 When one is satisfied with the chip area specify a name for your chip file in the Chip Output File Name text box 5 Specify any desired file Format conversion using the pull down selector Click the Run Chip button The chip will be created and made available for download DLS User Manual Page 44 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 3 5 9 Other Discovery Layer Options Other Discovery Layer options such as Lists New Titles and user account settings will be covered in a later section of this manual 3 6 Discovery Layer View of Individual Bibliographic Record Individual titles are displayed by clicking on the title link from the results page In public Discovery Layer view a DLS user with basic permissions will see a display like this Search Results Navigator Title Actions Library LibLime University Demo Library Digital Documents t u gt se Collection Shelving Location Hem type Call Number Availability Save Record Certain fields within the bibliographic record will show as hyperlinks If you click on them the system will do a new search against that term such as author and subject headings Item data is shown beneath the bibliograph
237. ess Address Ciy Leave the other fields blank Then scroll to the bottom and click Save The records will be edited and you ll be asked if you want to empty the cart It s recommended that you do clear it at this point DLS User Manual Page 121 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Do you wich ta clear the Borrowers Basket at this time Cancel Look at the patron records and you ll see that the change has been made Jones 4dam 300 Main Street studert l Your Town 00123 Jones Alexis Add to Cart 300 Main Street Your Town 00123 Add ta Cart 300 Main Street Add to Cart Your Town 00123 Jones Ashlynne E 100 Main street Add to Cart Your Town 001 23 S a a i Batch delete is a similar process Add your patron records to the cart then open the cart and click the Batch Delete button You ll get a warning message Jones Alison You are about to delete all borrowers in your Borrowers Cart Do you wish to continue Cancel If you are sure you want to delete these records click OK You ll get a results screen and a message asking 1f you want to clear your cart If a delete fails for some reason material checked out owes money etc the record will still be in the cart Do you wich to clear the Borrowers
238. et welect a vendor i you S rra Carts Vendor though not required will produce a pop up warning that can be by passed by clicking OK UTE says if you wish to claim late or missing issues you must link this subscription to a vendor Click OK to ignore or Cancel to return and enter a vendor 7 Fo Cancel C Cance L OK After saving the subscription the completed record will display DLS User Manual Page 323 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited dp New Subscription Ef Edit y Es Renew s Receive Subscription for International journal of Russian studies Subscription information Subscription ID 156 Librarian identity ptfs Vendor Biblio 23988 International journal of Russian studies Library WCCC Serial receipt does not create a Getlt PO line Serial receipt does not create an item record Grace period 0 Number of issues to display to staff 12 Number of issues to display to the public 12 Notes Library retains 5 years Current year in Periodicals Department on 2nd floor Planning Beginning date 01 01 2011 Frequency 1 Month Manual history Number pattern Volume Number Starting with 65 1 Rollover 9999999 12 First arrival 01 01 2011 Number of months 36 Serial issues Issue number Date expected Publication date Status Vol 65 No1 01 01 2011 01 01 2011 Expected
239. ethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The record s 773 looks like this 740 0 1 a Rand McNally road atlas 740 01 t a Road atlas N 773 to 17052 t i Asapartof 9 4 Managing Holdings Records The system now has full support for the MARC21 Format for Holdings Records MARC holdings records contain the holdings information what copies are owned and where they are held for bibliographic items in both physical and electronic forms These are primarily used for serial records they are not required for all records The hierarchy is that a bib record links to a holdings record which links to item s records There can be multiple holdings records and or item records per title Prior to this version holdings data was displayed in a comparable but non MARC compliant format called Summary Records Upon upgrade to the current version all existing summary records are converted to proper MFHD records In the Cataloging Editor when a bibliographic record is displayed 1f a MFHD is available it can also be displayed The holdings area of the record header has a link to the MFHD Click Manage to display the MFHD along with item details Koha Cataloging Editor Record View 62107 Water Holdings manage E Record type VIS mihd 62237 1 items Status Active Catalog Record C3 MFHD count 1 Item count 1 Click on the mfhd link to view the holdings record This im
240. eve the list of current Vendor Accounts New Involce Vendor Account S l B amp T Continuations Barnes and Noble Books Pia o ll il ee PAPA If the invoice number from Vendor is not completed the system will auto generate the next sequential invoice number available Copies are added to an Invoice by searching for an existing Purchase Order Add from PO or by manually entering a title Add Title This is often used in library workflows for Standing Orders processing WENDOR ACOOUHT ATES OT AVE TOTALS VOCE HUMBER 308 Ean Sun h 0 00 IVOSCE STATUS hew 1 OPERA TOA pis Tear Crarged 3000 Tomi oo maia Lines Chases EDI Ada rom PO 34d Tio Ett Dolpa Paint me so co Add from PO will display a list of purchase order lines on order for the chosen vendor If titles had not been previously received the Mark as received option is available at the bottom of the Add PO Lines to this Invoice window DLS User Manual Page 304 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Add PO Lines to this Invoice C Title Order Line Reference Location Name Receiving Note O Fora few demons more kk 27 Main Library Connecting past and present concepts and models for serv 1 O Connecting past and pr 50 1 Main Library Reader s Digest knitter s handbook 1 O Reader s Digest knitter 64 1 Main Library Reading Lolita in Tehran a memoir in b
241. f the screen you don t have to make a selection on all fields just the ones you want e Library Choose which branch you want to take inventory on Choose All Locations to take inventory on all branches e Jtem type Choose an item type to take inventory on e Item location between and Choose a range of item call numbers to take inventory on The format here is the call number found in the items itemscallnumber field for instance 937 23 You can be very generic A to Z or 000 to 999 are acceptable ranges e Item location The labeling is somewhat misleading the above refers to call number this field searches the shelving location e Not seen since Choose a date from the calendar pop up e Show Define how many results you want to view on a page e Beginning at offset Tells the system where in the list of results to start display For instance if this field is set to 0 the results set will start displaying at the beginning of the range defined However if the field is set to something like 50 then the results set will start displaying at the 50th item defined by the range you have set This field MUST be a numeric value When you have made all your selections click Submit The system then displays screens of the matching items To mark items as seen check the box next to each item you want to add and DLS User Manual Page 69 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized
242. ff client at all The left hand checkbox column will show what permissions are assigned in any linked Role a user record can be linked to multiple roles These cannot be removed in the individual record Decide what additional permissions this user should have and assign them in the right hand checkbox column If a staff user is given a Role permission but also individual permissions the individual permissions will have priority For example the Role may not permit editing items but if the staff person s individual record has that permission the staff person will be allowed to edit items DLS User Manual Page 142 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Set Privileges for Wagner Jane Patron s role permissions are shown to the left of their individual permissions Any individual permissions you set will persist regardless of chang E superiibranan Access to all librarian functions E circulate Circulate books self checkout User can use the Self Checkout feature Yi checkout via prox Checkout via Proxy circulate_remalning_permissions Remaining circulation permissions fest_add User can use fast add functionality in checkout manage_courses View Create Edit and Delete Courses V OR_checkouts exceed maxissues Override circ block due to max checkouts setting Y OR fines exceed_circ_block_threshold Override circ block due to excessive patron fines Y O
243. fied date Contact Email Home D Wo Valve Email Mork Mo Valve Phone Ato Value Notes OPAC Mote Circulation Mote Flags l Debarred T Gone No Address l Lost Card Search Patrons After making your selections click the Search Patrons button and you ll get a results list DLS User Manual Page 98 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 5 2 Creating a Patron Always search for the patron before creating a new record you don t want duplicates in your system To create a library user patron record go to Patrons and click New A list of the configured patron categories will display select the appropriate one Home gt Patrons YE Borrower Cart cP New Y Adjunct Faculty GHIJKELMNOPORSTUVWaeaye Alumni Patron Hoard of Trustees DEPARTMENT LIBRARY EC Employee Full Time Faculty InterLibrary Loan Post Graduate Students Student Patron categories have been established by your system administrator based on your site s needs see Administration Patron Categories Most patron categories will be either adult or child library staff must use a category defined as staff You are then taken into an edit screen and can start entering information Your library may not use many of the fields The ones that must be completed are name cardnumber and email Without an email address notices cannot be sent You may
244. figuration toolbar to open the locations grid DLS User Manual Page 282 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Configuration Locations Locations Location to Copy Field Map Curencies Counties Templates System Preferences Search Targets EDI Targets Developer Options The New button allows you to define new location You can create as many locations as you need Created By The Edit and Delete buttons allow you to edit or delete highlighted locations 13 4 2 Location to Copy Field Mappings DLS User Manual Page 283 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Use the Location to Copy Field Map navigation link to map default values for your locations to the organization library branch shelving location and collection fields in the DLS The lists for organization shelving location collection and item type fields are pulled into acquisitions from the DLS so you can choose from an established list Location Map x QNew Edit Delete Location Organization Shelving Location Collection Item Type Archives MMM YMAAR YMAAR AV WLD YMAD YMAD EQUIP Bell Branch WLD NEWBOOKS BK BK Chemistry Library MMC REVIEW YMAM Ecology Lab WLD NEWBOOKS DISPLAY BK LibLime Branch WLD PROCESSING BK BK LibLime Order WLD ACQ BK ORDER Main Library WLD NEWBOOKS BK BK Maps WLD YMA
245. for Existing Bibliographic Records From Starting Points choose Find a record in catalog DLS User Manual Page 176 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Starting points Create a new record from template from 23950 search Find a record In the catalog Authority record staged record OR use the option Record atop the Cataloging Editor and choose Open Catalog Record from options provided Record View New From template From 239 50 Open Catalog record Authority record staged record Save As Template Enter desired search term s in search box provided click enter to submit search Sites with knowledge of JSON encoding and search indexes can customize the indexes available in the pulldown in the MarcEditorConfig syspref Search the catalog Catalog search Search for Limits Sort Catalog Search Results 0 results Record summary Copies Edit DLS User Manual Page 177 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Search results will display within the pop up box choose the record you want and click the Open in Tab link Search the catalog Catalog search Search for Limits Sort team of rivals Catalog Search Results 0 results Record summary Coples Edit Team of rivals the political genius of Abraham Lincoln gt Open
246. format The Reports menu has several options Home gt Reports Reports Guided Reports Wizard Z Build NEN Top Lists Use Saved Patrons checking out the most Create from SL hMost Circulated Items Reports Dictionary Oth Stier View Dictionary Statistics wizards Catalog by iterntype Acquisitions Average loan time Patrons Resources Catalog Circulation LibLime Reports Librar Serials Inactive Patrons who haven t checked out tems with no checkouts 8 1 Guided Report Wizard DLS User Manual Page 149 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The guided report wizard is a limited but useful way to create reports if you don t know SQL or the table structure It will walk you through various selection phases with choices appropriate to each phase At the end you will save your report and then can run it at any time Under Reports Guided Report Wizard click Build New The Use Saved and Create From SQL buttons replicate functions from the main menu covered below Home gt Reports gt Guided Reports Wizard gt Build and Run Reports Guided Reports eo Use the guided reports engine to create non standard reports This feature aims to provide some middle ground between the built in canned Create from SQL reports and writing custom SQL reports Reports Dictionary a Build And Run Reports View Dictionary Build new Use saved Create report from SQL Co
247. fund Description cywerdue Fine Lost Item Amount Hew Card Issued Hold Placed Checkout fee Save Reset Lost litem Surcharge Sundry Account Management Fee Manual invoices are intended for special charges which are not part of standard overdue or lost handling To create a charge select a type from the pulldown Then enter a description and an amount If the charge is linked to an item for some reason you can also enter a barcode Account Account history Create manual invoice Submit partial payment Manual Invoice Type New Cardissued y Barcode Description charge for replacement card Amount 75000 Save Reset Click Save and the charge appears on the current Account tab Account Account history Create manual invoice Submit partial payment Current fines Action Date Description of charges Library ltemtype Fee type Ae Outstanding Overdue Anger management cr Overdue Al 05 08 2013 Efes AS AES 2009 View item lesa Fine oe os H 12 23 2013 Mew Card Issued charge for WCC Mew Card 15 00 15 00 replacement card Issued Update ee Total accruing 0 00 Total overpayments 0 00 Total due 15 60 5 12 5 Lost Item Handling Items may be marked as lost either manually or through a cron job If your site chooses to run that script items that are more than the specified number of days overdue are automatically marked lost When a checked out item is marked lost the patron is charged a re
248. funding and accountability Search Results Navigator lt lt Previous Resultlist Next gt gt by Tollefson Terrence Alfred Garrett Rick L Ingram Wiliam G Format Book Subjects Community colleges United States States Education and state United States States Publisher and date Johnson City Tenn Overmountain Pres ISBN 1570720924 pbk Description xii 476 p 23 cm General Note s Tollefson Garrett and Ingram are primary Summary TES available of 1 copy Title Actions Place hold ss 01999 Place Request Document Delivery co editorsfco authors p ix amp Print Search for this title in Y Y Place hold 0 holds W Addto Cart Add atag z View record as Holdings 1 Comments Library Save Record LibLime University Demo Library Choose Format i Shelving Item hide Collection Location type Call Number Availability Circulating Main Collection Book LB2328 F54 1999 Available Book Browse Shelf There are also links to place holds and requests move through the results list view or save the record in other formats and send a search for this title to other resources such as WorldCat or Google Scholar Some options will be disabled until you log into your account The bottom part of the display gives details about the item records shelving location call number availability etc The display can show if an item is checked out on hold damaged or lost
249. g checked in at another branch than the owning library you will be alerted by screen messages Hold Found Threshold of war Hold for pifs ptfs fadmin_2 100 Main street Your Town 00123 Transfer to LibLime University Demo Library Confirm hold and Transfer G Print slip Transfer and Confirm gt Ignore Check In Options Enter item barcode Submit T Forgive overdue charges T Dropbox mode Checked Iin items Due Date Title Author Barcode Type Patron Note 11 22 2015 Threshold of war Heinrichs Waldo H 375 0000140417 BOOK CIRCULATIN Smith Nathan STUDENT At this point you can confirm the hold and place the item in transit optionally printing a slip to put in the item or ignore the hold and keep the item at this location If there are no holds and the item is being checked in at its home location you will just see a confirmation screen Check In Options Enter item barcode Subrnit 2 Forgive overdue charges Dropbox mode Checked In items Due Date Title Author Barcode Type Patron Note 1212 2013 The Atlantic campaign Wan der at Dan 3450000061969 BOOK CIRCULATIN ptfs ptfs STAFF Other screen messages may appear in other circumstances For example if an item was marked lost then checked in the system will alert you DLS User Manual Page 61 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home gt Circula
250. g after load or realize that you ve loaded the wrong records Be aware that if you have manually deleted ANY of the title records the revert will not work None of the records after that point in the batch will be removed To revert a batch go to Tools Biblio Import Manage Staged Records Locate the batch you want to unload and click on its name That takes you into the details screen for that batch DLS User Manual Page 198 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Manage Staged MARC Biblio Records gt Batch 769 File name 4CDOs mre Comments Staged 2013 12 19 13 28 24 Status imported Matching rule ISBN 020 applied Action ff matching replace record found Action if no match create_new found tem processing ignore Undo import into catalog Pagel 3 4 5 6 fF 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 F Citation Status Match Bib 1 Love and curses Imported no match 31596 2 GL Joe Imported no match 31597 3 The real thing Imported no match 31595 4 Desperate measures Imported no match 31599 5 Ison Pain Management System Ison David 201602901413 Imported noomatch 31600 Click on the Undo import into catalog button to revert the batch You ll see a progress meter while the system is working When it has finished the screen will change to show details about the batch The status has changed to reverted The screen will also summ
251. ge 345 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited My summary checkouts 0 My holds 3 y fines 0 00 My Requests Ersonal details Lists Create New List List name Music list History My Lists Titles Actions 20 titles Send List 3 titles Send List Delete Delete leckout history Forum list 2 titles Send List Delete View others Lists From your account page you can review the items on a list edit the list and send the list to an email address To email a list your patron account record must have an email address for validation A list may also be deleted from here 17 10 Logging In You can log into your account at any time by clicking the Log In link in the upper right corner If you click on something that requires a login status such as placing a hold you ll also be prompted Not logged in Log in Log in o c il BE zarch Log in to place holds and manage your account 39927859387 Aa The search Results Navigator Forma 2 Previous Result list Mest gt Subjes Publisher and date San Diego Harcourt Grace Jovanovich c1956 Edition 1st ed ISBN 015134292 Description 178 p 22 cm Sel available of 1 copy Title Actions Place hold Enter your ID and password NOTE a user can log in either with the defined userid OPAC Login field or the cardnumber if the value en
252. ge more files for import or begin managing the staged records for import click the Manage Staged Records link in the summary and you ll go directly into the batch 9 2 5 2 Manage Staged Biblio Records To manage biblio import files go to Tools MARC Import Manage Staged Records You ll see a list of all files that have been uploaded along with their current status A status of staged means the file has been uploaded but not imported into the catalog A status of imported means the file has been imported into the catalog A status of reverted means the file had been imported but later reversed The records were then deleted from the catalog but still remain in the reservoir You can remove the batch from the reservoir entirely by clicking the Clean button status changes to cleaned but this cannot be undone so be careful Manage Staged MARC Biblio Records Pagel 2 3 4535 6 fF 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 File name Comments Status Staged Bibs Items Action 769 ACs mre staged 2013 12 19 13 28 24 350 o Clean TOS record mre Imported 2013 12 18 11 11 25 1 a Clean 67 OL716010h4 rdf cleaned 2013 12 18 11 10 02 0 o 766 765 35F Bo mre staged 2015 12 12 16 40 07 10 10 Create Label Batch Clean 765 demo testitems mre staged 2013 12 12 15 51 10 7 13 Create Label Batch Clean 764 RDA Test Records fram _LE mre reverted 2013 10 23 14 41 24 30 o Clean T63 all
253. give transfer fines You may set up more than one set of rules using different names To modify a rule create a new one with the same patron type and item type Select a library Any Fine Forgiveness Transfer Rule Patron type Item Type Account type Fine Amount Action do Student Book Lost Item 1 00 FORGIVE Any re Any r Any B 5 Forgive 3 5 12 7 Forgiven Fines After rules are defined fines are batch forgiven using Tools Fine Threshold Forgiveness and Transfers Process fine forgiveness transfer rules Select rules to process using the checkboxes After selecting all rules to process press RUN and a list of changes will be displayed Fine Forgiveness Transfer Rule Branch Borrower type Item Type Action Account type Fine Threshold O da any Student Book FORGIVE Lost Item 1 00 CoCemmit results to database skip preview Run forgiveness tool When the forgiveness tool is run results will display onscreen and the staff can decide whether to commit results to the database Results of fine forgiveness transfer processing Back to Fine Forgiveness Transfer Rule Selection Summary of forgiveness transfer rule ANY All outstanding fines for any patron type assessed at any library 1 will be forgiven transferred if the sum of those fines is less than 2 00 Preview Running this tool will produce the following results Patrons with fines forgiven transferred 94 Total number of fines forgiv
254. gnore Lindo import into catalog Completed import of records Number of records added 368 Number of records updated O Number of records ignored O Number of items added O Number of items ignored O 4 Pagel 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Citation Status Match Bib 1 Love and curses Imported no_ match 31596 2 GL Joe Imported na match 21537 The summary screen shows record counts and also lists each title As with the Manage Staged Records screen clicking on the title will open a popup with the MARC record On this screen however the last column has a link to the newly loaded title record Clicking that link will take you to the title WARNING Large files can take a long time to both upload and import and may outlast the browser s timeout In general do not try to import files larger than about 1 000 records break them up into smaller files 9 2 5 3 952 Item Formatting If you create batches of records on OCLC or get records from a vendor you can format them to include item information Create a 952 entry with item details and when you import the title record the DLS will create an item record Note that you have to use the actual codes not the descriptions for the library location item type etc The DLS is case sensitive so make sure your codes are entered exactly as they were created on your system usually in upper case DLS User Manual Page 196 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethe
255. gory Juvenile JUW Home Library LibLime University Demo Library ar New 7 Ef Edit Change Password amp Print y More Y John Smith 32929 100 Main street Your Town 00123 Home 123 234 4567 Initials Date of birth 12 06 1995 Sex Ml Edit Upload Patron Image Renew Patron Set Permissions Delete Borrowernumber Category Registration date Expiration date Library OPAC login OPAC password 13759 Juvenile JUV 08 27 2010 12 06 2014 LibLime University Demo Library john smith REESE A pop up window will show your Adult patron categories select the appropriate one Home gt Patrons gt Patron Details for John Smith 32929 John Smith 32929 100 Main street Your Town 00123 123 234 4567 Category Juvenile JUV Home Library LibLime University Demo Library Check Out Details Borrowing Relationships lt gt New Y Ef Edit ES Change Password S Print y Mares John Smith 32929 100 Main street Your Town 00123 Home 123 234 4567 Initials Date of birth 12 06 1995 Sex ha Edit Upload Patron Image John Smith does nage for Smith enter the name of Select the file to upload Browse No file selected Upload not currently have an image available E I an image file to upload Inly PNG GIF JPEG XPM formats are 0 0 0 0 010 Koha gt Choose Adult category Mozilla Firefox Choose Adult c
256. gs and choosing Manage Templates Koha Cataloging Editor Record View M Starting points Authorized values ae Manage Templates Create a new record from template from Z39350 search Find a record In the catalog Authority recard staged record Hotkeys This menu will let you create an empty record from a template or delete a template DLS User Manual Page 185 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Manage MARC Templates Bibliographic Authority Holdings Current settings Book Audio Recording Book DWD EBook Music Recording Serial Print Online Serial open open open open open open open open Mm delete PE a u m i a T m a T delete delete delete delete E E BB EB B delete Done To modify an existing template or create a new one open an empty record from an existing template Add or remove fields and subfields as desired and make any custom entries defaults etc you want Then under the Record menu choose Save as Template give it a name and description Koha Cataloging Editor 3 NEW mee eadera 4 001 5619049 008 73100151972 miua BEY Record TA Y tt T From template From 229 90 Clone active record Open Catalog record Authority record 000 Ol694nam a2200217 A otagegd record E 7 i Save 035 t 9 DLC 73173 01
257. halibrary com 210 ptfs1_koha Consortia United States kx2 loc gow 210 Voyager Special United States Here s an example setup for Library of Congress Library of Congress Host 1x2 loc gov Port 210 Database LCDB If you choose to search a target that requires authentication such as OCLC you will need to use the advanced search settings Do this by highlighting a search target and clicking Advanced Edit DLS User Manual Page 291 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Advanced Eatt Add Edit Delete Setting Type CCL Map Type Value Abra 1 COL Map dain 1130 rer CCL Map br CCL Mac Save E Cancel Em o gt v Save amp Cancel Click Add to add a new search setting and select Authentication as the setting type Fill in the username and password fields in the Value field of the setting separated by a forward slash character The other settings on this grid allow advanced users to alter the acquisitions mappings from CCL Common Command Language to z39 50 bibl search parameters It is recommended that only those familiar with CCL and z39 50 bibl attempt to alter these settings NOTE A maximum of 3 search targets can be configured 13 10 Searching Within Acquisitions 13 10 1 Global Searching The acquisitions header has a resident global search area that allows quick searching of Orders Invoices and Vendors oearcn O
258. hasn t changed in this screenshot It would for a normal renewal 1 Checkouwt s 1 Hold s Due A hem Can Borowed nas a Check dato Title Type Barcode by Renewals Renew ln Threshold of wear Nathan 12922013 by Heinrichs BOOK D753 H38 770000140417 Smith 1 On hold ae Waldo H Lio 31889 Oreride blocked renewals Renew Checked hams Ramen Al Renewal loan periods are usually the same amount of days as the original loan period controlled by syspref RenewalPeriodBase When an item is renewed the system bases the new loan period on the date the item is renewed The new loan period is NOT an extension of the old loan period unless the patron renewed the item on the due date You could also renew the item by checking it out again to the same patron on the Checkout tab although that is usually more difficult In that case you would get a warning message and your system may or may not allow you to override and continue Cannot check out item Get organized Patron alert Please resolve the following conditions 2 The patron has 1 overdue items checked out D The item is currently checked out to this patron gt Click below to renew gt Or Check item in This transaction may not be completed Wihouwt the credentials of a User wiih Override perrissiOna Obtain override permission and check out Y Cancel transaction nj DLS User Manual Page 59 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct
259. he item by title of the publication and provides the article citation information The work cited is copied and given to the patron it is not loaned Other forms have been added to allow patrons to open informational tickets see below There are several system preferences and steps needed to set up call slips and or document delivery see that section under in the Superlibrarian Training and Configuration Guide The policies are applied in the circulation rules so the option may not be visible or available on all items 4 12 1 Placing a Request for a Patron Most requests are placed from the Discovery Layer see that section but staff can also place a request for a patron To do so search for a title and click the Place Request button DLS User Manual Page 83 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Z s Aspiration biopsy cytology by Zajicek J Type Book Series Monographs in clinical cytol wol 4 Monographs in clinical Publisher Basel New York Karger 1974 1979 Description w ill 25 cm General Note Includes index ISBN 3805514077 pt 1 Related Subjects Biopsy Needle Cytodiagnosis Contents pt 1 Cytology of supradiaphragmatic organs pt 2 Cytology of infradiaphragmatic organs At the New Request Screen for call slip search for the name of the patron making the request and the type of request desired
260. he cart and lists From whatever point you begin a pop up window will show you the title and hold options The Civil War videorecording by Burns Ken 1953 drt Burns Ric McCullough David G American Documentary Inc Florentine Films Time Life Video PBS Home Video Warner Home Video Firm AX Result list Format DD a ia Subjects Lincoln 4braham 1809 1865 Soldiers Search Results Nav Military art and science History Bull Run 1st Battle of Ya 1861 United States History Civil War 1861 1865 Confederate States of America History Military Historical television programs Television mini series Y Place hold Documentary television programs Place hold s CIVIL WAR Title Actions Status Title Begin on Date Choose Copy Pickup Location Action pending The Civil War 42 31 2013 Next available LibLime University Demo Library y Place videorecording A ssssssassnssnassnsnasansnsenssnasensanannannes H Burbank Calif PBS Hold gt xremove Home Video Warner Home Video 2002 Submit All gt View holds T If needed select a pickup location Click the Place Hold button to proceed DLS User Manual Page 361 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Place hold s Status Title Begin on Date Choose Copy Pickup Location success The Civil War videorecording Burbank Calif PBS Home Video Warner Ho
261. hen browse to the file on your computer and select it ptfs ptfs admin_2 100 Main street Library use Your Town 00123 File Upload Registration date admin_2 13375 Staff STAFF 05 19 2010 05 23 2014 LibLime University Derno Library ptfs RRR Alternate Address ERIE Work 123 234 Look in S temp y Oo sd Dc ininal 1234567890 JPG Date of birth Fe e gt Surin S J la Sex My Recent Documents Edit gt E Upload Patron Image Desktop pifs ptfs does not currently have image for ptfs enter the name c Only PNG GIF JPEG XPM form My Documents Select the file to upload ni No file selected wn Fr a Upload My Computer K a Places Files of type an Files Days in advz Cancel res When the file name appears on the screen click the Upload button Upload Patron Image pits pits does not currently have an image available To import an image for pts enter the name of an image file to upload Only PRI GIF JPEG SPM formats are supported Select the file to upload Browse admin_2 JPS Upload e The image now appears in the screen display and a Delete link appears in the Patron Image section You would use that link to remove a picture DLS User Manual Page 110 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home gt Patrons gt Patron Details for ptfs ptfs
262. hes Uniform tithes The second box on the search line allows you to specify whether the record s entry should start with the specified term or just contain it somewhere in the entry Search for personal names starting o starting with termis containing terms s DLS User Manual Page 339 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The third box is where you enter a search term the last box lets you change the sort order Make your selections and click Search Authority search search for personal names containi n Roosevelt Search Show help text Authority Search Results Your search for Roosevelt of personal names yielded approximately 30 results Authorized Headings Type of Heading Titles in catalog Full Heading Roosevelt Eleanor 1864 1962 Personal Name 5 titles View Full Heading Linked from nna Roosevelt Eleanor Roosevelt 1884 1962 Roosevelt Franklin D Mrs 1884 1962 Roosevelt Anna Eleanor Roosevelt 1884 1962 Roosevelt Franklin D Franklin Delano 1882 1945 Personal Name 14 titles View Full Heading See also New York State Governor 1929 1932 Roosevelt United States President 1933 1945 Roosevelt The results list will show you the authority record entries and how many times they are used in the catalog The View Full Heading link will pop up a window with the full MARC authority
263. hibited Scan or enter a name partial name or patron cardnumber barcode in the search box and click Submit You can truncate the search using an asterisk for example Smit to find all names beginning with that string or smith to find all names ending with that string If the CircAutocompl syspref is turned on the system will show possible matches and you can select one Enter patron card number or partial name a k O h CI smith Submit Andrea A 27804 100 Wain street Your Town Home gt Circulation Antoine 46490 400 hain street Your Town April 1 25291 100 Main street Your Town Circul lt Brendan J 20539 100 Main street Your Town Brian DO 20306003 100 main street Your Town a Britney L 26969 100 Main street Your Town ulation eons Transter Brittany C Mi 30540 100 Main street Your Town a ee requests set libra Bruce D 33562 100 Main street Your Town daa ales Offline Chimere 22991 100 Main street Your Town old ratios If that syspref is not turned on or you don t see the desired user just click Submit If there is only one match you ll be taken directly into the patron record If there are multiple matches you Il get a pull down list of patron records Home gt Circulation Checkouts Se New Y Patron selection Select a patron Smith Lelia L 21420 STUDENT 100 Main street Smith Lorraine 25959 STUDENT 100 Main s
264. horized duplication of this material is prohibited ar Mew Edit Change Password More ROLE Acq Staff ROLEOS del aad Coa ROLEOUS Initials Borrowernumber 14541 Date of birth Category Permissions Role ROLE Sex Registration date 04 01 2014 Expiration date ORO AO Edit Library LibLime University Demo Library This opens up a screen with check boxes for various actions For staff roles you must assign the catalogue access permission or else the user will not be able to log into the staff client at all Decide what permissions this Role should have and assign them in the right hand checkbox column set Privileges for Acq Staff ROLE Patron s role permissions are shown to the left of their individual permissions Any individual permissions you set will persist regardless of chan 21 J fsuperibranian Access to all librarian functions 4 10 circulate Circulate books Sl V catalogue View Catalogue Librarian Interface access Access staff client amp search functions _ search_deleted Search deleted bibliographic records a bib_ratings Rate titles and view title ratings parameters Set Koha system parameters borrowers Add or modify borrowers _ permissions Set user permissions reserveforothers Reserve books for patrons V borrow Borrow books t U feditcataloque Edit Catalogue Modify bibliographic holdings data updatecharges Update borrower cha
265. horized duplication of this material is prohibited to display magazine holdings in the Discovery Layer and allow patrons to place copy specific holds on issues It 1s also possible to print spine labels for magazines that will include volume information If a library chooses they may use Acquisitions to generate claims notices to vendors for damaged issues or issues not received A link to the Serials module appears on the main staff menu Circulation Cataloging Check out to ok Add MARC Record Check in Authorities Transfers Batch Edit Items and Summaries Serials P atrons Acquisitions S h OK eS ok Reports Search a EN Koha administration BAER System preferences Lists Tools About Koha In working with Serials it is important to understand record structure Five key pieces of functionality are equated with Serials control Bibliographic Record Subscription Record Summary Record Issue Records Item Records ee iS The first two are required while the rest are optional A MARC Bibliographic Record is required prior to using Serials It can be very brief The Subscription Record stores information about a magazine s publication pattern Publication patterns control the prediction for subscription checkin For example if a magazine uses volume numbers copy numbers and is a monthly publication the periodical record will include all of this information When the first issue of a magazine title is
266. ial ID ISBN Order Line Reference ISSN 0067 2378 List Price 50 00 ISMN Vendor Account Discount 0 UPC Discount Defaults to Vend Acct Discount Place of Publication Houston Tex Discounted Price 50 00 Publisher Rice University Prepaid F Date of Publication 1965 Rush Binding Allow Backorder 7 Volume Part Backordered E Edition Manufacturer Number Supplier Number Description V ill 23 26 cm Y Save 3 cancel When a new issue is received in Serials a new line item will be added to the purchase order The final step is to create an invoice and approve payment The purchase order will include a receiving note tells you that acquisitions will add a new purchase order line each time a new issue 1s received in serials Z approve Change PO Number Change Vendor Acct D Delete Prim FO Mamber 467 Total Prica 10 0 Encurmbersd 0 00 Dp 2 Order Lines Vendor Account Ebsco Open Continuation instance 1 Status Ooer Open Standing Order 1 2 Order Line Copies Received 1 Expected 1 PO Lines ag New PO Line Ey Tite PO Numae List Pres Salus vencer Note Crested Date Creates By Catalog Link r AUS s a o N Open Da Zz0 17 beck View m Catalog r April h 45 Open 0423 2013 bed lew m Catalog Note that the Type column shows that the order was set up as a standing order which keeps the purchase order opens until you decide to cancel your subscription Each issue checked in will create a new purchase ord
267. ic display This data gives information about about shelving location and availability for loaning Item records are usually associated with physical items title records for online resources or digital objects may not have individual item entries If configured locally an image of the item s dust jacket may display Other content may be available on the screen or in tabs reviews extracts etc if a site has subscribed to a service like Syndetics or Baker amp Taylor DLS User Manual Page 45 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited To the right hand side of the bibliographic display are additional options for navigating through the search result set and for acting further on the bibliographic record displayed Users can also move back to the full result list or view the next previous record in the list Search Results Navigator Previous Resultlist Next gt gt Also displayed to the right of the bibliographic record are further features available related to the title Each action is used by clicking on the description Title Actions Added t Place Request Document Delivery Print Search for this title in Y View record as Y Digital Documents No Associated Digital Documents Save Record Choose Format v The available actions depend on your site s configuration You may be able to place a hold create a Call Slip
268. ield Insert Subfield Delete Field Link to authority Update from authority Edit authority The entry in the bib record will update itself based on the changes you made to the authority record Other bib records linked to that authority record will automatically update 9 3 7 Viewing Two Bibliographic Records Side by Side DLS User Manual Page 208 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited You can compare bib records by displaying both in the editor With a single record open conduct a search and find a second record either via z39 50 or by searching the catalog Search the catalog Search Title 24x Y measure of fairness o Add another Catalog Search Results 1 results Previous Next Record summary Copies Edit A measure of fairness 1 copy Openin the economics of living wages and minimum wages in the United States tab 235 0801445582 Ithaca ILR Press 2008 View hide full record Close From search results provided by search choose Open in tab The selected record will appear as a tab in the Cataloging Editor as shown below the newest selected record will be on the far right side of options Cataloging Editor Record View Tr 235 A measure of fairness Holdings manage CATALOG record Record type BKS gt 1 items Status Active Catalog Record 7 MFHD count 0 Record Attributes edit Last saved 2014 08 19 I
269. igate to the desired date and click Done Then click the Suspend button If you want the hold to be suspended until you resume it ignore the date field and just click Suspend The Discovery Layer display changes to show the suspend status with a button to Resume the hold My summary Holds 1 total Title Placed On Status Pick Up Location Modify My checkouts 3 American state 06 13 2014 Suspended resume on LibLime University Demo Cancel My holds 1 papers 09 26 2014 Library Resume My fines 0 00 Even if the hold was suspended with a resume on date the user can resume it at any time by clicking the Resume button It does not have to wait for the target date DLS User Manual Page 350 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 17 11 3 My Fines The My Fines tab will show current charges My summary My checkouts 3 My holds 0 My fines 25 00 My Requests Date 12 27 2013 12 23 2013 Total due Description Overdue Readings on Hamlet Fines Lost Item surcharge Understanding Hamlet 37570000451772 It will not show accruing fines on items that are still checked out 17 11 4 My Requests Amount Fine amount outstanding 10 00 10 00 15 00 15 00 25 00 If call slips document delivery or informational request forms are configured patrons can see their requests under this tab My summary My check
270. ight 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited To accept payment from a patron click the make a payment link on the checkout screen or the Fines tab at the left side of the screen Both take you into the Fines tab to the current Account listing Hame gt Patrons Account for Francisco Abad Francisco Abad 20073 AF Alew T Ef Edi fe Change Password D Print Mora T Account Account history Create manual invoice Submit partial payment Current fines Action Date Description of charges Libra temtype Fee type p g ry p p sj Lerdue Anger management tr Overdue 100 tain street CA Beers AS 453 2008 View iam Book Fin Your Tower DIE Chard vid F Card Pay in full 1217 72 Overdue Video games eni o Overdue Sd bal SATA 1469 34 557 V53 2003 view item WEES Book Fina Tiree nun aroha com Pay partial Categor Student STUDENT VWirite olf sj Lverdue The most 013 J Perelman ate Overdue Horie Library LabLirri Forqu Taaa en Paja Feeds 1980 Wise irri WELE Book Fino University Demo Library er Tas Total accruing heck ut Total overpayments Total due send fires aheri Borrowing Relations Apps Lost terms Amount due by library Library Amount due Fines GS STEM 8 60 Libuirmnie Unversity Demo Library 20 00 Cintulahion Histon Original arm 45 511 10 00 10 00 0 00 Outstanding 5 6L1 10 00 S101 A
271. ility 1 Specify Item Fields to Modify 2 Specify Options Item Type Periodical X Y Delete Items o Collection Code LEAVE UNCHANGED m If Deleting Items Delete Holdings and Biblio if Last Item Shelving Location LEAVE UNCHANGED Holding Library LEAWE UNCHANGED v Home Library LEAVE UNCHANGED y 3 Modify One Item By Barcode Not for Loan LEAVE UNCHANGED adenda Submit Damaged LEAVE UNCHANGED ltem Lost LEAVE UNCHANGED v Item Withdrawn LEAVE UNCHANGED v Or Modify Item Batch By Barcode or Itemnumber Call Number S LEAVE UNCHANGED did la Enter item identifiers below one per line no commas max length 5 000 characters Barcodes E Oltemnumbers 37570000446778 ltem Notes Price Replacement Price ltemcallnumber submit The screen will refresh with updates about what actions were taken 1 item processed WARNING Be Careful There is no Undo for the Batch Modify Item Utility 1 Specify Item Fields to Modify 2 Specify Options ltem Type Periodical Collection Code LEAVE UNCHANGED Delete Items ee emer T If Deleting Items Delete Holdings and Biblio if Last Item Shelving Location LEAVE UNCHANGED Holding Library LEAVE UNCHANGED y Home Library LEAVE UNCHANGED gt 3 Modify One Item By Barcode Not for Loan LEAVE UNCHANGED y Damaged LEAVE UNCHANGED y Enter itern barcode Submit ltern Lost LEAVE UNCHANGED Item Withdrawn LEAWE UNCHANGED y Or Modify Item Batch By
272. inal screen shows you the SQL statement that will produce the report you want Confirm Custom Report Your report will be generated with the following SQL statement SELECT tems barcode items itemtype biblio author biblio title bibliotems url FROM items LEFT JOIN bibliaittems on items bibliaitemnumber biblioitems biblioitemnumber LEFT JOIN biblio on bibliotemes biblionumberbiblio biblionumben ORDER BY biblia title asc You will need to save the report before you can execute it Save You ll have to save it and give it a name Save Your Custom Report Report Name Reference Books Notes Save Report Your report is then saved you can run it by going to the Saved Reports list Your report has been saved The report you have created has now been saved You can now Access this report from the Saved Reports Page Return to Guided Reports From the Saved Reports list click the Run link at the end of the line to run the report DLS User Manual Page 153 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Saved Reports All Saved Reports Select an action Go Author Support WALDO Report click title to edit Date Created Last Modified Mn 13233 bib count 02 16 2011 114192073 Run M LibLime Demo 14367 Bibs with no items Os 232072 06262013 Run Admin Koha PTFS 1 Books in Call Number order
273. include the cardnumber field for matching and the dateexpiry field with the new date plus the surname branchcode and categorycode fields Eliminate all other columns fields from your csv file The order of the fields is not important but your data and headers must be in the same order throughout DLS User Manual Page 107 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited You must enter all dates in the form of YYYY MM DD The screen may display them differently but the underlying table needs them in this format A csv file for this purpose might look something like this cardnumber dateexpiry surname branchcode categorycode 20539 2015 08 01 Smith MAIN STUDENT 22991 2015 08 01 Smith MAIN STUDENT 209424971 2015 08 01 Smith MAIN STUDENT Do NOT put spaces between the comma separated fields If a field contains a space or a comma like city state you must surround that field with quotation marks When your csv file is ready click Browse in the tool and navigate to your file Select it and click Open in the pop up File Upload Import Patrons Select a file to import into the bor cad gt E El Q zi E gt Ed lf a cardnumber exists in the tabl EN patron update csv ignore the new one or overwrite tb Import into the borrowers tabl My Recent Documents Desktop Select the file to import Field to use for record matchir Cardnumb
274. ing a handheld scanner laptop tablet or smartphone with the ability to read barcodes and output a text or csv file Alternatively if your collection 1s small enough and you can manage it technically go through your stacks with a laptop logged into the staff client and a barcode scanner and check in every item This will update the last seen date and will also alert you to any other problems lost wrong branch etc You can also use this method for just a portion of your collection if that s all you need to check at the time 4 9 1 Uploading a File of Barcodes Loading a file of barcodes into the tool has the merit of being an actual representation of what is in your stacks but requires more up front effort to go and scan everything You can use a laptop with barcode scanner and scan everything into a text file or use a specially designed scanner which can store and output a file of barcodes To load a barcode file open the inventory tool and go to the right hand side of the screen Use the Browse button to choose a barcode file to upload this file is produced from your inventory scanner Then set the Date Last Seen using the calendar pop up Click Submit and that file of barcodes will be processed DLS User Manual Page 67 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Inventory Stocktaking Select items you want to check Library All Locations b
275. inking a Role to a patron category Role patrons are set up and managed the same way as a standard patron account They should all be created with a standard naming convention such as SR CATALOGING ROLE to help with searching and identification This section will cover creating and assigning Roles and the granular permissions that can be enabled The next section will cover messaging and messaging options as a separate topic although messaging defaults can also be set in the Role patron 6 1 Creating a Role Patron To set up a staff role go under Patron and click New From the pull down select Permission Role Home gt Patrons E Borrower Cart ar Mew T Adjunct Faculty GHIJKLMNOPQRSTUYVWXYZ Alumni Patron Board of Trustees DEPARTMENT LIBRAR EG Employee Full Time Faculty General Public In House Use InterLibrary Loan Juvenile Post Graduate Students Public Patron Staff Student This will bring up an abbreviated patron entry screen tailored to the Role patron give the record a name appropriate for its intent DLS User Manual Page 133 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Add Permissions Role patron ROLE Role identity Role name Required Library Management Card number ROLE Required Library LibLime University Dermo Library Category Permissions Role bd Sort 1 Sort 2 Library set up Registration date 08
276. iodicals Art in America AE 1939 PERIODICAL PERIODICAL PERIODICAL Feriodicals Beene Sa PERIODICAL PERIODICAL PERIODICAL Businessweek Feriodicals Medical assistants United States CMA today ce 2003 PERIODICAL PERIODICAL PERIODICAL Alied health personnel Linited States Periodicals When a title record is first created the 245a is placed in the biblio title field and the first author is placed in the biblio author field For most queries it s easier to use those fields rather than extracting the MARC fields The above query uses biblio title and biblio author but then extracts the 650 from the MARC data This syntax can be tricky to use do some research on it 3 3 Use Saved Whether you create a report directly with SQL or use the guided reports wizard your report 1s placed into the Saved Reports list From the main reports menu click Use Saved to see the list You can click Run at the end of the entry to execute the report or click on the report name to edit the SQL You can also use the check boxes to perform actions on one or more reports For example to delete one or more reports click the check box es Then at the top click the Select an Action pull down Choose delete and click Go and the report s will be deleted DLS User Manual Page 163 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home gt Reports gt Guided Reports Wizard g
277. ion of this material is prohibited OPACnumSearchResults syspref if desired The standard results display shows key bibliographic and descriptive information as well as the current availability and location call number of items on the list 4 Garden State a novel by Moody Rick Format Book Publisher and date Boston Little Brown c1997 ISBN 0316557633 Holdings 1 copy none available O holds on 1 item Add to cart The state of the Garden State by Riccards Michael P MN Format Book Publisher and date Trenton N J Hall Institute of Public Policy New Jersey 2006 Holdings 1 copy Copies available at LibLime University Demo Library Main Collection JK3516 573 2006 O holds on 1 item Add to cart The titles and item information show in the main part of the screen The title and author are presented as hyperlinks e Clicking on the title will display the single title with further descriptive details e Clicking on the author will result in a new search being run for all records with that author From this page a hold can be placed on a title by clicking on the hyperlink Place hold From this page a title can be copied to a searcher s Cart by clicking on Add to cart 3 4 3 Facets To the left of the search results are search facets These are drawn from various fields in the title and item record and apply to the entire search results set You can use them to filter down results t
278. is done at the item level 9 5 Managing Item Records Items can be attached to a title record Sites may choose to not add items for certain types of titles such as electronic resources but having an item record can make it easier to search Any physical item that circulates must have an item record 9 5 1 Create an Item DLS User Manual Page 232 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited You can create items outside the Cataloging Editor Search for an existing bibliographic record and display 1t Click New New Item db New Edit New Item Edit E Save Edit ltems Merge Record Edit as New Duplicate New from 39 50 Lele hecord In either case the Add Items screen will display The default entry is for a new item but existing items show at the top and can be edited by clicking the Edit link de Withdrawn Lost Damaged Notfor Collection Permanent Current Shelving Date Total Tota status status status loan code location location location acquired Checkouts Ren LibLime LibLime Prestamo Circulating University University Main Edit Delete Normal Book Demo Demo Collection 2009 05 29 1 1 Library Library DEE gt Add Item 0 Withdrawn status 1 Lost status y 2 Source of classification or Library of Congress Classification y shelving scheme 3 Materials specified bound volume
279. ist Price 9 95 UPC Vendor Account Discount 0 000 Place of Publication Tam pa Fla Discount 0 000 Defaults to vend acct disoc Publisher Printed by the Tribune press inc Discounted Price 9 95 Aton 2 Ms RORA onew gt Edit Fund lReceive AjUnreceive Send to Catalog 5 Delete Loc Cop Receipts Each Copy you order for this The Copy includes Create on Expected Date hem ID Vendor N Staff Note Ca Purchase Order Line will have one Copy entry e Location from the list of locations defined in the Acquisitions Locations configuration e Copy Identifier e Receipt status e Create Item on receipt check box e Expected Date e Vendor Note e Staff Note e Catalog link to display in the Discovery Layer DLS User Manual Page 299 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited QNew Edit Fund Receive jUnreceive Send to Catalog Q Delete Copy Loc Cop ReceiptS Create on Receipt Expected Date Item ID VendorN Staff Note Catalog Link y Main Library y O 2014 04 01 amp RUSH Y Save Cancel Note that each Copy will be pink colored after it has been saved This indicates that the Copy is not yet funded QNew Edit Fund Receive AljUnreceive Send to Catalog Delete Copy Loc Cop ReceiptS Create on Expected Date Item ID Vendor N Staff Note Catalog Link Main Librar
280. ists Quaternary date 19910101 JX a Abbreviated Title LAFAYETTE Collection USMS Staff Interface View Rate this title Soyer Digital Documents Upload Add To Cart 1 available of 1 copy Y Place hold 0 holds W Addtocart Add atag Delete F PDF 3 78 MB Holdings 1 Comments F JPEG 36 54 MB UNCLASSIFIED If the user has the appropriate permission a Delete link will also appear allowing removal of the digital object You can add any of the digital objects to your Cart by clicking the checkbox Clicking on any of those links will open the digital object in a pop up viewer window DLS User Manual Page 47 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Document Viewer JPEG 7 43 MB web_g055742400001x895924 D Metadata Save Print Chip extension jpg guide fr gt GUIDE 11501 de 160bet ae fad1 4031 a758 cc7et4045331 LAS E product_format izan i JFIF title web_g055742400001x895924 product_size 7427630 load_date 2014 07 09708 38 35 0700 lavel_code 0 library Library1 product_type JPEG dbid 1415 Close You will see the object along with certain information about it Other tabs give you options for downloading or printing the object or focusing in on particular geographic boundaries 3 6 2 Other Online Resources Titles with URLs in the 856 field that are not associated with digita
281. items matching specified criteria for example all items with a particular item type or to upload a file of barcodes to affect only those records If you search through this utility you can save that search and use it again later 9 9 2 1 Method One Saved Search If you have saved searches click the Display Saved Modification Searches button You ll be taken to a screen with a list of searches Click on the name of a search and the screen will expand to show the search criteria DLS User Manual Page 252 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Items and summaries Batch Edits Saved Queries Use Another Method to Create Modify Cart Click on a search name to see the associated item batch selection values below ID Name Create Date Created By 4 Demo Oversized 2014 06 20 10 33 11 christina a Demo Oversized 2014 06 20 10 26 55 christina z videocassette search 2013 12 23 12 46 11 ptts 1 books 2012 05 23 10 31 09 liblime K x Fields marked by are used only for items queries Search Number 1 Name books Field Select value Library ltem Type BOK Location Maot for loan Holding Branch Collection Code Damaged Lost Status Withdrawn Restricted Use This Query and Move tems to Modify Cart Click the bottom button to use this search 9 9 2 2 Method Two Search for Records Using the drop down boxes you can
282. itern 3 Mot checked aut Check In Options Enter item barcode Subrnit rn Forgive overdue charges T Dropbox mode Checked In items Due Date Title Author Barcode Type Patron Note Mot checked out Test Fast Add bib record Smith John 2x35629385 BOOK Not checked out 4 8 Tracking In House Use Some libraries need to keep statistics on items that are used in the library but not checked out This can be done with a special patron Create a patron category of type Statistical see Administration Patron Categories Then create a patron record with that category name it something like INHOUSE USER Each day collect materials that have been used and left out In the DLS go to that patron record and check those items out to that user Instead of doing an actual checkout this will create an entry in the statistics table for localuse in house use You can later run reports to get counts for these entries DLS User Manual Page 66 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 4 9 Inventory Inventory means taking stock of your collection and identifying what is actually present There are two ways to use the Tools Inventory Stocktaking feature e Use the DLS s guided form to define the items you want to take inventory OR e Upload a barcode file and assign a last seen date to items in bulk To obtain a barcode file you will need to scan the barcodes us
283. iversity Demo Library c SheMing location Main Collection d Date acquired 2009 05 29 E e Source of acquisition Make the desired changes and click the Save Changes button at the bottom You can also reach item records from the Cataloging Editor Click the Manage link next to items 8181 Garden State Record type BKS Status Active Catalog Record MFHO count o tem count 2 Holdings manage mee items none Record Attributes edit none Yov ll be taken to the same Item View Edit screen DLS User Manual Page 235 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Items for Garden State by Moody Rick Record 8181 Normal Source of Withdrawn Lost classification Damaged Notfor Collection Permanent Current Shelving Date status status orshelving status loan code location location location acquired scheme LibLime LibLime Prestamo Circulating University University Main ne Edit Delete Normal Book Demo Demo Collection da Library Library LibLime LibLime Checkout history Edit Delete lec ti A a 2014 08 21 Library Library Modification log y Add Item 0 Withdrawn status 1 Lost status v 2 Source of classification or Library of Congress Classification w shelving scheme 3 Materials cnerified hound Edit the item as above and save it If there are MARC holdings records attached you ll see thos
284. kouts gt Nathan Smith You can also navigate back one or more levels by clicking a link in the breadcrumbs For example in the second line above clicking Circulation will take you back to the main Circulation menu page 2 3 News Items If you have permissions see the Creating a Staff Patron and Setting Granular Permissions section you can create News items to display messages and notes for staff DLS User Manual Page 15 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Circulation Patrons Search More LibLime University Demo Library Set ptfs Log Out News Circulation Cataloging Welcome Check out to ox Add MARC Record Checkin Authorities WWelcome to the demo site for ILSNext Feel free Tania Batch Edit tems and Summaries to explore but please do not delete this serials message This is a shared system Patrons Acquisitions Edit Delete News Search OK ia oK Reports An Koha administration search catalog ess System preferences Lists Tools About Koha To access News items display messages and notes for staff go to Tools News You can edit existing news items delete items or create a new one To edit click the Edit link in the last column of the display To delete check the selection box and then click the Delete selected button as New Entry KK Display Location All Filter al Location Number gt Creati
285. l objects will show those links in the search results and in the main title display Tand EE CT and MR guided interventions in radiology Interventions in AA electronic resource by Mahnken Andreas H Ricke Jens Format Book Website or downloadable Subjects Radiography Interventional methods Magnetic Resonance Imaging Interventional methods Publisher and date Berlin Springer c2009 ISBN 9783540730842 alk paper 3540730842 alk paper 9783540730859 elSBN Online Resources Full text available from Springer Books t Full text available from SpringerLink ebooks Medicine 2009 Rate this title 77777 available of O copies Y Place hold 0 holds Addto cart Y Add a tag Users can click on the link text to go to the online resource DLS User Manual Page 48 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 3 7 Staff View of Individual Bibliographic Record Both public and staff users will see the Discovery Layer search results and title display However if you re logged in as an account with staff permissions you will see an additional link on the title display to switch into staff view Title Actions Y Add to cart Place Request 2 Document Delivery amp Print II Save to Your Lists Search for this title in Y View record as Y Staff Interface View Digital Documents No Associated Digital Doc
286. ld Canceled Your hold on The archaeology of North America by Snow Dean R has been canceled The Discovery Layer shows pop up notifications in the upper right corner of the page These pop ups are created in response to messages routed to the pop up endpoint type The Discovery Layer can generate its own pop ups e g to indicate when a record has been saved or an error has occurred Pop ups persist until they time out the persistence time is governed by the Pop up duration setting in the My User Preferences tab Alert pop ups red always persist until closed by the user 17 11 12 My Messaging Preferences Under this tab patrons can see exiting settings for notifications and make changes as desired Patrons may not opt out of overdue notices but any other kind of notice can be specified here The tab shows a table of all message types the patron 1s authorized to receive by their permissions Message types are grouped by category The Scope column indicates whether this 1s a unicast message Sent to Me or multicast message From Anyone The remaining columns indicate the delivery preferences DLS User Manual Page 358 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited In the Discovery Layer individual patrons can choose to override the Role defaults for their own settings on the My Messaging Preferences tab My summary Messaging Preferences My checkouts 9 Selec
287. ld be left completely blank if the vendor wants a standard 15 qualifier in the N1 1 e most vendors Ingram Ingram shipto account number goes in the Alt N104 Account Number field 13 8 1 Enriched EDI DLS User Manual Page 289 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited In order to create the appropriate 850 file for enriched orders the system will need to process the following information from a user uploaded MARC file that is brought in via the upload function on creating a PO Midwest 953 D quantity 953 E Fund Ledger 953 g price no dollar sign should be discounted price list price is in 020 c 953 H vendor notes 953 J Getlt Location code 953 x staff notes Baker amp Taylor 954 d quantity 954 e Fund Ledger 954 g price no dollar sign should be discount price list price is in 020 c 954 h vendor notes 954 j Getlt location code 954 x staff notes Explanation 954 if library uses CLS Customized Library Services Acquisitions will receive 953 954 records and convert those into 952 records this is an oversimplification acquisitions communicates with the DLS using its own special XML format to create items but they wind up being 952 tags in the MARC data that gets built A 952 is meant to represent a single item Using it to represent multiple items such as three books going to the same branch means that some
288. lds you need to be aware of their order Y ou need to specify what should happen if a duplicate is found Look for existing records in catalog Record matching ISBN 020 a rule Action ff matching Replace existing record with incoming record bibliographic record found Replace existing record with incoming record Add incoming record Ignore incoming record fits items may still be processed Action ff no match is founi The first default option Replace Existing Record With Incoming Record will overlay any existing records with new ones from this import Add Incoming Record will ignore the match and create a new duplicate record Ignore Incoming Record will leave the existing records intact adding new item data if that 1s included in the file DLS User Manual Page 190 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The final setup options allow you to choose whether or not to import item records and or MARC Holdings records See the section below on 952 Item Formatting for the syntax to use in item record creation If your incoming data does not have an item 952 field click the No radio button and or select Ignore Items from the pulldown Check for embedded item record data 2 Yes Ho How to process Always add items items Always add items Add items only if matching bib was found Load MARC21 Holy 4dd items only fro m
289. lete the A O I click Cancel A O I on the A O I controls To center the A O I on the map display click Center A O L 4 When an A O I is drawn on the map a search will be automatically initiated and the results will display as a list below the map and as pins on the map Multiple results in close geographic proximity will display as a circle with the total number of results To see individual records zoom in on the map DLS User Manual Page 40 Copyright O 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Detach Map Map Controls Spatial Tools Esri World Imagery v Selected 9 Records A s _ Title COLORADO 1 24000 4 Within h intersect Contains JDisjointTo COLORADO 1 24000 Created Date v Rectangle olygon oint Circle ri 2 y o Loaded Date Ya t cate UNCLASSIFIED Q PDF 4 57 MB Y JPEG 37 50 MB Q 102 8521 39 9881 Refine your search You searched for demomap A Displaying results 1 to 12 of 12 rca democrat demos demon demosias demosia LibLime University Demo Library 10 AVAILABILITY MAI Selected All results Highlight Default filter off sort by Relevance Anywhere 10 Online 12 einer E 5 1 COLORADO 1 24000 V877C COMMERCE CITY ms Library 10 by Geological Survey U S pa ee be na e Online Resources Click here to access online Click here to access online 7 a JPEG 11 Holdings 1 copy a are P
290. library for this title Log in to add tags Ga Title Notes enserio comment ea Library parma EA Collection nm E Status Notes LibLime Uniwersity Periodicals Periodical Browse Not for loan Not Library retains current year and PR Demo Library Collection She For Loan two previous years r ca DLS User Manual Page 320 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 14 1 Creating a Subscription Record The process of Serials control begins with a MARC bibliographic record From the main menu select the Serials link to launch Serials Then search for the MARC record you want by clicking the New Subscription button Search Subscriptions ISSN Title Search Subscriptions Check Out Search the Catalog ae New Subscription C Or use the Search the Catalog link for exact searching Enter search keywords international journal of russian studies Search Subscriptions Check Out Search the Catalog A se New Subscription A MARC record must already exist in order to use Serials If there is not one in the database you have the option of creating one when the New Subscription button is activated otherwise the Search for Biblio option will allow you to search for the record and attach to the new subscription record Home gt Serials gt New subscription Add a new subscription Subs
291. loging Editor is a feature rich single screen cataloging editor to support the creation edit deletion of bibliographic records holdings records and authority records all following the MARC21 cataloging rules 9 1 Opening the Cataloging Editor To open the Cataloging editor you can either click on Open Cataloging Editor from the Home page of the staff client or go under the More menu and select Cataloging Editor DLS User Manual Page 175 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited More LiB Gime University Demo Library Set Hell E Lists Submit Query Cataloging Editor Check In Add Digital Content Saved Searches Serials Getit Acquisitions cataloging o ok Open Cataloging Editor Reports Batch Modity Item Records Tools mer Administration Acquisitions About Koha ox Purchase Suggestions Show Public Masthead Reports search catalog ox Koha administration When the Cataloging Editor is launched it gives you options for creating or searching for records Circulation Patrons Search More LibLime University Demo Library Set Hello ptfs Logout le I 1 Submit Koh O a Search the Catalog Check Out Check In Koha Cataloging Editor Record View Y Starting points Create a new record from template from 23950 search Find a record In the catalog Authority record 9 2 Creating Bibliographic Records 9 2 1 Searching
292. lone or a package containing the file together with its metadata However here they can also convert the file format and choose the package container See below for instructions on chipping Selecting File Only provides a pull down list of DLS User Manual Page 43 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited available conversion types Conversions available will vary dependent upon the original file type The top entry shown in the File Output Type pull down is the original file format by default Selecting File amp Metadata displays two pull downs Package Type note Bundle is a zip file and File Conversion Type With all of default settings click the Save button A zip file containing the source file a thumbnail an overview and the metadata is downloaded 2 Clicking the Detach button in the upper right opens the document viewer in another window 3 Click Close to close the Document Viewer window and return to the previous view 3 5 8 5 Chipping 1 In the Document Viewer window click the Chip tab Note only certain file types NITF GeoTIFF support chipping Unless the document selected supports chipping the Chip tab will not be visible 2 Click in the drawing icon just below the map zoom pan control Draw the desired area rectangle to chip Note that the longitude latitude values are populated automatically Also note that the format of th
293. lue 1 to allow holds on On Order materials e d date acquired DLS User Manual Page 197 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited e e source of acquisition name or abbreviation of publisher or vendor e g original purchase price e h volume issue information for serial items e x internal note visible in staff mode for specific notes about the item e z public note visible to patrons in the OPAC for specific notes about the item See the item record create edit screen for other subfields 1f needed A sample 942 952 entry might look like this format is the MarcEdit flat display 942 cBK 952 w2009 07 12 p39344008005024 v7 00 40 00 0SCI FIC ANTHONYSbMAIN 10 d2007 03 20 8SCIFI h PB 70 cSTACKS 27 00 yBK aMAIN The entry should be all one line the above is broken for display Do NOT put a space between the subfield code and the entry use yBK not y BK 9 2 5 4 Reverting Batches An imported batch of bibliographic records can be reverted which deletes the records from the main catalog but leaves them in the reservoir Some sites use this for temporary records such as subscription based eresources which are then removed when the subscription expires and is not renewed This is not recommended as a standard practice though However there are times you may want to revert a batch if you see problems with the item record formattin
294. mat is established when exporting the authority records from the source Please check with the provider of your authority records if you have any questions on this step After uploading the file note that you MUST specify that the records are authority records DLS User Manual Page 243 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Stage MARC Records For Import Select a MARC file to stage in the import reservoir It will be parsed and each valid record staged for later import into the catalog You can enter a name for this import The file may contain MARC Bibliographic MARC Authority and or MARC Holdings records If MARC Holdings records are included the parent Bibliographic record must also be included in the file Stage records into the reservoir Select the file to Choose File No file chosen stage Upload ie 100 Comments about this file ee de MARC Authority Matching Automatic Overlay Deletion is governed by values in leader position 5 Stage for import Making this selection removes the inappropriate item selection fields seen in the earlier bib import section Matching overlay for authority records is governed by leader position 5 e Setting to d s or x will DELETE the authority record from Koha e Setting to n will add new e Setting to c will overwrite the existing authority Matching is done on the RCN number 9
295. material is prohibited WARNING Once monies are allocated to a fund that fund cannot be deleted When you want to move dollars from one fund to another you use the Transfer option It s advisable to display your funds to see which fund will be the source for the transfer Enter the Source Fund and the Destination Fund and the dollar Amount you want to transfer After the transaction is completed the Funds grid will automatically refresh The totals for the source fund and the destination fund will be changed by the amount you entered s New Transfer Account source Fund History Destination Fund DEEE Amount There may be times when circumstances require budget modifications You will use the Fund Adjustment option to make these changes If you need to remove money from a Controlling Fund the dollar amount is entered with a minus sign immediately before the Controlling Fund The effect of this adjustment will be a decrease of available money If you need to add money to a Controlling Fund the dollar amount is entered as a whole number This will add money to the Controlling Fund New Adjustment Account Source Fund F History Amount a Save E Cancel 13 4 Setting up Locations DLS User Manual Page 281 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Locations provide acquisitions operators with a single field to affiliate with e
296. me Video 2002 Action j 12 31 2013 Next available Ej LibLime University Demo Library Ej Hold successfully placed x remove Submit All gt View holds If your library allows item specific holds syspref OPACItemHolds you can use the Choose Copy pull down to move from title level Next Available to item level display Specific Copy Then click the Choose button next to the desired item However in most cases your users Should select Next Available Place hold s Status Title Begin on Date Choose Copy Pickup Location pending The Civil War a narrative by Foote Shelby bere New York Vintage Books 1986 c1958 c1974 Select a specific copy Hold not yet placed Copy Item Type Barcode Home Library Call Number Choose Book 37570000144344 LibLime University Demo Library E468 F7 1986 Vol 3 Choose Book 37570000144336 LibLime University Demo Library E468 F 1986 Vol 2 01 07 2014 Specific copy E LibLime University Demo Library Information Available Available Submit All gt Action Place hold gt x remove You can view all holds and cancel holds if desired click View Holds and you ll be taken to your account Holds tab see that section above Use the Done button or click the upper right corner X to close the holds pop up window 17 13 Recalls If the system and the applicable circulation policy are configured to allow it a patron placing a hold on a checked out it
297. me andior Password for Jane Smith Hew Username 2345678901 Hew Password Eaa 123 Main Street Your Town US 12345 address yahoo com ae Save Cancel Category Public Patron PATRONS Home Library LibLime University Demo Library The existing password is stored as encrypted text so what you see in the New Password box is not the real password As you type a new password it will be plain text and visible Once you click Save it will be encrypted Passwords are case sensitive 5 5 Messages Patrons are not given an option about getting overdue notices those are set in the system configuration For all other types of notices patrons can opt in or out of notification Library staff can set defaults or edit an individual patron s settings There are many delivery methods possible including email pop up list in the Discovery Layer and RSS feed See the separate Messaging Options section for more information about types of messages and about setting defaults Library staff can see a record of notices sent to a patron by clicking the Messaging tab on the left side of the patron display screen Message Queue most recent messages Endpoint Message Type Subject Delivered Created email recall tem Recall Notice 2014 00 11 10 50 53 popup gen misc General message 2014 06 17 42 25 29 2014 08 11 22 25 26 list gen misc General message 2014 06 15 12 51 03 2014 00 11 22 25 26 popup gen misc General message 4014 06 1
298. mith E E Email a Download Format Boi Export Digital Documents Publisher and date Boston Twayne Publishers c 1980 ISBN 060577310X Holdinas 1 copv Each item on the search results list has checkbox next to 1ts main entry checked individually 4 Garden State a novel by Moody Rick DLS User Manual These boxes can be Page 28 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited If the entire search results set 1s to be emailed or saved users can click the option All from the option provided atop the search results list Once items are selected and there is a check mark in the box next to the main entry they can be added to a list or cart under the Selected button Z All Selected 2 All results Highlight Default filter off sort by Relevance B Add to cart 1 Ill Add to List ovel 1865 1920 Place hold THE POPULAR AMERICAN NOVEL 1865 1920 HIEBLRT Y pa nom y Format Book Publisher and date Boston Twayne Publishers c1980 ISBN 080577310X y Holdings 1 copy Mol Copies available at LibLime University Demo Library Main Collection PS377 S57 aera Y Place hold 0 holds on 1 item E Add to cart Y Add a tag m2 Titanic disaster hearings before a subcommittee of the Committee on Commerce United States Senate Sixty second Congress second session pursuant to S Res 283 directing the Committe
299. mmunity Resources Reports Dictionary LibLime Reports Library oe a MeSOL Documentation Use the reports dictionary to define custom criteria to use in your reports View Dictionary Tags Add The first step is to select a module for reporting Build A Report Step 1 of 6 Choose a Module to Report on Choose Ecatalog Circulation Patrons Acquisitions accounts Mext gt Click Next Almost always you will be reporting tabular data The other options aren t available for most reports Build A Report Step 2 of 6 Pick a Report Type Choose Next gt gt Tabular summary Matrix Click Next and the third step shows tables and fields appropriate for the module you selected DLS User Manual Page 150 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Step 3 of 6 Select Columns for Display Mote Be careful selecting when selecting columns If your choice is too broad it could result in a very large report that will either not complete or slow your system down ferns tem Number koha internal Biblio Number koha internal Biblioitem Mumber koha internal Accession Date Supplier IO Fermanent branch Code Price Replacement Price lt lt Delete Date Replacement Price was set Date tern last issued Date tem was last seen by Koha Is the item in the stack tem Mot for loan tems damaged tem Los
300. n and Continue will flag these records and continue to the next screen In the initial setup screen you can set the Show field to a high number like 200 if you want to minimize the number of times you must click Mark Seen and Continue 4 9 3 Cleaning Up Inventory Problems Once finished with either form of inventory you can run the inventory tool again to see what items were not seen during the first pass You can also create a SQL report to select items whose DLS User Manual Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Page 70 last seen date items datelastseen is either NULL or less than the date you selected to start inventory This list is your cleanup list Here s a sample SQL report with a limiter on item s homebranch select biblio title biblio author 1tems barcode 1tems itemcallnumber items location items homebranch items holdingbranch items datelastseen from items JOIN biblio on Gtems biblionumber biblio biblionumber where items homebranch MAIN and items datelastseen IS NULL or items datelastseen lt 2013 01 01 order by items cn_sort The items cn_sort field is the internal sorting field used for call numbers it s more reliable than the actual call number for report sorting 4 10 Overdue Report The overdue report is one of several delivered reports that may be useful in monitoring circulation From the main Circ
301. n the Cart button in the masthead will open a pop up window with the contents of your Cart Your Cart GMore Details E Send E Print m Empty and Close Er ected Sse wi Lea E afua Remove title s IH Agd to a List Place hold Ki Title details Library holdings Garden State a nowel by Moody Pick 0 available of 1 O Boston Little Brown c1997 copies The state of the Garden State Trenton N J Hall Institute of Public Policy New Jersey 2006 O available of 1 copies Empty and close You can email the group of records MARC format print them add to a list or place holds The cart is not persistent if you create a cart during one session it will not remain in place the next time you log in It s meant as a temporary holding bin for a collection of records during a catalog session The cart display does not include item data but the print or download output does DLS User Manual Page 32 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Print Your ILS Next cart ae 1 Garden State a novel Name W10 1 1 24 BizHwb Properties by Moody Rick Wagner Hank Status Ready Publisher and date Boston Litile Bro Be NONI orn DT hy Coane clesric ISBN 0316557633 Where 10 1 1 31_3 o Items Semen E Print to file o LibLime University Demo Library Print range poe 7 o LibLime University D
302. n you have added items to the cart the masthead display will change to show a count Clicking on the Cart button in the masthead will open a popup window with the contents of your C DLS User Manual art Page 341 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Your Cart More Details FA Send i Print Empty and Close En A AA AR Fia Er a Mr E Er Remove title si HMI Add to a List Place hold wr All Tithe details Library holdings Garden State a novel by Moody Rick O available of 1 Boston Little Brown c1997 copies The state of the arden State O Trenton M J Hall Institute of Public Policy New Jersey 2006 DO available of 1 copies Empty and close You can email the group of records MARC format print them add to a list or place holds The cart is not persistent if you create a cart during one session it will not remain in place the next time you log in It s meant as a temporary holding bin for a collection of records during a catalog session The cart display does not include item data but the print or download output does Print Your ILS Next cart TN 1 Garden State a novel Name 510 1 1 24BizHub Properties by Moody Rick Wagner Hank Status Ready Publisher and date Boston Little Bro Type KONICA MINOLTA Cos4seriesPLL ISBN 0316447633 Where 101 1 31_3 S Items coment E Print t
303. nage staged MARC records including completing data and patron cards from patron data and reversing imports 9 2 5 1 Stage MARC Records for Import From Tools choose MARC Import Stage The Stage Marc Records for Import page will display Click the Browse button and navigate to the location on your local PC or your network of the file to be imported Once found click once on the file name and it will appear in the File Name area of the popup Stage MARC Biblio Records For Import Select a MARC file to stage in the import reservoir It will be parsed and each valid record staged for later import into the catalog You can enter a name for this import lt may be useful when creating a biblio to remember where the suggested MARC data comes from Stage records into the reservoir Select the file to Jf No file selected stage ax Upload file Look in o temp O2 GEk My Recent Documents Desktop mi auths mrc My Computer a My Network File name Jaco 3 mrc v Places Files of type fan Files X Cancel A Then click Open and the Stage March Biblio Records for Import page will reappear with the file chosen displayed DLS User Manual Page 188 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Stage MARC Biblio Records For Import Select a MARC file to stage in the import reservoir lt will be parsed and each valid record staged
304. nd football view full Barbour Ralph Hel Team of rivals the political genius of Abraham Lincoln views full Goodwin Doris Ke 000 01627cam a2200349 a 4500 001 14096354 005 20060725215M5 0 008 05090252005 nyuab b 001 Obeng 906 a7 Sbcbc Scorignew d1 Seocip f20 gy gencatlg 925 Saacquire b2 shelf copies xpolicy default 955 010 020 020 040 apc11 to HLCD 2005 09 02 clh45 2005 09 07 d1k29 2005 09 07 to SL elk53 2005 09 08 to Dewey aaa 5 2005 a 2005044615 a9780684824901 hardcover a0684824906 hardcover aDLC cDLC dDLC Click the Open in Tab link to open the record in the Cataloging Editor DLS User Manual Page 183 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Koha Cataloging Editor Record View tw 1 Team of rivals NEW x 000 01627cam a2200349 a 4500 001 005 008 906 925 955 020 14096384 20060725215945 0 05090252005 nyuab b 001 Obeng 3 tia t b cbc t c orignew td 1 t e ocip 1 f 20 1 g y gencatlg 0 tf a acquire tb 2shelfcopies 1 x policy default t a pc11 to HLCD 2005 09 02 f e In45 2005 09 07 f d Ik29 2005 09 07 to SL 1 e 1k53 2005 09 08 to Dewey 1 a aa05 2005 09 09 t f py01 2005 11 14 CIP ver to BCCD t a pv19 2006 02 07 copy 2 to BCCD t a uf15 2006 02 14 ta 2005044615 t a 9780684824901 hardcover Note that the record has not yet been saved into your catalog you must save
305. nd or delete a field or to add a new subfield click on the arrow just to the left of the field to be edited a list of options will display 100 t a Shakespeare William d 1564 1616 Append Field line generated authority record Insert Subfield cat Ost Shakespeare William 1564 1616 Delete Field 50_N AME To append or delete a subfield click on the image just to the left of the subfield and a menu will display 100 a Shakespeare William Append Subfield 667 f a Machine generated authority Delete Subfield DLS User Manual Page 242 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Changes can be saved by clicking on the SAVE option to the top right hand side of the Cataloging Editor staff can save a record and have 1t remain open so that during the process of editing they can save their work The system displays the last edit date and time Save status No changes RES Last saved 2014 04 14 14 18 44 After saving the reindexing and relinking of heading to all relevant bibs may take up to 10 minutes as the indexing catches up 9 6 4 Importing Authority Records Authority records are now imported through the same tool and in the same manner as bibliographic records See that section above Authorities must be imported as a separate file not mixed in with bibliographic records Records to be imported must be in UTF8 format This for
306. nd see information about their account 17 1 Home Page The home page is the main entry point to the Discovery Layer The masthead bar contains a search box and links to several options In the upper right corner is a link to log in Not logged in Log in IN ArchivalWareco Library Catalog M ia w Cart Y Map Home Advanced Search New Titles Course Reserves Browse Tag Cloud The options available from the masthead depend on how your system is configured The Cart Lists and Map buttons are controlled by system preferences and initial setup The Cart allows users to collect titles for emailing or downloading Lists are predefined groups of titles created either by library staff or by the user The Map button allows searching and display by map coordinates New Titles is a list of titles added to the catalog in the last X days specified in the syspref NewTitlesAge Course Reserves is the patron interface to the course reserves module Browse allows browsing by authorized terms author subject uniform title Tag Cloud shows tags that DLS User Manual Page 334 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited have been applied by all users to records in the system If enabled and the patron has permission Add Content will allow upload of digital objects Any or all of these can be disabled The middle of the page may include news items informational text sea
307. nding Hamlet E y 12 23 2013 37570000451772 cn PR2607 N37 WCCC Book Lost Item 25 00 25 00 2001 View item Update igam Total accruing 1 50 Total overpayments 0 00 Lost Item Surcharge 15 00 15 00 If a lost item is found run it through checkin Depending on how your system is configured you may opt to refund any payments for replacement cost and surcharge and charge an overdue fine ITEM NOT CHECKED IN This tem has been marked LOST and linked to one or more borrowers Please indicate the appropriate actions to take IM Remove the item from patron account Refund Lost item charges fit an F Continue checking in If you select Remove the item from patron account during the checkin the item will be removed from the patron s Lost Items list 5 12 6 Fine Threshold Forgiveness and Transfers System administrators can create Fine Threshold and Transfer Configuration rules in the Administration section that can be used to batch forgive fines Alternatively batches of patrons with specified fines can have those fines marked with a transfer status a list of these patrons could be downloaded and sent to a registrar bursar s office DLS User Manual Page 131 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Defining fine threshold rules These rules will be used by the Fine Forgiveness Transfer tool to for
308. ned and make a note of its biblio number Search for the bibliographic record you want to merge and view its bibliographic detail page From the Edit menu choose Merge Record Home Catalog Details for Waters New Ef Edit Ejsavey ff Addto List less Edit Record Edit Items Merge Record E Edit as New Duplicate New from 39 50 MARC Type Book Series Opposin Publisher Detroit re Description 260 po 24 cm You will get the following screen enter the biblio number of the record to be retained DLS User Manual Page 218 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Academic Koha Circulation o Check out to A e Check in Transfers Patrons gt Search OK Catalog o Search O o Lists Cataloging Editor o Serials Acquisitions Reports Koha administration o System preferences Tools About Koha Click Continue and you ll get a confirmation screen deleted Circulation o Check out to o Check in o Transfers The snows of Kilimanjaro Submit Search the Catalog Check Out Check In Merge Record KI To be saved 18111 To be merged 36714 The snows of Kilimanjaro Bib 18111 will be kept Bib 36714 1s shown and all items and corresponding holds will be moved to Bib 18111 The snows of Kilimanjaro Submit Search the Catalog Check Out Check In Merge Record
309. nless your system is configured differently syspref AutoEmailPrimaryAddress Along the same lines use the primary phone field for the best contact number In businesses and organizations that may be the person s work number In public libraries it may be the home number In earlier versions these fields were actually labeled as home and work primary and secondary are better descriptions of the function The only field here used automatically by the DLS is the primary email address the other fields are informational for library staff but may be included on notices and reports Be aware that the DLS stores the city and state in one field the city field Enter data as for example Bethesda MD in that field There is a separate field for zip code DLS User Manual Page 100 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Scrolling down further under the Library Management section make sure you enter a cardnumber patron barcode Your system might be configured to create one automatically syspref autoMemberNum if not scan the barcode being assigned to the user or type one The cardnumber MUST be unique Library Management Card number E 234567890 Library LibLime University Demo Library Category PublicPatron E Sort 4 a Sotz Library set up Registration date fi 2104 2013 Fa Expiry date leave Fa blank for a
310. ntent Map About Koha Check In Home Show Public Masthead Circulation Check out to OK Check in Transfers The top bar and main menu options remain the same but the masthead changes to the public view Circulation Patrons Search More gt LibLime University Demo Library Sat Hello Janes Logout Koha Dicho roy cata z Sea eco a E Map Home AdvancedSearch Mew Titles Course Reserves Browse Tag Cloud 1 Hore Circulation Check out to OK Check in Transters DLS User Manual Page 14 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Click More Show Staff Masthead to toggle back to the staff view Staff can also minimize the staff masthead with the Hide Masthead toggle Circulation Patrons Search More EJ Hide Masthead LibLime University Demo Library Set Hello ptfs Logout order by Surname gt Search Academic K h Y Cart Map O a Search Patrons Check Out Check In You can bring it back with the Show Masthead toggle Circulation Patrons Search More El Show Masthead LibLime University Demo Library Set Hello ptfs Logout Home gt Patrons gt A 2 2 Navigation As you navigate through menus and submenus you will see a breadcrumb line at the top of your screen For example Home gt Cataloging gt Editing Garden Stele a novel Rick Moody Record Mumber 8181 Home gt Circulation gt Chec
311. nual Page 189 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Comments about this file LA Record type s MARC Bibliographic Holdings gt Default catsource Default catsource Added for bibliographic records if not already present If you select bibliographic you will then have the remaining options described below See the section on importing authority records for those options If your site is using cataloging access control you must specify a catsource from the options available to you in the pulldown Which options you see depend on what cataloging permissions your login has see the permissions section Default catsource Generic Added for bibliographic records if not already present Special Collections Video Collection Record matching NASIC Look for existing re ARC Bibliographic only records Y For character encoding you MUST choose MARC21 You can also choose to check for duplicates when importing by applying a match rule Depending on what rules are configured on your system Administration Record Matching Rules you could check for matches on fields such as ISBN 001 035 or 010 IMPORTANT If you choose to look for a match the system will only compare the first occurrence of each subfield Thus if you choose to match on the 020a then it will only compare the first 020a in both records If you have multiple 020a subfie
312. o a smaller group For example clicking the Topic link for American Literature will limit the search to titles with that subject entry DLS User Manual Page 24 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Refine your search LIBRARIES WCCC 2785 AVAILABILITY Anywhere 2653 Online 188 LibLime University Demo Library 2653 FORMAT Book 2892 Website or downloadable 3 Large print book 2 software 2 AUTHOR Angelou Maya 8 Sitarz Dan 8 Statsky William P 8 Warda Mark 8 Dunn Stephen 7 stewart Gail 6 Foner Eric 5 Schlesinger Arthur Meier 5 Ambrose Stephen E 4 French Warren G 4 Haman Edward A 4 Hawthorne Nathaniel 4 more TOPIC Presidents 97 Women 68 Afro Americans 53 American literature 46 Authors American 37 World War 1939 1945 37 Minorities 32 English language 27 slavery 25 Universities and colleges 25 Education 24 Civil rights 23 PEF m O re ra Facets are used to narrow further a search result set Each facet offered is displayed as a hyperlink followed by a number which indicates how many records in the search results set are linked to that facet Clicking on a facet will re run the search and return only items with that facet For large sets of facets clicking the More link will show more options DLS User Manual Page 25 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501
313. o doing business with the Department of 37570000023498 REFBOOK nemanskt A guide to fairs and festivals in the United States 37570000135664 REFBOOK Hea A handbook to literature l ea http Aww loc gowcatdinftoc y 051 3570000453676 REFBOOK Schama Simon A history of Britain 200061442 html 37570000535012 REFBOOK arin Wiliam a legal guide for student affairs professionals 3570000095540 REFBOOK AAA road atlas 37 5r 0000354604 REFBOOK Academic American encyclopedia 37570000354596 REFBOOK Academic American encyclopedia STS A AI Parr a a A A re eee eee A Clicking on the report name will open it in edit mode so you can modify the SQL if needed DLS User Manual Page 154 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Edit SOL Report Name Reference Books Notes SELECT items barcode iterns iternmtpe biblio author biblio title bibligitems url FROM items LEFT JOIN bibliolterns on items biblloltempunberbiblloltems biblioftemaumber LEFT JOIN Biblio on bibliollerms Blblionurnber blblto BI TOO er WHERE terns terntype REFROOK ORDER BY biblio title asc Update SOIL 8 1 1 Reports Dictionary The Reports Dictionary lets you pre define certain settings that you might use frequently For example in a university setting you might need to report on all faculty From the Reports menu select View Dictionary then create a new definition Home
314. o file o LibLime University Demo Library Print range Sane 5 o LibLime University Demo Library o LibLime University Demo Library o LibLime University Demo Library a All Number of copies 1 Fages from 1 Collate 141 214 313 o LibLime University Demo Library sele 2 The state of the Garden State by Riccards Michael P Cancel Publisher and date Trenton N J Hall Items o LibLime University Demo Library Main Collection Circulating Book JK3516 573 2006 3 State amp local government by Publisher and date Guilford Ct Dushkin Pub Group c1984 Items o LibLime University Demo Library Main Collection Circulating Book JK2403 475 1987 88 DLS User Manual Page 342 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited You can add items to the cart and print them without being logged in but you must log into your account to be able to email them or add them to a list In addition your patron account record must have an email address for validation When you are finished with this group of records you can empty the cart and close the window with the Empty and Close link 17 9 Lists If enabled syspref virtualshelves an icon labeled Lists appears in the upper right part of the Discovery Layer home page II Lists A patron must be logged into their account before creating or editing a list existing public lists can be
315. of the bibliographic record display 91363 Black snow Holdings manage Record type BKS m hd 51539 1 items Status Active Catalog Record none MFHD count E ant tern CONE pa puna edit e none A new pop up box will appear showing all attributes available If any attributes are already applied those will appear on the top To apply an attribute click Apply on the checkbox and then click Done To clear an existing attribute click Clear DLS User Manual Page 212 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Bib Attributes Applied attributes Attribute clear Available attributes Attribute Route items home apply Brief Circulation Record Yes E Circulation Review Yes E Cataloging Review Yes E Personal Copy amp ILL item record Yes amp Ready for Export E 9 3 9 Discovery Layer Suppression Titles may be suppressed from general view in the Discovery Layer 1f desired syspref OpacSuppression They are still visible in staff mode To do so edit the title record and set the 942 subfield n to a value of 1 choose Suppressed if the field is linked to a pull down After indexing the record will not be searchable in the Discovery Layer In staff mode the results list will show that the title is suppressed Results Location 1 Zebra default This title has been suppressed in the OPAC 1 item None available LibLime University Demo Library 1017
316. old or change the pickup library Place a hold on The state of the Garden State Patron earch Existing holds Priority Patron Hotes Date Pick up Library 1 Mathan Smith 120032073 LibLime University Demo Library F pits pifs 12 03 2013 LibLime University Demo Library Antoine Smith 12032073 LibLime University Demo Library holdisi When you ve changed all the entries click the Update holds button to record the changes You cannot change priority on a hold that has been triggered waiting or is in transit DLS User Manual Page 76 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Place a hold on The state of the Garden State Patron Search Existing holds Priority Patron Notes Date Pick up Library 1 Antoine Smith 12 0301 3 LibLime University Demo Library F Mathan Smith 12 0301 3 LibLime University Demo Library a pits pits 12 0301 3 LibLime University Demo Library Update hold s If you delete a hold the others will reorder priority automatically no need to manually change priority 4 11 4 Suspending Holds Holds that have not been triggered can be suspended either by the user through the Discovery Layer see that section or by staff members A hold can be suspended indefinitely until the patron chooses to resume it or it can be suspended with a resum
317. ollection 1993 World Trade Center bombing 2009 11 17 LOST ITEM NOT Tf 98 37570000443985 ON SHELF 2001 a space odyssey 2004 12 21 C 129 37570000332147 Video Collection 42nd Street 2009 05 29 rT 145 37570000345552 Video Collection The 54th Massachusetts 2009 05 29 71194 37570000474634 Video Collection lt A Tour of the Louvre 2009 11 30 M 446 37570000310473 Video Collection di ot Huekiakhory 2009 05 29 M 505 37570000310572 Video Collection African wildlife 2009 05 29 z Select Checked Items Delete Checked Items Delete Checked Items and Biblios where last item deleted Item 20 Detail Edit Your Checked Items Modifications If you just want to delete the matching items you would click the upper left corner checkbox to select all items then click the appropriate delete button Note that you can choose to delete the title record if removing the last item attached The lower part of the screen allows you to enter new values to edit the items Again first use the upper left checkbox to select all items You could also scroll through and check items individually Then at the bottom of the screen decide what you want to change In this example the item type is being changed DLS User Manual Page 254 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 346 37570000310473 Wideo Collection 08 atventures of Huckleberry 2009 05 29 Z Finn
318. on Date Expiration Date Title News Calculators may be checked out to students in the following classes 1 College Algebra ibrar 2 Statistics m e 0 09 08 2010 05 11 2011 Calculators 3 Pre Calculus Edit interface Calculus 5 Math Analysis Business Economics Calculators are due back on May 11 2011 Our second Street branch is Branch closed today due to a water T OPAC fen 1 11 26 2013 11 26 2015 Closed ee ett Edit neighborhood Velcome to the demo site for ee ILsMext Feel free to explore Librarian M 0601 2012 0601 2016 Welcome but please do not delete this Edit Interface ie message This is a shared system Delete selected To create a new news item click the New Entry button First choose whether the item Display Location should display in Librarian interface staff mode or OPAC Discovery Layer DLS User Manual Page 16 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home gt Tools gt Mews Add Mews Item OPAC and Koha Hews Display Location Librarian interface ee Librarian interface OFAC en Publication date po 7 E Expiration date E Appear in position Hews Title Submit Cancel Then fill in the rest of the fields Publication date will default to the date of creation The system wants an expiration date after which the item will no longer display If you don t supply one at
319. on Management of Messaging Preferences Patrons can manage their own messaging preferences see the Discovery Layer section later in this manual DLS User Manual Page 148 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 8 Reports All item patron and transactional data is stored in various tables which can be queried using MySQL commands through the Reports interface There are some wizards and canned reports but the best results will come through more precise queries designed to get at the particular data needed Sites will need someone with some SQL query expertise and will also need to understand the basic table structure This SQL query will list all the table and fieldnames in the current database select TABLE NAME COLUMN NAME from information _schema columns where table_schema information_schema order by TABLE_NAME asc The most important tables are biblio biblioitems items borrowers issues checkouts reserves holds and statistics Links between tables are on the internal system unique identifier biblionumber itemnumber borrowernumber For example to check what items a patron has on hold one could query the reserves table for that patron s borrowernumber Other parameters would probably need to be set and additional information pulled from other tables such as the patron s name item barcode and title to get the results in a usable
320. on hold and waiting OR_item_withdrawn Override circ block due to item withdrawn status OR_renewals exceed_maxrenewals Override renewal block due to maxrenewals setting OR_renewal_on_hold Override renewal block due to hold override_renewals Override blocked renewals put_coursereserves Basic Course Reserves access user can put items on course reserve remove_coursereserves Take items off course reserve manage_ill_ requests Manage interlibrary loan requests catalogue View Catalogue Librarian Interface access Access staff client amp search functions search_deleted Search deleted bibliographic records bib_ ratings Rate titles and view title ratings view View title ratings modify Rate titles parameters Set Koha system parameters borrowers Add or modify borrowers batch_borrower_delete Batch delete borrowers batch_borrower_edit Batch edit borrowers borrowers_remaining_permissions Remaining Borrowers Permissions create_proxy_relationships Create Proxy Relationships delete_lost_items Delete Lost Items from patron account delete_proxy_relationships Delete Proxy Relationships edit_proxy_relationships Edit Proxy Relationships lists Create amp Edit Borrower Lists lists_bulk_modify Modify All Accounts on a Borrower List lists bulk_delete Delete Accounts on a Borrower List during a Bulk Modification permissions Set user permissions reserveforothers Reserve books for patrons
321. on of this material is prohibited You can use the Change Password button at the top of this screen to change your password That will bring up a pop up window with boxes for the current and new passwords Change your password Your password must be at least 6 characters long 17 11 1 My Checkouts The My Checkouts tab shows what items you currently have checked out and any fines that have accrued nma Checkouts 3 total 3 overdue Title Checked out Due Renew Fines My checkouts 3 United States immigration 06 04 2014 06 25 2014 Renew Overdue My holds 1 Testing Jane 07 03 2014 07 24 2014 Renew Overdue ieee en Fire prevention inspection and code enforcement 06 11 2014 06 12 2014 Renew Overdue My Requests If permitted a Renew button will allow the item to be renewed 17 11 1 1 Self Checkout If the patron has the self checkout granular permission either directly or through a Role assignment a Self Checkout button will show on the My Checkouts screen PRA Checkouts 7 total 0 overdue lt Title Checked out Due Renew Fines My checkouts 7 The State of the language 11 04 2014 11 25 2014 Renew My holds 9 The Peace Corps 11 10 2014 12 01 2014 Renew DLS User Manual Page 348 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The patron can click that button enter a barcode in the pop up form and check an item out Checkout An Item
322. one bib and one MFHD on this particular title DLS User Manual Page 230 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 9 4 1 Creating a Holding Record To add a new holding record to a bibliographic record you must first have the bib record open in the cataloging editor Click on Record New From template and pick the correct Holding template from the templates offered Cataloging Editor Record View Y New 181473 Hair Holdings manage Record type BKS np none Status Active Catalog From Z39 50 MERD CONEO Clone active record ge as Item count 0 none x Catalog record 9 Create new record Authority record Save H Leader 008 aks MARC Holdings emplate 000 03612nam a220 From template X EDZ0000014313 Print Serial MFHD g ao pacaan Template description Default Serial item Holdings record 005 20140731212734 0 006 miinan LJ Create New ea E E 008 10081352008 enkac fs 0010engd 020 a 9781847887191 ebook 020 a 1847887198 ebook 020 tz 9781845207915 cloth 020 t z 9781845207922 Dbk The empty template will open in a new tab enter data as desired and save holding record The link between the newly created holding record and the bib will be created 9 4 2 Viewing a Holding Record Note that in the MFHD display the box atop the page has a blue backgroun
323. one could accidentally create item records that don t make any sense The DLS will still see and use 952 tags just as before and when acquisitions sends a PO to the catalog the catalog will construct 952s from its own item level i e PO line copy level detail List price will map to catalog v replacement price and discounted price to g normal purchase price The 953 records are used by acquisitions to initially populate a PO with copies If 953 E contains just Fund ie not Fund Ledger then acquisitions will process it as the current Ledger DLS User Manual Page 290 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Fund names should NOT include year since year is in Ledger Fund name should be something like DVD not DVD 2012 13 9 Search Targets One of the ways to add purchase orders lines to a purchase order is From Search The Search Targets area allows you to add search targets to this list Search targets are z39 50 Targets for retrieving bibliographic records to attach to purchase order lines The Search Target setup in Configuration displays a grid with the host address the port used for z39 50 searching the database name the library type and the country search Targets New Edit Advanced Edit Delete Host Port Database User Password Library Type Country aleph mnpals net 210 MSU_CAT Consortia United States sandbox ko
324. ononncccnnnonononnnooccnnnnnnnnnnonanononoss 33 5 5 4 Searen Filters and User Pree rene elas 34 De ONTO LOLE PP O O niaantulonsantadt Mederma 36 3 50 Mulan sae SC archi E ec a a a a 37 233 CONnCept Synonym SC MIN eaa A S 37 3 5 8 Geospatial Map DISPLAY seirg aaea e a eai 37 DLS User Manual Page 2 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited A A II II 38 300 2 Pertormins a Graphical Scare heec 39 SI MEW RECO ane a 41 So ICI tal OC Mime MS ee a otal euessamitsa O socid l 43 O E 8 lah cda 44 5 5 0 Other Discovery Layer Options iii 45 3 6 Discovery Layer View of Individual Bibliographic Record cccooooonnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnocnnnnnnnnnos 45 OL Ve Wa DIODOS aos 4 5 02 Other Online ReSourCe a oasis 48 3 7 Staff View of Individual Bibliographic Record cccccooooonnnncccnnncnonononocnnnnnnnnnonononnnnnnnnnnnos 49 3 Circulation and Material Management cccccccnnnncnnnnnnnnnnonononocnnnnnnnnonononnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanos 50 AE A UA e e cd de 50 4 2 Checkout Messages Warnings and Blocks ooooooccccnnncccnnnonocncnnnnnnnononanocononnnnnnnnnnnos 53 EN A aariaa een nT een wre poe eee ce Penn TP UE Derr orey tert Ore arr ver heer r ree 57 4 4 Renewing Items tora Patrol data 58 A CHECKING Mireia 60 LOPD CAd Aa Checho ios 62 O E o A cats Street aa ance et r a E 64 4S Tracking AA O a II a wiedaauckaouisans 66 ASD OO AA AS S 67 49 1
325. oocccccccccconoccncccnnnnnnnonananononos 208 9 3 8 Adding or Editing a Bibliographic Record Attribute occcccccccconooccnnnnnnnnnnononiononanos 210 9 3 8 1 Searching Exporting Removing Attributes ooooooooooooncccnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 211 9 3 8 2 Working with Attributes in the Cataloging EditOT oooonnnnccnccccncccncnnnonnnonononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 212 939 Discovery Layer SUPPTCSS OM adn 213 930 IU Saving a B DNO rapie Recorder perce vist dashed a Otis 214 DLS User Manual Page 6 Copyright O 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 9 3 11 Cloning a Bibliosraphte RecOrd ara ll 213 0 3 12 Replacme Record via 239 00 Seal iban 215 0 5 13 Meroing Bibliographic Record Sumito lids 218 0 3 14 Baten Delete Bip Osrapnic REC OVS ti E 219 DIAS Sta ene a Record Tor REVIEW ias 221 9 3 16 Reviewing and Saving a Staged Recordad Melee aden iecsaee 223 9 3 17 Link Bibliographic Record to an Authority Record occccccccccononcccnonnnonnnonanannnnnss 224 9 3 18 Printine a Bibliographic RECO miii a ia 226 9 3 19 Linking Parent Child Records Host Unit Constituent Unit occccnccnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 221 9A Manasine Holdings Record Sui A soslaees 229 94 1 Creatine a Holdino Record esas 231 94 2 VIEWING a Hold Record ica als 231 gS Manasis Mem Records NA Id 232 OC ale A E EE E E E E E mea rgecenties 292 OZ GUA enr RECO remena a E E 234 0
326. ooks 1 Reading Lolita in Tehran 65 1 Main Library Reader s digest illustrated history of South Africa the 1 O Reader s digest illustrat 72 1 Main Library The collected stories of Dorothy Parker 1 O The collected stories of 75 1 Main Library Librarians in Our Community 1 v For a few demons more Kim Harrison 1 Total Items 115 Selected Items 0 Page Size 15 M 4 1 O gt om Mark as received 4 Select Cancel If the dollar amount on the Invoice is not the same as in the Purchase Order record you can edit the Invoice line by clicking the pencil icon Approve Print VENDOR ACCOUNT Amazon com INVOICE TOTALS INVOICE NUMBER 208 Edit INVOICE STATUS New OPERATOR ptfs Other Charges 0 00 E RA Total 9 95 Invoice Lines Charges EDI 3 Add from PO HAdd Title Edit Delete _ Print Title Author ISBN ISSN v 1 Fascinating facts about Florida Peterson Hans Peter from old catalog Title Status Location Sequence Actions Fascinating facts about Florida Received Main Library tf 7 O You can also adjust the Fund distribution for Invoice Copies and this will not affect the Purchase Order Line Copies Funding The final step is to Approve the Invoice for payment This also updates your funds encumbrances will be credited and expenditures will be debited 13 16 Purchase Suggestions Purchase Requests allow patron initiated purchase suggestions from the Discovery Lay
327. or Account Status Vendor Account Codo Order Type Vendor Account Number Discount Y imarnal Account Number Address Details Contact Name Email Address Lina 1 Address Typa Address Line 2 Address Status Address Line 3 gt Use This Address For Address Lino 4 City State Province DP All Order Payment Country Returns Claims Cancellations Phone OOO Fax 13 2 1 Vendor Account Details The Vendor Account Name mandatory is the account name your Vendor uses for your orders The account name can identify accounts for standing orders personal orders media books or others When you create a Purchase Order the Vendor Account Name is the first piece of information the system requires When you name your accounts be sure to make them as unique as possible Examples B amp T Continuations YBP Approval Plan ALA Blanket order etc The Vendor Account Code mandatory can be used to quickly find a vendor record when creating a new order The Vendor Account Number is usually assigned by the vendor The Internal Account Number is the designation for this Vendor Account used in your local accounting system If you have a contracted discount associated with this Vendor Account place the Discount percentage in this field DLS User Manual Page 278 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 13 2 2 Vendor Account Status mandator
328. or account blank The Standing Order order type has functionality that provides a workflow that is slightly different from a Firm Order An additional order type Continuation Instance has been added to the drop down list and is used specifically with a standing order PO NOTE When a PO has an order type of Standing Order any subsequent receipt of the same title will create a new POL with an order type of Continuation Instance DLS User Manual Page 308 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The following figure is a vendor account record and shows that this specific account is set in the vendor record Any PO or POL that uses this vendor account will automatically have the order type set to Standing Order Orders Purchase Order search for world All Vendors xl Edit Baker amp Taylor Edit B amp T Continuations a Save Cancel Vendor Account Status Active En Order Type Standing Order Vendor Account Code BAT Continuations Es Vendor Account Name B amp T Continuations Es Vendor Account 79135246 Number Internal Account Ebi ia ero 13 17 1 3 Funds There is no specific action for funds that needs to be done before beginning to create standing order purchase orders If you want to track the amount spent on continuations it may be useful to create a fund for them 13 17 2 Ordering Standing Order
329. or category default preference To override these enable Override role prefs and set the patron s preferences Note that some message types such as overdue notices will always be delivered by email in addition to any settings selected below Override Message type Scope role Pop up List RSS Email Digest prefs Announcements Disk space low Notification General letter sent to Me General message sentio Me General message Notification New results from scheduled search Sentto Me System shutdown Notification Circulation Borrowing Advance Notice Sentto Me Y 52 F Hold Canceled Sentto Me Hold Filled Sentto Me F 7 w Ed tem Check in Sentto Me C tem Checkout Sentto Me E Item DUE Sentto Me E NOTE Regardless of role or individual settings overdue notices will ALWAYS be sent by email Patrons may not opt out completely from that message Role preference settings are indicated by asterisks and a grayed out check on a patron display page For example if a user is subscribed by their roles to receive Advance notice messages by pop up and list then an asterisk will appear next to the corresponding checkboxes for this message see screenshot above The user s own preferences are governed by the checkboxes the Override role prefs box must be checked to assign the user preferences that differ from their role preferences No asterisk will appear next to the check marks for these message settings DL
330. ork WWA Morton c2006 Edition th ISBN 0393979911 Description xxviii 965 1240p ill chiefly col col maps 2 cm KS Google GEES available of 1 copy Place hold 0 holds e Addad to cat Add atag Holdings 11 Comments ME Add ney comment There are no comments for this title Click on Add New Comment and write your comments Review Comments on Classical music Good concise history of music a A A Note your comments or changes must be approved by the library The user 1s informed that comments must be approved by library staff When you click Submit a pop up message appears saying the comment has been successfully submitted and will be published after staff has approved it Once approved comments can be viewed by any user DLS User Manual Page 367 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Holdinas 1 Comments Add new comment Comment by 13375 on 01 08 2014 Great book highly recommended Once a comment is approved or deleted by staff it cannot be retrieved or changed 17 17 Tags Once tags are enabled a patron can search by existing tags and add tags to the details record and or results list Tags can be searched and viewed without logging in but you must be logged into your account in order to create new tags The tag cloud which is accessed in the header section of the OPAC
331. orycode FACULTY ORDER EY borrowers surname asc borrowers firstname asc You will need to save the report before you can execute tt Save 8 2 Create from SQL The guided report wizard is limited in what it can do If you have some SQL expertise and learn the basic table structure you can write your own queries from scratch You will only be able to use the SELECT query and associated modifiers you are not allowed to save reports that attempt to modify table data or do anything potentially harmful The reports interface is for querying only From the main reports menu click Create from SQL That opens an edit screen where you can give your report a name and enter your SQL commands For example here is a report to count checkouts and renewals for the previous month broken down by item type Note the sliding date parameter Rather than hardcoding a date this setting will always run for the month previous to today s date SELECT statistics itemtype COUNT statistics itemnumber AS Checkouts and Renewals FROM statistics WHERE statistics datetime BETWEEN date_format NOW INTERVAL 1 MONTH Y m 01 AND date_format NOW Y Z om 01 AND statistics type IN issue renew GROUP BY statistics 1temtype order by statistics itemtype Create Report From SOL Report Name La st month s checkouts Notes E for previous calendar month download for full results Type Tabular SL SELECT statistics iteme COUNT
332. ouped by call number for a particular branch in the previous month SELECT items homebranch count items itemcallnumber AS Count items itemcallnumber FROM items WHERE items dateaccessioned BETWEEN date_format NOW INTERVAL 1 MONTH Y m 01 AND last_day NOW INTERVAL 1 MONTH AND items homebranch _ HOMEBRANCH__ GROUP BY items itemcallnumber ORDER BY items itemcallnumber asc DLS User Manual Page 160 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Create and save it as a saved SQL report When you run the report it brings up a screen asking for input Home Reports gt Guided Reports Wizard gt Build and Run Reports Build Mer Lise Saved Create from SOL Reports Dictionary wiew Dictionary Community Resources LibLime Reports Library My Stil Documentation Tags i Add Specify Parameters To run this report you must specify values for the following parameters HOMEBRANCH Run Enter the branch code not description surrounded by single quote marks Home gt Reports Guided Reports Wizard gt Build and Run Reports Build Mew lse Saved Create from SOIL Reports Dictionary View Dictionary Community Resources LibLime Reports Library MySQL Documentation Tags x et le fa gt Allen Inventory 34 CIRE Er Essential 4 LOST 24 STATS 46 i Add Specify Parameters To run this report
333. outs 0 My holds 0 My fines 0 00 My Requests My personal details My checkout history My Lists My tags My purchase suggestions My interlibrary loan requests My messages Type Call Slip Docurnent Delivery Call Slip My Requests Title Pick up location Rogue Eastern Branch NCE state Library LibLime University journal Demo Library Garden LibLime University state Demo Library Requested Not needed on after Notes 08 1 1 2014 08 12 2014 08 12 2014 08 12 2014 08712 2014 test note Status cancelled requested Cancel Response frorn library working on it requested Cancel Response from library got the note As library staff update the status or post responses those become visible See the section below on placing requests through the Discovery Layer 17 11 5 My Personal Details This tab shows patrons the contact information on file for them DLS User Manual Page 351 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Biy SILA AA Pe Mame My Checkouts 11 My holds 37 First Name pts hy fines 0 00 hi Requests Last Mame pts Mw personal details Date of Birth 12 51 1969 My checkout history My Lists Contact Information My tags a a a Address 100 Main street My messaging preferences lity State Sour Town Ap Code 00123 Country Home Phone Patrons can enter new data in v
334. overdue notices by RSS because she has overridden her role preferences If she unchecks Override role preferences she will automatically go back to the current role defaults email 17 11 13 My General Preferences The General Preferences tab has an assortment of options Staff can also set these on patron records or Role records through the staff interface patrons can override those settings here My summary User Preferences My checkouts 0 Leave any preference blank to remove it and default to your role preference My holds 0 Role Preference User Setting Defaults Notes My fines 0 00 Search behavior My Requests My personal details Default query filter owned by MAIN If you experience search errors i i make sure that your filter query My checkout history fq syntax is correct including use of uppercase keywords My Lists e g pubyear 1990 TO not My tags pubyear 1990 to My purchase suggestions Messages and Notifications My interlibrary loan requests Pop Up duration 10 Duration in seconds of pop up notifications appearing in the top right corner of the Discovery Layer Set to O to make all pop ups persist until My general preferences closed My messages My messaging preferences Advance days due 5 Days in advance to receive notice notifications of items due You must also enable predue messages in your messaging preferences Reset save Changes The first one Default Query Filter all
335. ow item data as well Home gt Tools gt Record Attributes Search Options Remove Attribute Update Attribute Date Export As MARC Attribute Brief Circulation Recor Records Type Date Applied Title Barcode Biblio iM 01307 72012 Wo 0524 2012 Computer Science Date Appliect Mm 09 09 2013 qq from Remove Attribute Update Attribute Date Search From the list staff may choose matching records from which to remove the attributes or may update the date applied for some records in the list DLS User Manual Page 211 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Staff may also export the list in XML format or export the list as MARC Click the top line Export as MARC button and the screen will expand to allow these selections Remove Attribute Update Attribute Date Export As MARC Export MARC Records Export Complete Records Export MARC Records If the staff member chooses only to export the records with matching attributes only tagged portions in the pull down then bibliographic records will always be exported but only items that have the matching attribute will be included in the export 9 3 8 2 Working with Attributes in the Cataloging Editor When editing or creating a bibliographic record you can add or remove record attributes by choosing to edit Record Attributes from the box at the top
336. ows the user to set a filter that will automatically be applied to all searches See the manual section on searching for more information this setting should probably not be used except in special circumstances You must be familiar with the Solr index names and search syntax to set these up properly Use this option with caution invalid settings could disable searching altogether DLS User Manual Page 360 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The filter is applied automatically but the patron can turn it off on a search results set by clicking the Default Filter Off button ou searched for state Displaying results 1 to 25 of 3238 Mi All Selected Allresuls Highlight Default titer off The search re executes and the button toggles to Default Filter On The Pop Up Duration setting controls how long a pop up message remains on the screen in the Discovery Layer The default is 10 seconds users can set that to any duration in seconds desired Setting this to zero will make all pop ups persist until the user actively closes them The Advance Days Due Notice is the number of days in advance that Advance Notices should be sent If the patron opts to receive Advance Notices this is what controls the timing 17 12 Placing Holds There are links in the Discovery Layer to place holds in a search results list the title display page t
337. phic record by choosing Link Authority Shakespeare William 1564 1616 20 titles Open in Link Linked from editor tab Authority Shakspeare William 1564 1616 Sek spiri Viliam 1564 1616 Saixp r Gouilliam 1564 1616 Shakspere William 1564 1616 Shikisbir Wilyam 1564 1616 You can use this process to either link an empty field to an authority record or to change the authority record linked to an existing field DLS User Manual Page 225 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 9 3 18 Printing a Bibliographic Record Within the Cataloging Editor you can print the full MARC record Under the Record menu at the top select Print Cataloging Editor Record View Y MFHD count New Record Attributes edit tem count 3 From template none From 439 50 Clone active record 8181 Garden State x Open Catalog record Leader 008 Authority record 00650nam a2200 staged record XYZ Save 20141110135132 As Template x mau Za Print d t al 03165 The output will look something like this DLS User Manual Page 226 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 106014 ILS Next Cataloging Estar 003 XYZ 006 201411101351320 ona mau eng 020 1 a 0316557631 035 1 a 0000030081 099 1 a PS53863 06537 100 1 f a Moody Ride 10 pozas 24810
338. placement cost DLS User Manual Page 128 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited this is either the cost in the item record s replacement price field subfield v or a fallback default price specified in the item type policy Your site may also opt to charge a processing surcharge configured in the circulation and fines policies Account Account history Create manual invoice Submit partial payment Current fines Action Date Description of charges Library Itemtype Fee type soils la Outstanding z Lost Item surcharge Computer fundamentals 1000 cn 004 Lost Item 12 20 2013 NAG C View item WCCC Book Surcharge 15 00 15 00 12 20 2013 cat Item Computer fundamentals 1000 cn 004 NAG C View WCCC Book oo 50 00 50 00 tem h Update fines Total accruing 0 00 Total overpayments 0 00 Total due 65 00 _Send fines alert gt When an item is marked lost it is removed from the patron s list of checkouts In the patron record the Lost Items tab will show items marked as lost for that patron Home gt Patrons gt Lost Items Nahla Abdelmagid 30964 lt gt New af edit change Password amp Print more Nahla Abdelmagid has the following lost items Title Callnumber Home Library litem Type Barcode Understanding Hamlet PR28607 Wa 2001 VYCCC BOOK af 50000451772 Delete
339. plication of this material is prohibited j ici iben o cr Cipi Gunmen E a Remgro cuplicnoion COenorale aba for Maio tome to be Printed for Batch 9 0 items Activo Sottings a A lion Types Berooda Chel oie iL mae aa Ty i Dato Een from Geto i Tem pistes Test_02 Later on If your materials are already barcoded choose Barcode from the pull down menu on the Search window Search for items to add to Batch 9 Barcode BS Added on or after date Added on or before date E En search Cancel and scan each barcode you want to add to the batch Alternatively date ranges can be used to find all items cataloged during a specified period Search for items to add to Batch 9 Added on or SS pee 12 01 2013 Es Added on or so a a al 1212412013 EH Search Cancel Other search options include Title Author Publication Date etc as shown below DLS User Manual Page 265 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Search for items to add to Batch 16 Title Keyword Author Publication Date Standard Number Fa ISBN ISSN Call Number Es Subject Title Series Title Barcode Acquisition Date After retrieving a set of results manually click each item from your results or click the Select All option to select items to add to your batch Then click Add Checked and Done buttons to close the se
340. poll interval Interval 5 between polling for pop up and list messages predue advance days e 5 Days in advance to receive notifications of items due O for no advance notice Cancel See the earlier discussion of this section under Search Filters Hold Filled is the message that is sent to the patron when a hold is triggered Item Checkout and Item Check In are generated at checkout or checkin a message saying what items were checked out or returned It could be used instead of a printed slip The Interlibrary Loan group of messages will notify patrons about the status of those requests If your site allows patrons to make purchase suggestions those messages may be used Digest mode where available does not give details A regular advance notice or item due notice would list the titles and item details The digest version would only say something like you have 3 items due No item details are available The most common and strongly recommended settings for patrons are Hold Filled and Advance Notice Other messaging options may be added by future development The text for these messages is found under Tools Message Templates and may be modified see that section but should be kept fairly generic Since people can use different day in advance setting for advance notices the notice should not specify a time period Use wording such as due soon rather than due in three days so that it applies to all users 7 1 4 Patr
341. ports Wizard Build Mew lise Saved Create trom SOL Reports Dictionary wiew Dictionary y Statistics wizards Acquisitions Patrons Catalog Circulation Serials MN Inactive l Patrons who haven t checked out terms with no checkouts 8 5 1 Items with No Checkouts This report can identify items that have never been options for selecting by branch and item type DLS User Manual Top Lists e Patrons checking out the mast Most Circulated Items Other MN teris lost Catalog by ttemtype Average loan time Resources LibLime Reports Library checked out The initial setup screen gives Page 167 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Items with no checkouts Library Any Library Document Type Any Document type Limits Limit to None By None Output To screen into the browser To afie Named Export Into an application EXCEL Submit The report output lists materials with no recorded checkouts If you leave the default none as the limit option it will list everything Otherwise you can set a value from 5 to 1 000 for number of items on the list Items with no checkouts Filtered on Branch VCC Doc Type BOOK Summary Group Call Number Range Number of Items Displayed Total Items in Group MULL 7964 0044B96 1956 to 7099 TOTAL 7899 0 HULL H Call Number Barcode
342. quentially 9 5 2 Edit an Item Record To edit an existing item click Edit Edit Items New v ef Edit Edit Record FL Add to List Save Y Normal Garden Edit as Mew Duplicate by Moody Ric Type Book Publisher Boston Edit Summaries E OO CT as The Add Items screen will display The default entry is for a new item but existing items show at the top If you click the Edit link the information for that item populates the data form DLS User Manual Page 234 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Items for Garden State by Moody Rick Record 8181 Withdrawn Lost Damaged Notfor Collection Permanent status Status status loan code location LibLime Prestamo Circulating University Edit Delete Normal Book Demo Library Edit Item 9558 0 Withdrawn status 1 Lost status 2 Source of classification or Library of Congress Classification shelving scheme Tota Current Shelving Date Total location location acquired Checkouts Ren LibLime University Mlain Demo Collection 09 06 23 1 Library 3 Materials specified bound volume or other part 4 Damaged status 5 Use restrictions T Not for loan 8 Collection code Circulating Book a Permanent location LibLime University Demo Library b Current location LibLime Un
343. r the Role is linked will show ALL the permissions within that role Patron s role permissions are shown to the left of their individual permissions Any individual permissions you set will persist regardless of changes to role users permissions ETE superibrarnan Access to all librarian functions HM I fcirculate Circulate books El T icataloquel View Catalogue Librarian Interface cn T parameters Set Koha system parameters El T borrowers Add or modify borrowers E permissions Set user permissions E T freserveforothers Reserve books for patrons AWM borrow Borrow books EH l feditcatalogue Edit Catalogue Modify bibliographic holdings data E T fupdatecharges Update borrower charges a T facquisition Acquisition and or suggestion management E management Set library management parameters HT fools Use tools export import barcodes JE T feditauthorities allow to edit authorities cn T fseriais allow to manage serials subscriptions E T freports allow to access to the reports module lt P fstaffaccess Modify login permissions for staff users 6 4 Updating Permission Settings If you edit a Role patron and change default settings for permissions or messaging those changes will immediately be reflected in every patron record linked to that Role If permissions were individually assigned you will need to edit each patron record to change them It is recommended that you set default permissions through a Role
344. ranch than the owning library Please return The State of the language to WCCC Check In Options Enter item barcode Subrnit Forgive overdue charges l Dropbox mode Checked In items Due Date Title Author Barcode Type Patron Note Mot checked The State ofthe BOOK Mot checked In transit to out lanquaga Sto Se CIR CULATIN ait WCCC To put something in transit manually go to Circulation Transfer Select the destination library from the pull down and enter the barcode DLS User Manual Page 64 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home gt Circulation gt Transfers Transfer Destination library LibLime University Derno Library Enter barcode 37570000467570 Submit Library staff can always see what items are in transit under Circulation Transfers to Receive Home gt Circulation gt Transfers to your library Transfers made to your library on 11 25 2013 Your library is the destination for the following transter s Coming from LibLime University Branch Library Date of transfer Title ar Reserved by Location gt 11 21 2015 The Atlantic campaign Book Rone WYCCC D770 24 1988 tl ea Barcode 37570000061969 The State of the language Book 11 25 2015 Barcode 3757000007 4830 Mone WECC PE1087 569 1990 When the item physically arrives at the destination staff must run it through a checkin to clear the transit
345. ranked with higher relevance and be higher in search results Further stemming is based on dictionaries so the words offered in a search result match are going to be related to the search terms for example o test will not match tester but it will match tests and testing e Using an asterisk will expand stemming and will remove the dictionary logic from the search o test will match test tests testing tester testitudinal e Adding a question mark to the search term will return results with the search term plus one character but no more than one character o test will match tests but not test or tester e To use a wildcard to substitute for one character put a question mark in the string o wom n will find woman or women e Putting parentheses around terms will search the words in any order To search an exact phrase enclose it in double quotation marks o united states e You can also use an asterisk as an open ended truncation symbol at the beginning end or both of a search term o title unite 3 3 1 Other search tips e What s the syntax for single character right hand truncation nap or naps o nap e What s the syntax for multiple character right hand truncation nap or naps or napping o nap DLS User Manual Page 21 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited e What s the
346. rary LibLime University Demo Library y Category Sort 1 Adjunct Faculty Alumni Patron Full Time Faculty Public Patron Post Graduate Students Registration date Eden Board of Trustees Sial Employee Sort 2 Library setup Expiry date leave blank for auto calc Professional OPAC note rganrzafioan DEPARTMENT LIBRAR Y EC InterLibrary Loan ofafrsitcal See the previous section for assigning permissions via User Roles Permissions can also be configured individually After the record is created and saved click More Set Permissions Home gt Patrons gt Patron Details for Jane Jones 345678901 2 Jane Jones 3456789012 db New 7 Ef Edit Change Password amp Print y More Y Renew Patron Set Permissions A Delete Ms Jane Jones 3456789012 Cara namper 545070901 Email home address yahoo com 2 Initials Borrowernumber 14528 Date of birth Category Staff STAFF Geg Registration date 12 04 2015 Expiration date 12 04 2015 Edit Library LibLime University Demo Library address yahoo com iss Category Staff STAFF OPAC login 34567989012 Home Library LibLime Upload Patron Image OPAC password rr University Demo Library Edit Check Out Select the file to upload Alternate Address Browse No file selected Address Remember you must assign the catalogue access permission or else the user will not be able to log into the sta
347. rary LibLime LibLime gt is Reference University University Reference aana ne sa 49 97 Delete Edit book Demo Demo foe li Library Library LibLime LibLime gt Reference University University Reference anna ne 90 anna RRR 4 Delete Edit ble Doa ca Collection 2009 05 29 300e 300bb 5 Library Library LibLime LibLime E ta Edt Reference University University Reference 4 99 ne 2a oana a book Demo Demo Collection Seen eee ee Library Library LibLime LibLime lt A Reference University University Reference anna ar aQ 49 967_90 w Delete Edit book Demo Demo Collection 2009 05 29 42 257 290b Library Library When you have selected the item s to be deleted click the Delete Items button and those items will be removed 9 5 4 GUIDE UUID Item Fields Certain sites want to create a GUIDE UUID unique identifier for each item Provision has been made for this in subfields in the item record If your site uses this S is the site ID code based off a default entry in the authorized value GUIDE_SITE and 1 is the system generated UUID If you leave those subfields blank the system will auto generate the values You can also enter specific values for already existing identifiers By default the display of the GUIDE UUID is hidden in the staff and Discovery Layer bib display to enable the Discovery Layer display put this css code in the Discovery Layer Configuration Editor Inline Styles section table item
348. rate labels for Batch Items to be Printed for Batch 16 3 items Active Settings G ID Summary eh gt Barcode Delete Layout Topo S das Template Test ML shemistry Whitten Kenneth WW 226 0495391638 RSBOOK 37570000544618 Delete Batch 16 Organic chemistry Allinger Norman L di 227 0879010509 BOOK 01 001905 Delete Inorganic chemistry Shriver D F Si 228 0198552319 BOOK 01 001299 Delete Delete Selected from Batch 16 10 3 Label Printing Click the Generate Labels for Batch button to print your batch Generate labels for Batch Add item s to batch Delete current batch Remove duplicates The system will print the labels in a format that is specified as Active in the Layout and Template settings You can see the Active Settings on the right of the Items to be Printed for Batch results Add item s to batch Remove duplicates Generate labels for Batch Delete current batch Items to be Printed for Batch 16 3 items Active Settings O D Summary gt Hem Barcode Delete Layout Topo Chemistry Whitten K thw a Template Test ML emistry Whitten Kenne de a l 226 0495391638 RSBOOK 37570000544618 Delete Batch 16 Organic chemistry Allinger Norman L 227 0879010509 BOOK 01 001905 Delete Inorganic chemistry Shriver D F i 228 0198559319 BOOK 01 001299 Delete Delete Selected from Batch 16 If you need to change the Active Settings
349. rch tips links to library and other resources and contact information Welcome to our Library Catalog You do not need to log in to your account to search the catalog Log in to your account using your Library barcode and the default password supplied by the library Once you log in for the first time change your password to something private If you do not have an account come into the Library and register with us Can t log in Please stop by or call the Circulation Desk or email us We ll be glad to help Once you log in you can manage your personal information renew books place holds create lists etc 17 2 Simple Search The masthead has a search box you can select from certain indexes enter a term and click Go to perform a search The default Library Catalog is a keyword search every field in the MARC record 1s included Library Catalog Title Author subject HBN Seres Call Humber Concept All languaqge Keyword Because the keyword index 1s so broad users will probably get better results by choosing an index more suited to what 1s being searched 17 3 Advanced Search The Advanced Search page offers more options for focusing a search depending on how your system is configured System administrators can configure additional indexes to be added to the search pull down box Users can also select specific item types collection codes shelving DLS User Manual Page 335 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 H
350. rden State i Expanded subfield wiew leader008 Hide validation errors 000 OOS a8nam 22200209 4500 The record will now display like this DLS User Manual Page 203 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Koha Cataloging Editor Record View W 035 F a UUUUUSUUGT 099 1 a PS3563 05537 100 1 t a Moody Rick to Xv4Z 05259 245 1 Of a Garden State Tb anovel Toe Rick Moody 250 t a 1st Back Bay ed 260 t a Boston t b Little Brown f jej c1997 300 t a xi 212p E e 21cm 650 0 a Youth 1 Fiction t O X F 85756 650 0 a Bands Music 9 3 4 Editing Bibliographic Fields not under Authority Control All data within fields NOT under authority control can be editing by moving cursor to the desired field and changing text For example to change the 300 a move cursor to that field Highlight existing text if you want to delete it and or type in desired changes 260 t a Boston t b Little Brown t e ciggy 300 t a MARE f 21cm Edits to fields under authority control require the Authority record to be edited see later section The Cataloging Editor provides a visual clue when a field is under authority control and not editable the field itself is grayed out and on the screen a red circle with a line through it appears 650 1 0 a Abu Aish Sohair M 0 mmm 26293 4 700 1 It
351. rders Vendors Invoices Show Advanced You can expand the search to reveal the advanced search options by clicking on Show Advanced to the right of the search buttons DLS User Manual Page 292 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Search options for Orders search 4 Search Hide Advanced PO Number Staff Notes title Contains PO Status m Vendor Notes Q Vendor Account n Date Between and Created By You can change the object you are searching using the Search Options drop down box Search options fRA ee EE ay Invoices search PO Number Vendors search Search PO status Wendor Account The fields listed in the advanced search panel will change depending on which area you have selected to search Search options for Invoices search Search Hide Advanced Inv Number Created By title gt Contains Inv Status z Date Between and Q Vendor Account The right hand side of the Orders and Invoices search area allows specification of Boolean E search at any time and results will display in a new tab without interrupting any other modules you have open search parameters Use the icon to add additional search parameters You can initiate a DLS User Manual Page 293 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Search options for Vendors search Search Hide Adv
352. ready be created Suggestions are added to a Purchase Order by first Approving and then selecting Add to PO Note that the Add to PO button is not available until a Suggestion has been approved DLS User Manual Page 306 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited SF Add to PO Notifications Autho Note Status Reason PONumber Requested Hold For Course Na 1 History of religion unknown ASKED 415 Maria G Boese Maria G Boese i Proof of Heaven unknown REJECTED 418 Maria Deutsch Maria Deutsch 1 Contractor s guide to green buil Thomas Gla ASKED Robert Alexa 1 Project management for dummies ASKED Maria Deutsch Maria Deutsch What color is your parachute ASKED ptfs ptfs pts pts leontactedt ACCEPTED Library Copy 521 Ariana Baker Once titles have been accepted for purchase the Add to PO button will activate Clicking it will present a list of current open POs Select Purchase Order PO Number Vendor Account Status Created At 7 532 ME firm order Open 1171872013 528 ME firm order Open 11 14 2013 BZZ Barnes and Noble Books Open 44 14 2013 516 Barnes and Noble Books Open 1171172013 511 Amazon COM Open 10252013 510 Amazon com Open 1024 2013 509 Amaz On CONT Open 10242013 508 Barnes and Noble Books Open 102423200713 Sor TG Adult Open 1024 2013 505 Amaz OM oe Open 1016 2013 501 Amazon
353. reen 1s similar but contains additional fields for specifying pages journal title etc 4 12 2 Managing Requests To retrieve and manage the submitted requests go to Circulation Process Call Slip requests Home gt Circulation Circulation zheck zui Circulation Reports eck In Hiet Process call slip requests ES Holds Queue SEIS Holds awaiting pickup Course Reserves gai cine PEGs al Ae From here you can choose the type and status of request that you want to process For request type you can select Call Slip Document Delivery or Any to see all requests Status Requested 4 Request type Call slip E Requested after Ex Update view Process Call Slips 4 Document Delivery Requests DLS User Manual Page 85 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Select the request status request type and date 1f applicable and click Update view The list of current requests for that status is displayed Status Requested 1 Request type Call sip Requested after Eil Lipdale via Process Call Slips 4 Document Delivery Requests Request Request Request time Type Item requested Patron ETS Completed time Actions Molecular biochemistry Kosower Print slip call slip Edward ML pifs requested 07 03 2013 11 14 AM EditiFil request Call slip J QU 4 KBG 1962 Cancel request Print slip callslip ee e oncology ptfs requested 07 03 2013 1
354. ref you can use the calendar gadget to pick a due date Checking out to Nathan Smith 3132338 Enter item barcode or text 375700001 40417 check out Search the Catalog Find term using Advanced Search street Specity Due Date 100125 Ta Remember tor Session E Clear l Ej November 2013 x o en e2 1 Hold s 44 3 4 5 6 7 S 45 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 g checked out 46 17 a 19 20 21 z2 23 29 Fri Mow 22 The Remember for Session checkbox will retain the alternate due date you pick for all checkouts until you log out of the DLS Be careful using that setting 1t may not be obvious on the next patron s checkout If you use it click the Clear button before doing the next checkout The Search the Catalog button and the Find Item using Advanced Search link can be useful if you have the patron record but not the exact item record but that is relatively rare In that case you can search the catalog find and copy the barcode and come back to this screen to do the checkout Enter your search text in the checkout box and click Search the Catalog or go to the Advanced Search link DLS User Manual Page 52 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited When you ve entered all needed data click the Check Out button to complete the transaction The item is marked as checked out and the system remains on that scr
355. rges E acquisition Acquisition and or suggestion management Y facq_base Base acquisition operations facq_admin Acquisition system configuration and administration Y acq_requests manage Manage and review purchase requests V facq requests assign Assign purchase requests Y facq orders manage Create and modify purchase orders facq_orders_execute Approve execute and close purchase orders acq_invoices_manage Create and modify invoices acq_invoices_execute Approve execute and close invoices ba facq_vendors_manage Create and modify vendors lt acq_funds balances View fund balances facq funds manage Create and modify funds post transactions fiscal year rollover Scroll to the bottom and click the Set Flags button Those permissions will be assigned to any staff record linked to that Role 6 7 Assigning Permissions in an Individual Patron Record A library staff user 1s created in the same way as a regular patron except that you must select a patron category that has been designated as library staff Patron categories can be classified as DLS User Manual Page 141 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Adult Child Staff or some other special designations Staff tells the system the user 1s a library staff person and 1s allowed to do certain actions Library Management Card number 2456789012 Lib
356. right 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited All of the fields are optional except for Course Name If the course 1s taught by instructors click the Submit button to save the course and you will be automatically prompted to enter an Instructor s name Instructors must have DLS patron records Begin typing the instructor s last name and a list of matches will appear Add an instructor jones Jones Adam 10926 300 Main Street Your Town Jones Alexis 26496 300 Main Street Your Town Jones Alison 268113 300 Main Street Your Town Jones Ashlynne E 24758 100 Main street Your Town Jones Bartholomew 142703191 100 Main street Your Town Jones Caitlin E 13606 100 Main street Your Town Jones Carl P 169286 100 Main street Your Town Jones Christine G 139721505 100 Main street Your Town Jones Corson D 24455 100 Main street Your Town Jones David D 159626432 100 Main street Your Town Activation dates helo will aorbomeatiraly hanna this vall Click the Submit button again to link the Instructor to the Course 4 14 2 Adding Items to Courses Once a course has been created it will display under Circulation Course Reserves Hew Course Courses Click on the course name to view items an reserve You can create new Departments Terms Collection Codes and Shelving Locations fro
357. right 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited COLORADO 124000 UNCLASSIFIED COLORADO 1 24000 V877C COMMERCE CITY by Tenga Survey U5 Map Description aia 1 ADD Hen b iit par E p Description 1 z 6 al Hosea FAT it Dermomar Man MF CA 11 z Search Raaults Havagaior EXE mane of 1 bon 1 hola 00 Acide WE Addiocat HE al Tiida Actors Hoi i1 Comnrema E Add bo carl A Pree Library DEHA lor Ba iein LibLime University Demo Library View rebota a use Been ty pa Call Humbar EA Digital Documents AA Rap ivan Pad Adine PRA AF iat SEG 37 0 Me UNCLASSIFIED 1 To view the digital document click on the document link under the Digital Documents header bottom right panel The Document Viewer window opens An overview of the image is displayed with zoom pan controls The Metadata tab default provides the product format type and geospatial reference data a Clicking on the Save Print tab displays number of print save save as and delivery options b Under Print Options the Print Document and Print Metadata buttons output the image overview graphic and the metadata text respectively c Under the Save Options four Download links are provided to save the specified data in its original format Download File Download Metadata Download Overview and Download All zip file d Under the Save As Options the user can once again save the file a
358. rious messages ranging from a simple alert about a waiting hold DLS User Manual Page 53 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Holds waiting Threshold of war Book by Heinrichs Waldo H Hold placed on 1172172013 Waiting at LibLime Uniwersity Demo Library to warnings about overdue items and fines Patron alert 2 The patron has 4 overdue items checked out aa 4 The patron has outstanding fines of 8 60 Make a payment to a block on checking out for various reasons In the example below there are two problems The first is that the patron s card has expired a Renew link allows the staff person to quickly renew the card The second problem is outstanding fines over the amount specified by the Circ block fine threshold setting in the patron category policy or in other system configuration settings In this example the staff person can accept a payment but does not have permission to override that block and continue with a checkout Either the patron must make a payment or a more senior staff person with override permissions would have to log in and process the checkout Patron is blocked Please resolve the following conditions DD Patron s card expired on 01 20 7012 Renew or Edit Details s The patron has outstanding fines of 16 50 Make a payment You doa not have permission to overnide ts CONCA A patron
359. rms Three informational forms have been added these are Comments and Suggestions Technical Support and Enhancement New Feature These forms can be relabeled under Administration Authorized Values CALLSLIP_TYPES Mew Authorized value for CALLSLIP_TYPES Mew Category Authorized values The information in authorized values can be linked to subfield definitions in your MARC frameworks You can define as many authorized value categories as you want and as many authorized values as you want in each category When you define the MARC subfield structure you can link a subfield to a authorized value category When the user adds or edits a record the subfield is not entered through a free text field but though a list of authorized values show Category CALLSUP_ TYPRES Authorized OPAC Description optional OPAC value defaults to Description CALLSLIP_TYPES callslip Call Slip Edit Delete Comments and Category Description Icon Edit Delete CALLSLIP TYPES comment Edit Delete suggestions Ss CALLSLIP_ TYPES detect Technical Support Edit Delete CALLSLIP_ TYPES doc del Document Delivery Edit Delete CALLSLIP TYPES serice MENE Edit Delete Feature Changing the description will change what displays in the RFI pulldown in the Discovery Layer masthead RIF comments and suggestions Technical Support Enhancement Mew Feature You can hide an informational form by editing it and leaving the Description field blank or
360. rn the Authorized Values administration area See g Department ae gt section Term Instructors Sane Status Dates ILS Library Science 6004 Library Spring enabled Bait science Delete introduction to psycholo 1000 001 Sprin enabled Edi Psychology y sy ores Delete koha course Library Science koha course test Continuous enabled EA Edit PAJK Geo gt patial 1926 4 Continuous enabled Delete From the list of Courses clicking on any course name will open the Course You can then add items to the Course Put Items On Rese Edit Course DLS User Manual Page 93 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited A bibliographic record and item holdings record must already exist in the database before it can be put on Reserve Search for the item to be added by entering its barcode at this screen If item types collection codes and shelving locations have been set up for Course Reserve these are now visible Add a Course Reserve for koha course LS koha course Item Barcode 199g Reserve Book Collection Code Reserve Material Shelving Location _ Reserve Circ Desk B LEAVE UNCHANGED Public Note his item is on reserve every semester for Professor Smith Cancel Click Submit to save the record From the list of courses if you click on a course name you will see the items that have be
361. rnal rossiiskikh dergisi El Normal View MARC View Expanded MARC View Card View ISBD Type Continuing Resource Publisher Ankara Turkey Mustafa Yasar 2008 ISSN 1307 3419 Other Title Mezhdunarodny zhurnal Rossiiskikh issledovanil Uluslararas Rusya ara t rmalar dergis Related Subjects Russia Study and teaching Periodicals Russia Federation Study and teaching Periodicals Online Resources Click here to access online Tags from this library No tags from this library for this title Log in to add tags Holdings 0 Title Notes Subscriptions Comments This is a serial subscription There are 1 subscriptions associated with this title At library LibLime University Demo Library Library retains 5 years Current year In Periodicals Department on 2nd floor The 12 latest Issues for this subscription Issue Date Status Vol 65 No 1 2011 Jan 01 01 2011 Arrived More details If the decision was made to create Item holding records for this title the Add Item window will appear immediately after marking an issue as Arrived Serial Edition The wound care amp hyperbaric magazine Numbered Published on Expectedon Status Notes issue Vol 89 No 1 01 01 2012 01 01 2012 item 0 Wahdrawn status 1 Lost status a 2 Source of classification or 3 shelving scheme 4 Damaged status 3 5 Use restrictions a 7 Not for loan gt h Collection code a a Permanent location hime
362. rom inclusive ta exclusive Remember that you MUST set both a row and column The results show the breakdown you specified DLS User Manual Page 173 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Checkout statistics Filtered on Period From 01 01 2010 Period To 02 01 2010 Library WOCE Event issue Display by 1 ee datetime Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday TOTAL Adjunct Faculty 1 E a 4 a 2 24 Alumni Patron 0 O O O 0 O 0 DEPARTMENT LIBRAR Y EC o 0 O O 0 O o Employee O O O O O O O Full Time Faculty 0 a 1 o 0 o 4 InterLibrary Loan O E O O 2 O G Public Patron 0 1 19 5 5 ol 33 Post Graduate Students 0 O O O O O O Staff 1 o 1 5 o O 5 Student ae 43 166 og 31 ae 393 Board of Trustees O O O 0 O O O TOTAL 39 59 195 104 44 29 470 Since you cannot save settings you must recreate your report each time you run it It s generally easier to develop a saved SQL report for the statistics you need regularly so that you can reuse it The patron statistics wizard can give you breakdowns by patron options For example how many patron in the various patron categories by branch Patrons statistics Title Row Column Filter Patron category tf oO Fl Patron status El Patron activity 1 years of activity J o e EA Zip Code digits Library O i Date of Birth Sex T a Sor o Output To screen into the browser Toate
363. s Creating a standing order purchase order is essentially the same as creating one for a firm order There are some important differences however Selecting the order type Standing Order will place this PO in everlasting openness After clicking on New Purchase Order choose the vendor If the vendor account includes an order type it will automatically be added If the vendor account doesn t include an order type this field will be blank and you can select the order type from the drop down choices If you click Save without adding an order type there will be one more opportunity to identify this purchase order with the Standing Order type DLS User Manual Page 309 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Hew Purchase Order E3 Vendor Account B amp T Continuations Purchase Order Number 7 Order Type Standing Order id Y Save Cancel Next add a new PO line Either key in the information manually or download from a search New PO Line x i Title Guinness book of world records Order Type Standing Order Bibliographic Record ID 0 Purchase Order Line Status Author McWhirter Ross McWhirter Norris Close Reason OCLC Number OCoLC ocm04562942 EAM Z Koha Subscription ID ISBN Koha Serial ID Order Line Reference ISSN 0072 9000 ISMN List Price
364. s guide display table row j DLS User Manual Page 237 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Put this code in the IntranetUserCSS syspref for staff display table guide display table row j Most sites will not use this feature leave the display turned off and ignore S and i in the item record edit screen 9 6 Managing Authority Records Much of this was covered in the section on managing bibliographic records above However authority records can be searched edited and saved without going through the bibliographic record 9 6 1 Searching for authority records From the staff client launch the Cataloging Editor From Starting Points Find a record select Authority Record Koha Cataloging Editor Fecord View W Starting points Create a new record from template from 23950 search Find a record In the catalog Authority record staged record A search window will appear enter your search term and any options type of authority containing or starting with the search term DLS User Manual Page 238 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Authority records Search for all authors gt containing term s shakespeare sorted A Z gt Authority Search Results results Authorized Headings Titles in catalog Edit S
365. s Last month s checkouts and renewals by item type 12 12 2013 12 12 2013 TT ptfs ptfs 13375 List new titles added since x date 06 07 2012 01 23 2013 TT ptfs ptfs 13375 Message Queue most recent first 12 03 2013 12 03 2013 Statistics New items created last month by call number branch TT ptfs ptfs 13375 runtime 12 13 2013 12 13 2013 If you click on the tag in the left hand list only reports with that tag will show Home gt Reports gt Guided Reports Wizard gt Saved Reports Build and Run Reports Saved Reports Build N ere All Saved Reports Statistics x e Create from SQL Select an action Go Reports Dictionary View Dictionary Author gt Report click title to edit gt o saap Community Resources F LibLime Demo 14367 Statistics collstat 06 11 2013 06 11 2013 LibLime Reports Librar M ptfs ptfs 13375 Statistics Last month s checkouts and renewals by item type 12 12 2013 12 12 2013 MySQL Documentation Statistics New items created last month by call number branch Tags TT ptfs ptfs 13375 runtimes 12 13 2013 12 13 2013 x Statistics 3 a DLS User Manual Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The top of the reports list shows the filter currently in use click the x next to 1t to remove the filter and see the entire list again You can remove the tag from the report by clicking the checkbox then using the Select an A
366. s WHERE Extract Value marcxml datafield tag 020 subfield code gt a order by TITLE Here s another sample which pulls all the 650a entries and concatenates them It has a runtime parameter for the item s home branch SELECT biblio title biblio author ExtractValue biblioitems marcxml datafield tag 650 subfield code gt a AS 650 Fields items barcode biblio copyrightdate items itemtype 1tems itemcallnumber items location items ccode FROM items JOIN biblioitems on items biblioitemnumber biblioitems biblioitemnumber JOIN biblio on Gtems biblionumber biblio biblionumber where items homebranch _ HOMEBRANCHCODE__ ORDER BY items cn_ sort asc DLS User Manual Page 162 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited That report output looks like this Subject field entries Total number of rows matching the unlimited query is 19405 222123 95 gt gt gt title author 650 Fields barcode copyrightdate itemtype itemcallnumber location ccode Freemasons a e history and ICL Material MES 58999101 BOOK exploration of the CIRCULATING CIRCULATIN hain Record Material world s oldest secret societ Zebra default BOOK 1984 A 3250000051713 1951 BOOK CIRCULATING CIRCULATIN The American D dl journal of Nursing PERIODICAL PERIODICAL PERIODICAL pene Periodicals Archaeology a aay PERIODICAL PERIODICAL PERIODICAL Fer
367. s on the main page This also applies to the search refinement box that appears once you ve pressed any of the above buttons wherein you can change your search content DLS User Manual Page 294 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited A basic search looks for all of the words you typed in in any of the default fields Generally speaking the default fields are those you would expect to be searched In a PO for example this includes but is not limited to things like PO number vendor name and titles authors and ISBNs on the line items Thus 1f you enter war and peace in the search box and press Orders Search you would find any PO which had war and and peace anywhere in its default fields An Invoice Search for Gatsby would find any invoices for The Great Gatsby or for that matter a vendor named Gatsby s Wholesale Book Company This default behavior to look for all of the words you enter but not necessarily together can be modified in several ways 13 10 4 Conjunctive OR Searching If you want to look for any of the words logical conjunction instead of all of the words logical disjunction prefix each word with a question mark For example an Orders Search for war peace would find anything which had either war OR peace anywhere in the PO For obvious reasons you don t want to search for war and peace No
368. sa omarie T Hona rae Fra porra UNCLASSIFIED Geography RN Search Results Manigaror Serle lata r ped bl Fis wane a Ae Fes peras Mite Actin Derecription 304 T Camara Hoia A Cahe title baiarai EA Cope maiin of 1 cogs amp Print 3 5 8 1 Map Display 1 By default Esri World Imagery is used for the base map display To change the base map click the pull down in the top right of the map and select another option such as Google Satellite 2 Other menu items on the map menu bar are a Detach Map This launches the map in a separate window allowing the map to be expanded to a larger size and allowing use of a second monitor when available Close the window to revert back to a single window display b Map Controls Turn controls on and off using the checkbox Available controls are Grid display Overview Map display Disable Record Pan and Disable Record info Record Pan and Record info are enabled after query results are returned c Spatial Tools Allows searches using geospatial coordinates Enter the geospatial coordinates and click Find To change the type of coordinate system format used to search simply select the desired format from the coordinate list Available coordinate system formats are DDD DMS UTM MGRS DLS User Manual Page 38 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 3 5 8 2 Performing a Graphic
369. saging Preferences tab or through the staff patron editor A patron must subscribe to a particular message via a particular endpoint to receive messages exception delivery can be forced using the staff message send tool see below Subscription can happen directly through the patron s own preferences or indirectly through their roles or their category roles For example if the STUDENT category were assigned a ROLESTUDENT category default role and ROLESTUDENT were subscribed to advance DLS User Manual Page 144 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited notices by pop up and email then any student who did not override these preferences would receive advance pop ups and emails IMPORTANT While the messaging options include overdue notices patrons are NOT able to opt out of receiving emailed overdue notices Those will always be sent regardless of messaging settings 7 1 Staff Management of Patron Messaging Preferences 7 1 1 Role Settings Library staff can set defaults in the assigned Role patron and those will be picked up when a new record is created but staff can also change settings at any time for an individual patron Role patron settings are edited the same way as individual patron settings see below Changes to a role s messaging settings take effect immediately to all patrons who consume this role Remember that patrons can be
370. sda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Item information is imported in the MARC 952 field but some title item information also is placed in the 942 field In particular 942 subfield c contains another setting for item type this does not directly apply to items but is used for display in a few places Adding this setting can help to avoid confusion later So for each title you need One 942 c with the itemtype code use the item type of the first or most common item if more than one are attached 952 add as many as you have items for that title here are the most common fields you ll want to set e 8 collection code e a owning library code e b current library code e c shelving location code e k cataloging status e o full call number including cutter e p barcode e v replacement price if available this is what s used to determine billing cost to patrons for lost items No dollar sign in front of the price e y itemtype code The above are the most common fields unless your library doesn t use a field such as shelving location or collection code The a b and y are absolutely necessary do not create items without branchcode settings and preferably also an item type There are some other 952 subfields that you might want to use depending on your data but these are not critical for a data load e 7 set to l if the item is not for loan set to negative va
371. setup page Use the Course Status pull down to select Disabled Course Status Enabled Currenthy Beane below vill automatically change this value on given dates a E Disabled Activation date Manually enabling or disabling vill clear the start or end dates respectively Start Fra End Fa submit Cancel When the course is created or edited you can also enter specific start and end dates which will suspend or unsuspend the course automatically This requires the cron job manage_coursereserves pl your system administrator should make sure it is running New Course Courses Click on the course name to view items on reserve You can create new Departments Terms Collection Codes and Shelving Locations from the Authorized Values administration area pa Course a ES Es a Staff A S Course Name Department ep Section Term Instructors NS Status Dates Library s Edit ILS Library Science 6004 e Spring enabled Dilo Introduction to i Edit Daria Psychology 1000 001 Spring enabled Delete koha course Library Science koha course test Continuous gt disabled aa r PAOK Geo Spatial 1926 4 Continuous enabled Edit Delete The course and its materials still exist but are inactive and won t show in the Discovery Layer 4 Patrons Both library users and library staff must have patron records in the DLS but those records are configured differently Staff user records can also be used for
372. splay a call number This layout has a Barcode Type of Code 39 Barcode Type should always be set to Code 39 The Layout Type is set to DLS User Manual Page 258 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited biblio only because the call number of a book is bibliographic in nature 1 e biblio data Other choices are e barcode only for printing barcodes e biblio only for printing bibliographic data such as call number MARC fields like 250 035 etc e barcode biblio for printing both the barcode and bibliographic data with barcode being printed first e biblio barcode for printing both the bibliographic data and barcode with bibliographic data being printed first e alternating labels not in use e csv output not in use e patron cards for printing patron user cards If the Layout Type is bibliographic in nature the Bibliographic Data to Print section is relevant In this case Call Number is selected with the number 1 as being the first and only field of data to print If other fields are desired click the up down arrow next to the chosen field and chosen a numerical order in which to print it In the Typo example below the Layout Type choice of biblio barcode will print the bibliographic data and then the physical barcode The Bibliographic Data to Print has listed data fields to print Note these fields must be existing MARC
373. st Cara lt Delete Oltebarred Contact Mame borrowers contactirstname borrowers contactitle borrowers quarantorid Circulation Motes borrowers relationship Mest In the fourth step select the value you want for that field and click Next DLS User Manual Page 156 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Dictionary Add New Definition Step 1 Mame Step 4 Area Step 3 Columns Step 4 Values borrowers categorycode ADJUNCT ADJUNCT Mext ALUMNI DVEC EMPLOYEE Confirm your settings and save the definition Dictionary Confirm Definition Name Faculty Description teaching faculty Area Patrons Columns Wales borrowers categorroode FACULTY Save Now if you use the guided report wizard to build a patron report the definition will be available as a limiting option Step 4 of 6 Select Criteria to Limit on l Branch Code Pucca Dictionary Definitions IM Faculty Next gt The limiter will be added into the SQL statement created by the wizard DLS User Manual Page 157 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Confirm Custom Report Your report will be generated with the following SOL statement SELECT borrowers cardnumber borrowers surname borrowers firstname FROM borrowers WHERE borrowers categ
374. sted on Pickup location Not needed after Request note Pa Reply note Pa No fill reason Cancel reguest If a comment or note is sent to the patron it will appear in the patron s Discovery Layer account The Discovery Layer My Requests tab will show the current status of all patron requests Update request Fill request Refuse request Call Slip Judaism LibLime University 0620 2014 06 21 2014 completed Demo Library Call Slip Engineers dictionary LibLime University 12 17 2015 01 31 2014 in_process Demo Library Call Slip United States LibLime University 0116 2014 02 26 2014 testing no in_process History Demo Library items Response from library scanned and sent Call Slip The Garden State LibLime University 12 17 2013 01 10 2014 test call slip on_hold Demo Library Document Journal of abnormal LibLime University 12 17 2013 01 31 2014 requested Delivery psychology Demo Library Cancel Call Slip Water LibLime University 07 09 2014 O7 10 2014 requested Demo Library Cancel Response from library Will be available in 2 days DLS User Manual Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Page 87 e Cancel request selecting the Cancel request link allows you cancel the request directly with no option to provide an explanation for the action to the patron The request will simply appear as cancelled 4 12 3 Other Request Fo
375. sts New interlibrary loan request Title Personal Memoirs Up Sets S Sel DLS User Manual Notes Date Requested 00262014 Status gt Actions Pelee fete Edit Delete Page 91 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 4 14 Course Reserves Course Reserves functionality allows staff to group together materials tied to specified courses so they can be checked out for short periods of time two hours overnight etc If enabled syspref CourseReserves courses and reserve items are visible in staff mode and in the Discovery Layer 4 14 1 Creating Courses Courses are created under Circulation Course Reserves Circulation Check Out Check In Transfer Set library Course Reserves dk Offline Circulation Offline Circulation File koc Uploader Click the New Course button to add a course Add a Course Department psychology B Course Number Section Course Name Term Continuous 4 Instructors Click submit to add this course then you can add one or more instructors Staff Note Public Note Students Count Course Status Enabled current ly Activation dates below will automatically change this value on given dates Activation dates Manually enabling or disabling will clear the start or end dates respectively Start Ta End 1 m DLS User Manual Page 92 Copy
376. syntax for single character internal truncation woman or women o wom n single character truncation e What s the syntax for multiple character internal truncation woman or woken o wo n multiple character truncation e Is there syntax for left hand single or multiple truncation stub or tub ecology or biology o No left hand truncation e What s the syntax for phrase searching o Place the phrase in quotes 1 e roman empire 3 3 2 Index Searches You can search against an index not configured in the pull down 1f you know the index name For example to do a manual title search rather than using the pull down you could type title united AND states in a search box The title portion is the index name The search term follows you can use Boolean operators such as AND OR NOT in all caps You can also combine indexes in a manual search title united AND author smith See the Appendix with Solr index names to identify a particular index 3 3 3 Digital Object Searching If your site is configured for the full DLS with associated digital objects any search will automatically include searching against digital object metadata or full text of documents Therefore if you search for a string that might be in an attached pdf file the title record for the pdf file will show in your search results This may be confusing to users since there is no immediately obvious reason for that title to be in the results list
377. t tem Cancelled E O a II ht T Mext gt gt Find the fields you want in the left hand box select them holding down CTRL will allow you to select multiple fields then click Add to move them to the right hand box These are the fields that will be included in your report Be sure to scroll down In this example the first set of fields are relevant to the item record but further down are some fields for the title record Step 3 of 6 Select Columns for Display Mote Be careful selecting when selecting columns If your choice is too broad it could result in a very large report that will either not complete or slow your system down Barcode items itemtype biblio author biblio title URL LECI MARC Blob biblioitems co_source biblioiterms couclass biblioitems co_item biblioiterns co_sutfix E biblioitems cn sort biblioitems totallssues biblioitems marcxml lt Delete biblioitems on_order_count biblicitems in_process count biblioitems marcjson biblio biblio biblionumber biblio framerrorkcocde biblio author biblio title Next gt gt The next screen will give you some options to limit your report by item type branch lost value shelving location or collection code DLS User Manual Page 151 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Step 4 of 6 Select Criteria to Limit on
378. t Saved Reports Build and Run Reports Build New Use Saved Create from SQL Reports Dictionary View Dictionary Community Resources LibLime Reports Library MySQL Documentation Saved Reports All Saved Reports Select an action i Go Report click title to edit bib count LibLime Demo 14367 Bibs with no items Tags Admin Koha PTFS 1 Books in Call Number order DO Add Admin Koha PTFS 1 By Order of Call Number 2 0 Collection code breakdown LibLime Demo 14367 collstat 2 DVD and VHS checkouts alae es frameworkcode LibLime Demo 14367 Items at X library ptfs ptfs 13375 ptfs ptfs 13375 ptfs ptfs 13375 0 new 30 days ptfs ptfs 13375 i ptfs ptfs 13375 Newly cataloged records 2 Overdue list OOO MOO OO a OO OO O oO Deletion cannot be undone so check the reports to be sure you want to remove them 8 3 1 Tags Last month s checkouts and renewals by item type List new titles added since x date Message Queue most recent first Date a Last Created Modified 02 16 2011 11 19 2013 05 23 2012 06 26 2013 05 25 2010 09 25 2013 05 11 2010 05 25 2010 05 11 2009 05 11 2009 06 11 2013 06 11 2013 06 16 2009 06 16 2009 02 18 2011 02 18 2011 05 23 2012 09 06 2013 12 12 2013 12 12 2013 06 07 2012 01 23 2013 12 03 2013 12 03 2013 05 12 2009 05 12 2009 12 13 2013 12 13 2013 07 28 2010 07 29 2013 09 09 2009 09 27 2013 D c 5 o c 5 D E 5 D E
379. t first I ptfs ptfs 13375 M ntfs ntfs 1133751 Newly cataloaed records Date Es Created 02 16 2011 05 23 2012 05 25 2010 05 11 2010 05 11 2009 06 11 2013 06 16 2009 02 16 2011 05 23 2012 12 12 2013 06 07 2012 12 03 2013 12 13 2013 07 26 2010 Last Modified 11 19 2013 06 26 2013 09 25 2013 05 25 2010 05 11 2009 06 11 2013 06 16 2009 02 16 2011 03 06 2013 12 12 2013 01 23 2013 12 03 2013 12 13 2013 07 29 2013 The tag is then available for use I can select reports from the list and use the Select an Action pull down to apply the tag DLS User Manual Page 164 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home gt Reports gt Guided Reports Wizard gt Saved Reports Build and Run Reports Build New Use Saved Create from SQL Reports Dictionary Saved Reports All Saved Reports a RRA NA e Date a Last View Dictionary Report click title to edit Created Modified Community Resources E is aa iia E bib count 02 18 2011 11 19 2013 MySQL Documentation Delete Report er Bibs with no items 05 23 2012 06 26 2013 Tags Admin Koha PTFS 1 Books in Call Number order 05 25 2010 09 25 2013 x Statistics 0 Admin Koha PTFS 1 By Order of Call Number 2 05 11 2010 05 25 2010 rr Add M 0 Collection code breakdown 05 11 2009 05 11 2009 A LibLime Demo 14367 collstat 06 11 2013
380. t how you wish to receive messages and notifications below Note that certain important messages such as overude notices will always be delivered by email in addition to the settings you select My holds 10 Update settings Messaging Poll Interval My Requests My personal details Messages listed below are retrieved and displayed every 20000 seconds 0 to disable My checkout histo y id Announcements My Lists y Override role My tags Message type Scope preferences Pop up List RSS Email Digest My purchase suggestions Caught exception Notification My interlibrary loan requests Disk space low Notification docto General letter Sent to Me F Y Y My messaging preferences General message Sent to Me Y J Y F My general preferences General message Notification Y Y 7 F New results from scheduled Sent to Me search System shutdown Notification F Circulation Borrowing Override role Message type Scope preferences Pop up List RSS Email Digest Advance Notice Sent to Me F If the Override role preferences box is unchecked the remaining checkboxes Pop up List RSS etc show the patron s role preferences if any To alter these the patron must e check Override role preferences e change their delivery settings or unsubscribe from messages entirely by unchecking all endpoint type boxes For some message types users may request an email digest in which case all email messages of a given type are merged together whenever the que
381. tanding Order Physicians desk reference F Reference Standing Order The World almanac and book Reference Standing Order Writers and artists year bool Reference Standing Order America votes Reference Standing Order The American library annual Reference standing Order The College blue book Reference standing Order Editor amp publisher internation Reference standing Order Guinness book of world recor Reference Bookman s price index Reference Standing Order HAS EOARARAAAAL After each item in the shipment has been marked click the Mark as Received button If you chose to create an item record on receipt for these titles when you created your purchase order the next display will be an item form Create Update Item Records Create Guinn title Guinness book of world records f Coded location qualifier Item ID g Cost normal purchase price 25 00 O Withdrawn status none Y h Serial Enumeration chro 1 Lost status none Z k Cataloging Status none bal 2 Source of classification Library of Congress Classification Y o Full call number AG243 G87 2013eb 4 Damaged status none gt p Barcode 20130307 5 Use restrictions none ag t Copy number 7 Not for loan none i u Uniform Resource Identifier 8 Collection code E book pa v Cost replacement price a Permanent location WALDO testing x w Price effec
382. tates Case studies Genius Case studies Lincoln Abraham 1509 1665 Friends and associates Presidents United States Biography United States Politics and government 1861 1865 9 2 2 Searching for a Record in the Reservoir If a staff person has previous created or imported a record but saved it to the reservoir rather than to the catalog you can search and retrieve those records From the Starting Points menu click Open Staged Record Record Wi toh d New From template From 239 50 Open Catalog record Authority record Staged record Save A A Ln Template This brings up a search box You can use the pulldowns to specify either bibliographic authority or holdings record and a record that was staged by you or by anyone DLS User Manual Page 179 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Staged records List records Bibliographic gt records saved by T The results list shows titles with a link to the creator s staff patron record and links to view the record open it in the editor or commit the record directly to the catalog Catalog record Description Cataloger Date Action New bib testing reservoir saving liara 2014 12 05 Commit 32003 iewhide ful record 14 49 46 Open New bib This is a title 13379 2014 12 05 Commit 52002 Miew hide full record 14 41 09 Open Ne
383. tch log Imported 14 37 49 15 0 Clean ID 1052 OLSO Ingest 2014 06 29 1047 DiscoveryLayerCustomization pdf batch log Imported 09 20 51 1 O Clean ID 1705 DLSO l i r ingest l 2014 06 26 1046 marionette qentle introduction sample 1_ pdt hatch log imported 10 45 19 1 O Clean ID 1704 Click on the batch filename to open the batch You can then complete the import Manage Staged MARC Biblio Records gt Batch 1047 File name Discovers LayerCustomization pdf Comments DLSO ingest batch log ID 1705inone Staged 2014 08 29 09 20 51 Status imported Matching rule Mo matching rule in effect applied Action if matching create_new record found Action if no match create_new found tem processing ignore Undo impart into catalog Type Citation Status Match Catalog record Holdings 1 biblio DiscoveryLayerCustomization imported no_match 37141 The system will load the object and will create a minimal MARC record with the title being the object s filename Staff can then edit that record to something more appropriate DLS User Manual Page 274 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home gt Catalog gt Details for DiscoveryLayerCustomization DiscoveryLayerCustomization Type ISI Computer File Publisher 201 4 08 29T06 20 49 0700 Online Resources Click here to access online Holdings Descriptions No physical items for
384. te You can combine conjunctive and disjunctive searches but the results are not necessarily what you would expect Searching for quick brown fox dog looks for quick AND brown AND fox OR dog However quick brown fox looks for quick AND brown AND fox 13 10 5 Quoted strings If you want to look for a string containing a space instead of a word you can enclose text in quotation marks For example searching for art of war with the quotes would match any PO which had The Art of War Note that it would also match a PO which had a title The Black Heart of Warren Buffet for example Quoted strings behave just like words you can prefix them with a to make them conjunctive OR instead of disjunctive AND Note The quoted string must be found exactly as typed somewhere in the target 13 10 6 Explicit fields DLS User Manual Page 295 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited If you know what field you want to look for a term in you can explicitly specify it in square brackets followed by an equals sign For example Orders Search for author tolstoy would look for an order which any book by Tolstoy author milton title paradise would similarly find Milton s Paradise Lost but would not find a book titled Reading Milton nor a PO to a vendor named Paradise Books You can combine this with quotes and or conjunctive search title
385. te anunreomseautaaniaes 349 17 11 21 SUS PENG Ie THOMAS rs O da 349 ALS IN PING 8 ssa ies etcccza ete Vacca a e TN 351 Ds eg MEIN Request da 351 S My Porsonal Detalla 351 LAG My Checkout ESO ica 353 METI Y E AAA A q a Aten ine ia Acta Miyake haan ine eae am 353 ELAKS MY Ta rn E 353 ALLS My Purchases Ue esto tc a 354 171110 My Interlibrary Loan Requests aii idad ba 356 WA A A O 337 17 11 11 Discovery Layer POP UPS e a Waseda eedes 358 7I MY Messacine Pre lerene isna a ts 358 AOAO My General Pre lerenC CS nerne i a a 360 1712 Plae me Ho traia 361 FAS Reca Sorne E E N ete i aelenaat iano 362 V4 Call Ships and Document Delivered dcais 363 IS Other Request FOS ide 365 AN catered pct era evreers aoa etic act endian tarot ne uae eased cee a des 366 LPN ACS aie tata E A et hacia ier ketal anata E sued aire EA E E A S 368 DLS User Manual Page 10 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited AS A A sakes a tent saek wa a 370 PAPE OUNSE E 312 1720 Saved AA Pon 373 172 FMP Geospatal Funcional Yace a E o s 374 18 Basic System Configuration and Administration ccccccnnnnnnccnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnonnnonnnncnnnnnnnnnnnos 374 bho Discovery Layer Contrast de lolis 374 Appendix Sol Index Names sii iaa 376 Appendix 2 Sear OS a Aa quid 379 Prase eoa RR 379 DC Al CHIN S AS AIST HCCC S aoe as a 19 WV TLE an Caron ind 380 FUZZY SE archi iio aleidiee tai eaies 380 PH
386. ted In this case I gave the Add Subfield command but did not enter a subfield letter I placed the cursor into the first content data well and pasted the string Note that a space is required before and after the symbol 9 3 5 Editing Bibliographic Fields under Authority Control Fields under authority control cannot be edited from the bibliographic record changes to those fields must be made in the controlling authority record The Cataloging Editor provides a visual clue when a field is under authority control and not editable a red circle with a line through it appears when the cursor 1s placed on a field or subfield under authority control 650 1 0l a Abu Aish sohairM 0 mmm 26293 700 1 a Bulgakov Mikhail ABhassevich td 1891 1940 t Teatral nyziroman 0 NNMa 406655 If the authority record was imported from a source like Library of Congress or OCLC the authority record shows as grayed out as above If the authority is a machine generated record the display is red 100 1 Tf a Wagner Jane t 0O MoSDM 97812 This 1s a visual cue that the cataloger may want to upload or link to a more complete record 9 3 6 Editing an Authority Record from a Bibliographic Record To edit an authority record click the arrow at the left of the authority field MARC number 700 1 0 a Emmerich Michael f 0 San Esteban 72742 Append Field t e AUDIO Insert Subfield td 7617 Delete Field Link to authority Update from authori
387. ted as the pickup location If there is no active hold at that check in location the item will be trapped for the first active hold in the queue regardless of pickup location Patrons may place a hold from the Discovery Layer if syspref RequestOnOpac is on or staff can place a hold for a patron If your system is configured to allow on shelf holds syspref AllowOnShelfHolds then holds can be placed for items which are currently available In that case the request would show on the Holds Queue report staff would need to locate the item run it through checkin to trigger the hold and place it on the holds shelf for pickup The syspref ReservesMaxPickUpDelay sets how long a patron has to come and get the item seven days is a common setting but it depends on library policies After that time the hold can be canceled and the item is available for the next user DLS User Manual Page 72 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Holds can also be suspended by staff or the patron either for an indefinite period or to resume on a specific date 4 11 1 Item Level versus Title Level Holds A title level hold means that any copy of a particular title can fill the hold An item level hold means that only that particular copy can fill the hold even if other copies are available the patron s hold will wait for that copy to become available A site may disable i
388. ted at the Press office Florida flashlights a tho Reese Joseph Hugh The Hefty Press LC Fascinating facts about Peterson Hans Peter Printed by the Tribune p LC Industrial and economi Parsons Brinckerhoff Dept of Highway Safet LC Facts about paper shell Oak Ridge pecancom The Oak Ridge pecanc LC General report to the p National Forests in Flor Forest Service US Dep LC Facts to know Florida Mullen John M Mullen feature syndicate LC Elorida Moacric Allan Douinntoan Nant of Hiobhuoy Gafat Total Items 100 Done 100 100 retrieved SS Preview 043 050 100 245 260 la n us fl ja F311 b P47 la Fascinating facts about Florida la Peterson Hans Peter from old catalog la Tampa Fla b Printed by the Tribune press inc c c1936 If your search finds a Bibliographic Record that currently exists in your database the BR ID Bib Record Identifier column will include the Bibliographic Record Identifier The lower pane of this window provides a preview of a selected Bibliographic Record To preview a different Bibliographic Record highlight a different Bibliographic Record When you find a Bibliographic Record that matches the title you want to order double click on the Bibliographic Record within the results area to download the bibliographic information into a Purchase Order Line DLS User Manual Page 298 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N
389. tem count 1 none 20 30 06 y be 36144 Rogue state x 235 A measure of fairness x Leader 000 00766naa a2200205 4500 003 OSt ANA BNAANARBVANNANNE N Now to view both bibliographic records side by side go to the View menu at the top of the Cataloging Editor and choose Split View DLS User Manual Page 209 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited View Split view Normal subfield view Hide validation errors The bibliographic records in the tabs will display side by side Record View Cataloging Editor 36144 Hogue state Fecord type BKS Status Active Catalog Record 4 MFAD count 0 tem count 0 000 01601cam a 0053 a 4500 601 160550 005 20141022151008 0 rt Zoo A measure of fairness Record type BKS status Active Catalog Record Ea MFAD count O tem count 1 CATALOG record Last saved 4 mr 000 00b66naa 22200205 4500 003 Ost 005 20140020005006 0 9 3 8 Adding or Editing a Bibliographic Record Attribute CATALOG record Last sawed a mm Record attributes allow staff to flag bibliographic records for various reasons so those records can be identified and receive special handling This functionality is intended to address e Retrieving personal copies that have been placed on reserve using the Personal Copy attribute in conjunction wi
390. tem level holds in the Discovery Layer with the syspref OPACItemHolds This will force patrons to always place title level holds Staff can always place item level holds if needed For most titles with multiple identical copies a title level hold is preferred Only use item level holds when a particular copy is needed such as a specified volume of a magazine or DVD set 4 11 2 Placing a Hold for a Patron If staff need to place a hold for a patron the first step is to search for the title In the staff client bring the title record to the screen You can either click the Place Hold button at the top or the Holds tab at the left dP New Y Ef Edit El Save f Add to List amp Prin Za Place Hold Place Request A 239 50 Search A The state of the Garden State f Labeled MARC by Riccards Michael P Type 3 Book Publisher Trenton N J Hall Institute of Public Policy New Jersey 2006 Description xi 295 p ill 24 cm Related Subjects Cities and towns New Jersey Growth Medical care News Jersey Homelessness New Jersey Education New Jersey News Jersey Social policy How New Jersey became New Jersey Michael P Riccards Urban spravvl 2 Brendan O Flaherty Newark as a case study Brendan O Flaherty The Checkout history health care system in New Jersey in 2005 a snapshot Sherry Glied Medicaid in New Jersey options for reform Sherry Glied Michael Sparer and Megan mee
391. ter or Right Split Call Numbers will depend on the type of label to be printed Typically spine labels would be split using the LCCN or DDCN splitting routine Your library may choose Do not use if the data is to be printed horizontally as shown below DLS User Manual Page 260 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Edit Label Layout Layout Name SPINE Choose Barcode code 30 H Type encoding Choose Layout biblio only H Type Bibliographic Data to Print Choose Order Of Text Fields to Print Title ee Author ISBN MOS e Itemtype fe Barcode as text 1 F Call Number O List Fields start printing from 4 Label number Draw Guide M Boxes Text Justification Left a Split Call Numbers From To ODo not use Bx 8643 J4 73 1982 BX 8643 J4 T3 1982 LEN LE2385 LB2395 C65 1991 C65 Break on every non alphanumenc 1991 823 914 fs OREN 823 914 R797Z N32p R797Z Break on every subcomponent N32p TIP When creating a new Layout and multiple staff or libraries will be using the Label interface it is a good idea to give each layout a unique name even when using the same types of labels For example MJSPINE for Mary Jane s spine layout DLS User Manual Page 261 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 10 1 2 T
392. ter saving the link is visible in the display for both child and parent DLS User Manual Page 115 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited El Edit ES Change Password Print hore John Austen CHILDTEST Prejudice Court Prideville ST 325 Middle Initial s Date of birth 0401 2006 Sex Guarantor Austen Jane i Edit F Edit se Add child Change Password Jane Austen 60487312343 Prejudice Court Prideville WOT 9 5 Middle Inttral s Date of birth 02097190 Sex Guarantees A John Austen Edit 5 9 Updating Child to Adult Patron The Child patron category includes a setting for upper age limit This would be the age at which the juvenile would be considered an adult There is presently no automatic way to promote patrons as they age into a new category You can do so manually in the patron record If you have entered the birthdate and if the patron is now old enough to match the patron category setting you can go into the patron Details screen Click the More button then select Update Child to Adult Patron DLS User Manual Page 116 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home gt Patrons gt Patron Details for John Smith 32929 John Smith 32929 100 Main street Your Town 00123 123 234 4567 Cate
393. tered does not match the OPAC Login it will try to match against a cardnumber The screen will change to show your name You can then proceed with what you were doing or go to your account page by clicking on your name Hello ptfs Logout Academic Koha Library Catalog E ds dd DLS User Manual Page 346 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited A pop up message with a link to your account will also display briefly You ve successfully logged in Go to your account 17 11 Discovery Layer Account The first screen of your account area 1s the summary it shows how many items you have out and has tabs for various functions If there is a message or alert from the library such as a waiting hold the screen will show a message hy summary Change password My checkouts 3 Hello Jane Wagner Not you My holds 1 3 items are overdue View them My fines 20 00 EEES You have 3 items checked out My personal details y checkout history My Lists My tags My purchase suggestions My interlibrary loan requests My Messages My messaging preferences My general preferences Other messages may show 1f you have overdue items or fines ou have outstanding fines of 15 00 View them items are overdue View them DLS User Manual Page 347 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplicati
394. th creating brief records e Retrieving and exporting records that have been marked for export to OCLC or another utility using the Ready to Export attribute e Retrieving records that require maintenance as of a certain date using any of the attributes and the effective dates e Records that need circulation or cataloging staff attention upon return e Brief catalog records and ILL records DLS User Manual Page 210 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 9 3 8 1 Searching Exporting Removing Attributes Under Tools Record Attributes staff with appropriate permissions can search for records bibliographic item or both with attributes using the attribute type or the date applied Enter a beginning date an end date or a range of dates if the date applied criterion is needed Home gt Tools gt Record Attributes Please search for records using the Search Options box on the left Search Options Attribute Brief Circulation Recor Type All Types Date Appliecl from su LO Search Make your selections and click Search you will get a list of records that match The list may contain bibliographic or item records because the attributes may be linked to any of the levels of record The list will show bibliographic data regardless of what record the attribute is assigned to it may sh
395. th your images create a text file named either DATALINK TXT or IDLINK TXT In that file one entry per line enter the patron cardnumber followed by either a comma or a tab then the image file name For example admin_2 admin_2 JPG 1234567890 1234567890 JPG When you have matched all the image files with patron cardnumbers save the text file Then create a zip file containing all the images plus your text file In Tools Upload Patron Images make sure the zip file radio button is clicked Then click the Browse button and locate your zip file click Open to select it DLS User Manual Page 111 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Tools Home News Labels spine and barcode Calendar Notices Notice status triggers Moderate OPAC comments Moderate patron tags Log viewer Inventory stocktaking Auth Import staging Auth Import managing batches Bib Impor staging Bib Import managing batches Link Bibs to Authorities Batch Edit tems and Summaries Export bibs holdings Import patrons Patrons anonymize bulk delete Upload Patron Images Fine Threshold Forgiveness and Transters Foarnnen Finas Home gt Tools gt Upload Patron Images Upload Patron Images Patron cardnumber barcode Search No patrons found e zip Tile image file Select the file to uploed browse Mo me selected Upload Cancel
396. the New Interlibrary Loan Request link to create a new one That opens a pop up window with various fields the fields on the form can be controlled by the site in the Discovery Layer configuration editor New Interlibrary Loan Request Enter all information you have about the title you wish the library to acquire No fields are mandatory though you should provide enough information to locate the title Title Personal Memoirs Journal Title Article Title Author Ulyss Yolume issue Journal Pages Publication Copyright Date D ISBN DLS User Manual es Grant Close submit request Page 356 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The user would fill out as much information as possible and click Submit Request The request is then visible in the Discovery Layer screen the user could cancel it or edit it to include additional information My Interlibrary Loan Requests New interlibrary loan request Title Notes Date Requested Status Actions Personal Memoirs 00262014 submitted Edit Delete Ulysses S Grant 17 11 11 My Messages The My Messages tab shows a list of messages which have been delivered to the list message endpoint type These are retrieved periodically according to the Messaging Poll Interval in the My Messaging Preferences tab Messaging Preferences Submit changes Messaging Poll Interval
397. thor Format Date Due Charge Price Status Threshold of war Heinrichs Waldo H BOOK 12 12 2013 Totals 0 00 0 00 Print Slip will show all items presently checked out to the user Print Quick Slip will only show those items checked out today Both will open a browser window and immediately try to print that screen DLS User Manual Page 57 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Model College Library Hosted BY LibLime Print E LibLime University Demo Library vhecked out to 31888 A Miblink BizHub Properties Checked Out Today Status Ready Threshold of war Type KONICA MINOLTA C5545 eriesPCL 374700001 4041 5 Wht Frere Printing A oom Comment FF Print to file Print range Copies i All Humber of copies fi cP fi JE ages from ta gi me Collate Selection The text for these printouts is hardcoded and cannot be altered You can also print receipts from the main patron details page see Patrons section of the manual 4 4 Renewing Items for a Patron The number of renewals allowed is determined by the circulation policy controlling that particular item type patron category checkout Patrons have the ability to renew their own materials from their Discovery Layer account but staff members can also do renewals if needed On either the patron Checkout tab or the patron Details tab the screen shows a list of items currentl
398. ti Language Searching If you search against the index text fl your term will be matched against a set of English synonym translations of various foreign languages These terms are in a system file For example text fl cheese will match French records that contain the word fromage and Spanish ones that have queso French Italian Spanish and German are presently supported 3 5 7 Concept Synonym Searching Similarly you can search for certain terms and the system will look up possible synonyms For example searches for concept school will match the word school as well as synonyms for school The concept field contains all of the record s metadata text as well as the full text content of the attached digital object if available 3 5 8 Geospatial Map Display Bibliographic records with key data in the 034 field Coded Cartographic Mathematical Data will display in a map if the GeoSpatial options are configured upon install For example the bibliographic record for the book Geography has coordinates in the 034 field 1f users click the Map button to toggle map display those coordinates show as a yellow dot and blue box on the map DLS User Manual Page 37 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Y koha cay Catalog gecgrapm us er EGLES Hame Adgwanted Seach Mew Ties Comme eters Grove Tag Clog db Oime Chii ori
399. ting In these cases editing the Printer Profile can prove helpful DLS User Manual Page 263 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Edit Printer Profile Profile settings Profile ID Mew Profile Unassigned Printer name default Paper bin ldefaur 2 Template name Profile Unassigned Units PostScript Points Offset Horizontal pt Wertical pt Creep Horizontal O pt Wertical O pt Save Cancel 10 2 Generating Labels Labels can be printed individually or in batch mode Both options are available under Tools Label Creator Home gt Tools News sa News Land the OPAC and staff interfaces Create printable labels and barcodes from catalog data and patron cards from patron data Enter a barcode to generate a printable spine label The Quick Spine Label Creator allows entry of a barcode to generate one label based on configuration from system preferences The Label and Patron Card Creator allows creation of batches to be printed in a group such as all the items cataloged on a particular day Click the New Label Batch button to create a batch New Layout 5 New Label Template gt New Printer Profile gt Mew Label Batch O New Patron Card Baich Click the Add item s to Batch button to add items to your batch DLS User Manual Page 264 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized du
400. tion gt Check In Not checked out tem was lost now found Check In Options Enter item barcode Submit Forgive overdue charges Dropbox mode Checked In items Due Date Title Author Barcode Type Patron Note Not checked out State of the World 2006 37570000513134 BOOK CIRCULATIN Not checked out See lost item handling for more information 4 6 Fast Add at Checkout In certain circumstances you may need to check out an item that is not in your database This can happen with ILL items or with old items that may have been missed when the collection was first cataloged online If a patron has an item to check out and it either has no barcode or that barcode isn t in the database you will get an error message You can also trigger this by entering a nonsense or nonexistent barcode Cannot check out item Please resolve the following conditions Ub The barcode was not found Fast Bib Add This transaction may not be completed Cancel transaction n If you have permission to create one you can click the Fast Bib Add link in this error screen That brings up an edit screen where you can enter brief information about the item At minimum you should enter a title and item type and check Brief Circulation Record under Item Attributes see that section under Cataloging Your site may set policies about creating and using Fast Add records such as always using a call number of FAST ADD or some
401. tions associated with this title At library LibLime University Demo Library Library retains current year and two previous years The 3 latest issues for this subscription p ener S S ULI e S Issue Date Status Note Vol 49 No Y 09 01 2010 Arrived Vol 49 No 6 06 01 2010 Arrivec Vol 49 No 7 07 01 2010 Arrived Mere dotails Item Records are optional and are used to circulate individual issues to patrons through the Circulation functionality The Journal of nursing education El Normal View MARC View El Expanded MARC View Card View ISBD Type o Continuing Resource Publisher New York N Y Blackiston Division McGraw Hill c1962 Description v ill 25cm General Note The Journal of Nursing Education provides a forum for peer reviewed original articles and new ideas for nurse educators in various types and levels of nu and enhances the teaching learning process promotes curriculum development and stimulates creative innovation and research in nursing education The Journal also features including educational innovations research briefs and syllabus selections Subscribers can also benefit from our featured Online Advanced Release read arti before they appear in the print issue from journalofnursingeducation com ISSN 0148 4834 Related Subjects Nursing St and teaching United States Periodicals Education Nursing United States Periodicals Tags from this library No tags from this
402. tive from b Current location WALDO testing bd x Non public note c Shelving location Reference Collection E y Koha item type Reference Book 2 d Date acquired 2013 03 07 z Public note e Source of acquisition If you have not sent the bibliographic record to the catalog yet you ll be prompted to do so now Send to Catalog x POL has not been sent to the catalog you must do so to create an item Send POL If this is the first time you ve received this title answer yes After you ve received the first copy of a standing order title the next time you receive the same title the Receive display will show that this title 1s a Standing Order and any Receiving Notes you ve added will be displayed DLS User Manual Page 312 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Orders ul Mark as Received Vendor Account B amp T Continuations C Title Location Order Type Staff Note Receiving Note Cryptonomicona novel Music Library Guiness Book of World Reco Bookmobile Standing Order J Physicians desk reference F Reference Standing Order Adds new POLC Adds new POLC Adds new POLC New edition to Reference Adds new POLC New edition replaces exist The World almanac and book Reference Standing Order Writers and artists year bool Reference Standing Order America votes Reference
403. treet Smith Lynette 013239 ALUMNO 100 Main street Smith Mary K 018450 STUDENT 100 Main street Smith Michael L B 24903 STUDENT 100 Main street Smith Mathan 31888 STUDENT 100 Main street Smith Micholas S 25027 STUDENT 100 Main street Select Find the right patron and click Select and yov ll be taken into the patron record on the Checkout tab Enter or scan the item s barcode into the Checkout box DLS User Manual Page 51 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home gt Circulation gt Checkouts gt Nathan Smith Nathan Smith 31888 dr Ef Edit Change Password E Print pire Checking out to Nathan Smith 31888 Enter ttern barcode or text 375700001 4041 check out search the Catalog Find Item using Advanced Search 100 Main street Specify Due Date Your Town 00123 FS Remember for Session Clear addressiayahoo com pe Category Student STUDENT Home Library LibLime University Demo Library 0 Checkouts 1 Hold s Patron has nothing checked out Check Out For most checkouts you will want the checkout period specified in the circulation rule to automatically take effect However at times you may want to check the item out for a shorter or longer period of time If the option is turned on for staff with the SpecifyDueDate sysp
404. tructure supports two different classes of messages unicast and multicast A unicast message 1s sent to a specific patron or recipient address examples include fines alerts account details welcome emails and approval or rejections notifications sent to patrons who submit purchase requests A multicast message occurs in response to a particular event and is received by patrons who are subscribed to that message type through their message receipt preferences Each message has a specific message type associated with a unique code such as ODUE overdue PR approved purchase request approved or gen letter general purpose letter Message types are grouped into categories such as Acquisition or Announcements Some message types exist in both unicast and multicast flavors others only occur in one variant or the other Messages can be delivered to one or more message endpoint types Currently defined endpoint types include e Pop up these appear as the familiar info or alert boxes in the Discovery Layer e List these appear in the My Messages tab of the Discovery Layer e RSS these are available once a user subscribes to their messages RSS feed using their browser or RSS reader e Email these are sent to the user s email address More endpoint types may be added in the future The delivery of messages is governed by patrons message receipt preferences which can be set either through the Discovery Layer My Mes
405. ty Edit authority Choose Edit Authority and the authority record will open in a tab next to the bib record DLS User Manual Page 207 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Koha Cataloging Editor Record View Y sed in 1 bibs 7617 First snow on Fuji x San Esteban 72742 aEMMERICH MICHAEL x Leader 008 A 000 00422nz a22001450 4500 001 72742 003 San Esteban 005 20100305141148 0 008 100305 allllll HI 4 040 f a OSt c OSt 100 667 4 4 4 4 4 a Emmerich Michael 4 a Machine generated authority record 670 a Work cat OSt 7617 Kawabata Yasunari 1899 1972 72741 First snow on Fuji 2000 c1999 942 a PERSO_NAME 999 t e 72742 t tH When the cursor is in the authority record tab the header areas above the record are yellow If you click back to the bib record those areas will return to brown Make any needed changes and Save from the top right hand side of the record You can close the record by clicking on the X in the tab header or leave it open if you want Then return to the bib record It should have updated itself automatically with the change to the authority record If it didn t you can click the arrow next to the MARC field again and this time choose Update from Authority 700 1 0 t a Emmerich Michael 10 San Esteban 72742 o t c AUDIO t d 7617 Append F
406. ue is processed typically daily Pop up and list messages are retrieved periodically by the Discovery Layer from the LAK backend The frequency is governed by the Messaging Poll Interval setting at the top of the page This setting has role and category role defaults if none of these are set the default is 20 seconds The duration that pop ups stay on the screen is governed by a setting in the My General Preferences tab see below Changes to any of these settings are not saved until the patron presses the Submit Changes button DLS User Manual Page 359 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited NOTE Regardless of role or individual settings overdue notices will ALWAYS be sent by email Patrons may not opt out completely from that message IMPORTANT there is a subtle but important semantic difference between user and role preferences For example suppose Alice and Bob are both assigned the AdultPatronRole role and that role is subscribed to receive overdue messages by RSS alone Alice overrides these role preferences checking the Override role preferences box but keeps them as they are 1 e RSS is checked but all others are unchecked Later a staff member decides to change the AdultPatronRole role to receive overdue notices by email Now Bob will receive these by email because he has not overridden his role preferences Alice however will still get
407. uff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited locations languages target audience publication date musical instrumentation and owning library K e yy or d A n y h ere O Ad d a n oth e r search Limit search results Limit by Library Any Library m Only items currently available for loan or reference Limit by Item type TT Audio Books FT Book TT Calculator FT Compact disk M dissertation masters FT DYD Digital Video Disc TT Equipment TT Manuscripts T Map FT Periodical TT Photographies FT Project Report TT Reference Book T Reserve Book T Reserve DVD D Reserve Video non circulating T Scanner T Text and Reference Books T Video cassette FT Video Materials Limit by Collection FT Audiovisual TT Circulating Book TT com FT Equipment FT Foundation Center Cooperating Collection Reference Oversize Book T Periodical TT Reference book TT Reserve Material TT ideo Materials Limit by Shelving location See the section on searching earlier in the User Manual for additional options and search tips 17 4 Results List From either basic or advanced search you ll be taken to a results list The screen will show the search strategy used titles and information about item availability If you used more than one setting in your search you ll see an X next to your limiters you can remove that limitation and redo the search 1f desired DLS User Manual Page 3
408. ulation menu click Overdues There is a screen warning the report can require a lot of system resources on large systems If your site has the FilterBeforeOverdueReport syspref turned on you will be required to select one or more filters branch patron category etc before you can run the report Home Circulation gt Overdues as of 12 02 2013 Overdue Report Please choose one or more filters to proceed Filter On Hame or cardnumber Patron category Patron flags Mone gt hem type Library of the patron Any Pra Library tem was checked out at LibLime University Derr gt Sort Ey Show any tems currenthy issued Apply Filter These options are also available after the report is run if you need to redo your selections DLS User Manual Page 71 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home gt Circulation gt Overdues as of 12 02 2013 Filter On Hame or cardnumber 789 Items Overdue as of 12 02 2013 filtered i of displayed over i Fines Library Title Barcode Call number Patron category Accrued The Norton anthology of English ITEM LOST NOT ON A v Ihe Horton anthology ot English a wece literature by Abrams Ml H A 10 00 SHELF atron flags The Norton anthology of English a ITEM LOST NOT ON None El WCCC literature by Abrams M H 10 00 SHELF Item type Any zi
409. uments Clicking that link takes you into the staff interface where you will have options for editing the record managing holds viewing the checkout history and more Home gt Catalog gt Details for CT and MR quided Interventions In radiology Normal Checkout history Modification log lt gt New gt E Edit E Save y f Add to List amp Print Place Request Discovery Layer View Prev Back to Results Next CT and MR guided interventions in radiology electronic resource by Mahnken Andreas H Ricke Jens Type Book Publisher Berlin Springer c2009 Abbreviated Title CT and MR quided interventions in radiology Related Subjects Radiography Interventional methods Magnetic Resonance Imaging Interventional methods Online Resources Fulltext available from Springer Books Fulltext available from SpringerLink ebooks Medicine 2009 In SpringerLink ebooks Medicine 2009 Record In Springer Books Record Buttons for Prev Next and Back to Results will let you move between title displays without having to return to the results list DLS User Manual Page 49 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited What you can do at this screen depends on the permissions assigned to your staff login account For more information about working with bibliographic records s
410. under Title Actions DLS User Manual Page 344 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Title Actions Place hold Place Request 2 Document Delivery 4 Print lll Save to Your Lists If you search for a title and then click on Save to Your Lists the following screen options appear Add to a List i i Create new New list Music list History Forum list Name Public If checked this list will be visible to everyone I p3 Sorted by title Title s to Add Title Author Year 1 Mozart Tchernaya E S c1986 Cancel Create new List From here you can create a new list for the title or select an existing list to add to You can also make your list Public by checking the box and you can determine how the list will sort by title author or date The titles that are included on the list appear at the bottom You can also manage your list from the drop down in the Lists icon Here the options are to create a new list or manage an existing one If you select Create the following screen appears Add to a List New list Name Public gt If checked this list will be visible to everyone Sorted by tithe Ei The list is empty Add titles via search results If you choose to Manage Lists you are taken to your patron account record where all of your lists are available for viewing and managing DLS User Manual Pa
411. ur Lists Public Lists List Name Contents Sort by Type Options Music list 20 item s title Private Edit Delete From here you can create a new list edit an existing list or delete a list To add a new list click on the button New List This will bring up a template for the new list details This includes a name for the list how it will sort and whether it 1s Private Public or Open de gt New List Create a new List A Private List is managed by you and can be seen only by you A Public List can be seen by everybody but managed Name Owner ptis Sort this list Title 3 only by you by A Open List can be seen and managed by everybody Category Private E Save Cancel Click Save when you are done When the template is saved you are taken to a screen where items can be added to the list To add the items scan in the barcode and click Add DLS User Manual Page 329 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited db New List Ej Edit List 3 Delete List Add an item to Beethoven List Barcode After an item is scanned it appears in the list JL New List Ej Edit List 22 Delete List Contents of Beethoven List Select All Clear All Title Author Date Added O Beethoven Orga Ates 01 03 2014 Holds Place Hold Remove selected Items Add an item to Beethoven List Barcode oe aa
412. us Notes Issue Wol 65 No 4 2011 Apr 04 01 2011 04 01 2011 04 01 2011 supplemental Issue Claim letters can be printed by clicking the Claims link on the Serials menu Home Serials a gt Mew Subscription Check Expiration NR is AA e ES me Serials subscriptions ISSN Title 1307 3419 International journal of Russian studies Claim notices are defined in Tools Notices and can be edited as needed 15 Lists The list function allows users to create lists items that may or may be shared with other users It is available in both staff and the OPAC Lists may be public private or open A private list is created managed and seen only by the person who created it A public list is seen by everyone but managed only by the person who created it An open list can be seen and managed by everyone This can become unwieldy or unmanageable and is not recommended To create and manage lists in the staff mode select Lists from the home page menu DLS User Manual Page 328 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Circulation Check out to OK Check in Transfers Patrons Search OK Search Search catalog OK Lists K No special staff permissions are required to manage lists When you select Lists from the home page you are taken to a display of your current private and public lists qe New List Lists Yo
413. usten John dile FP CHILDTEST 123 Hometown Ovire MAIM 04222014 040 0 00 Add to Cart Edit Anytown TA 12345 E If needed scroll down to the Library Management section and change the patron category to an appropriate child patron category Library Management Category Juvenile E i Child Library child Juvenile Work Libraries Adu subscriber Sort 1 Courtesy ron Full Service Purchased Card Sort 2 Lost Card Online Library Card Card number Patron beloved Print Only Purchased Card If needed save the patron record then edit it again Near the top of the edit screen there will now be a section for Guarantor information Modify Child patron John Austen Patron identity Salutation Surname Austen Required First name John Required Middle Initials Date of bith 04 01 2006 ZE Required Other name Female Male wat Guarantor Information Surname First name Relationship father u Set ta Patron Delete Click the Set to Patron button This brings up a search pop up window paste the parent s barcode into the search box DLS User Manual Page 114 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Modify Child patron John Austen Koha gt Guarantor Search Mozilla Firefox 10 xj Patron identity ptfsdemo staff kohalibrary com cgi bin koha members quarantor_search pl Downloads Salutation X Se
414. uthority record Staged record Save As Template Search 239 50 Target s Search query Title search searching 4 of 8 targets Author subject SBN Catalog Search Risen status Connected Title Author Publisher Source Edit Close You can use the dropdown menu to select your desired search index Note that placing your search terms in quotes will increase the exactness of the search DLS User Manual Page 181 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited By default the search will run against all targets specified as checked searched by default in the 39 50 administrative setup You can adjust this by clicking the link that reads Searching x of x targets search 239 50 Target s search query Title gt Searching 1 of 5 targets KK That expands the display to show all available targets Click or unclick the ones you want to search search 439 50 Target s Search quer Title g Search targets Hide LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 73950 loc gov E NEW YORK UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES bobcat nyu edu E COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY elio db cc columbia edu E NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY catnyo nypl org E SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES siris libraries si ecu You can also start a z39 50 search from a catalog record display screen under Edit New from z39 50 EditRecord Edit Items Merge Record Team Of E
415. uto calc In this section you can also change the patron category and the home library if needed The system will pick up the current date as the enrollment date The patron category policy has a defined enrollment period if you leave the Expiry Date field blank the system will calculate the expiration date based on that period You can enter a manual date if you need a shorter or longer enrollment period for this patron There are two note fields in the record OPAC Note is for messages that will be visible to the patron when logged into the Discovery Layer It can be a useful way to communicate something that isn t urgent or isn t covered by one of the standard messaging options Circulation Note is for messages that will display to staff on the Checkout screen This can be used for warnings reminders or other information needed at checkout OPAC note Circulation note The OPAC login section is needed if you want your patrons to be able to log into the Discovery Layer Common practice is for the login ID to be the same as the cardnumber since the login ID field must also be unique NOTE a user can log in either with the defined userid OPAC DLS User Manual Page 101 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Login field or the cardnumber if the value entered does not match the OPAC Login it will try to match against a cardnumber OPAC login
416. utput lists the patrons and their counts Top 5 List patrons for Checkouts Filtered on Issue From 01 01 2010 Issue To 01 01 2011 Bor Cat FACULTY Rank Patron Oo w mM mm amp 0d Degnan Paul F Wilson Soqa Nancy Antonelli Lor A Hillyer Karen hichtahon Elizabeth Frabizio Kerry Podstupka King Lori Troy Lisa oprow Madeline Tettemer Stephanie F Ward El Cartine Harvey Phillips Joseph T W Issues count 30 16 12 8 5 3 Most Circulated Items EXCEL Delimiter i This report is similar to the patrons with the most checkouts except it is by item The setup is the same select by date range branch item type patron category DLS User Manual Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Page 169 Most Circulated Items Checkout date from Check in date from Library item Type Patron Category Day Month Year T To PEA o AE O Any Library y Any item type y Any Category code y Limits Limit to By Output To screen into the browser To a file C Named Export Into an application EXCEL y f y submit The report output lists the items and the number of checkouts Top 5 Most Circulated Items Filtered on Issue From 01 01 2010 Issue To 01 01 2011 Rank Global ltem mM A w hi Headset los sraphing Cal
417. vailability format based on the MARC fixed fields author subject language geographic region publication date item type and collection code Clicking on any entry from the facet will narrow the existing search From links on the results list you can individually add titles to a cart or list or place a hold You can also use the checkboxes next to each title to select multiple entries then use the Action pull down at the top Select all Clear all Action titles Unhighlight E Ss a sort by Relevance e Add to Cart Ma Garde adato List by Moc Rick Moody arde Place hold Format Book Publisher and date Boston Little Brown c1997 ISBN 0316557633 Holdings 1 copy none available Place hold 0 holds on 1 item e Add to Cat Add atag foo The state of the Garden State by Riccards Michael P Format Book Publisher and date Trenton M J Hall Institute of Public Policy New Jersey 2006 Holdings 1 copy none available Place hold 1 hold on item e Addto Cart Add atag DLS User Manual Page 337 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 17 5 Title Display Clicking on a title from the results list will bring up the title display screen Here you will see information about the title and about items attached to that title Fifty state systems of community colleges mission governance
418. ved Cataloging Editor Record Viewr ft Holdings manage CATALOG record none Save to reservoir Record Attributes edit Last saved 2014 10 22 none 11 TDS At any point you can return to the title display without saving changes by clicking the blue circle arrow icon The bottom half of the bibliographic display shows the full bibliographic record on a single page DLS User Manual Page 200 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 8181 Garden State 000 005o9nam 22200208 4500 003 AY 005 20140826124511 0 008 mau eng 020 la 0316557633 035 t a 0000030081 099 t a P53563 05537 100 1 t a Moody Pick as 245 1 D t a Garden State f b anovel Toe Rick Moody 250 t a 1st Back Bay ed 260 t alBoston t b Litte Brown f c1997 300 T a xi 212 p f ej 21 cm 650 Dt a Youth t Picton as 650 OF feas SiC RICH 1 PON ao tas O40 t 2 dar toe AlI t y DERE Monarie All fields not under authority control can be edited by moving the cursor to the field subfield and typing new text Fields under authority control cannot be edited from the bibliographic record the authority record must be edited for changes to be made to these fields See the section Link Bibliographic Record to an Authority Record for further details The Leader and 008 is editable in a pop up box click the HH AgJ
419. verdue items export_catalog Export bibliographic and holdings data fine_threshold_ forgive Run fine threshold forgiveness rules import_patrons Import patron data inventory Perform inventory stocktaking of your catalogue label creator Create printable labels and barcodes from catalog and patron data manage staged marc Managed staged MARC records including completing and reversing imports moderate_comments Moderate patron comments schedule_tasks Schedule tasks to run stage_marc_import Stage MARC records into the reservoir view_system_logs Browse the system logs send_general_ messages Send general messages serials allow to manage serials subscriptions reports allow to access to the reports module staffaccess Modify login permissions for staff users If the site is using catalog access control codes identified in the authorized value PSCOPE catsource will show in this section permissions can be assigned to add edit delete only specified collection titles and items If the site is also using external authentication such as LDAP then the Retrieve Bibliographic records editcatalogue bib get MUST be assigned to all public and staff Roles or users will not be able to search 6 6 Assigning Permissions in a Role Patron After the Role record is created and saved click More Set Permissions DLS User Manual Page 140 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unaut
420. vid Mehta Deepa 1949 Fox Searchlight Pictures Mongrel Media Telefilm Canada Noble Nomad Pictures Echo Lake Productions Twentieth Century Fox Home Entertainment Inc Format DVD Language fri Hindi Publisher and date Beverly Hills CA 20th Century Fox Home Entertainment 2006 Holdings 1 copy none available tek kek 4 00 1 rating Rate this title 777 Place hold 0 holds on 1 item WW Add to Bookbag Add a tag DLS User Manual Page 371 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited The rank assigned to each bibliographic record is stored by Solr so it can be used when organizing search results to show titles ranked highly by others atop a search results list options for relevancy are expanded to include Patron Ranking as a category Popularity Popularity Most to Least Popularity Least to Most Patron Rating Za Rating Highest to Lowest Rating Lowest to Highest Author Author A Z Author Z A Call Number Call Number Non fiction 0 9 to Fiction A Z Call Number Fiction Z A to Non fiction 9 0 Dates Publication Copyright Date Newest to Oldest Publication Copyright Date Oldest to Newest Acquisition Date Newest to Oldest Acquisition Date Oldest to Newest Title Title A Z sort by Relevance v 17 19 Course Reserves If Course Reserves are enabled users can view course materials through the Dis
421. w bib testing Baro 2014 12 09 Commit 52001 Viewhide full record 14 41 36 Open New bib testing reservoir saving laara 2014 12 05 Commit 32000 Mew hide full record 14 41 16 Open New bib 1954 ars 2014 12 09 Commit mag Viewhide full record 14 39 26 Open bib 59 seconds think a little change a lot t3370 2014 12 05 Commit 36761 Viewshide full record 14 50 50 Open New bib 1998 National science Foundation authorization lang 2014 12 05 Commit 21997 hearings before the Subcommittee on Science 14 30 37 Open Research and Technology of the Committee on alante opace and Technolog House af Repmesentalives One HUnNOreAth Cong ess irat esse aia Nel 2a Mana E a The planned workflow is that a junior cataloger might create a record and save it to the reservoir Then a senior cataloger will open the record check it for accuracy and commit it to the catalog When the record is open in the editor there are options either to save it to the reservoir or to the catalog commit changes DLS User Manual Page 180 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Save status Last saved 2014 12 05 14 30 56 9 2 3 Creating a Bibliographic Record using Z39 50 From the Starting Points menu click From z3950 A pop up box will appear which you can use to search z39 50 targets Record View New From template From 239 504 Open Catalog record A
422. w on their behalf and they may borrow on behalf of one or more other patrons In this feature the proxy patron A 1s borrowing on behalf of another patron B Patron B 1s responsible for the loan and is assessed any fines related to the item The proxy patron A should deliver the materials to the responsible patron B not use the responsible patron s privileges to borrow materials for their own A s use The system preference borrowerRelationship allows libraries to define different proxy relationships Preference Explanation Value Edit Define valid relationships between a guarantor 4 a ea e r 7 borrowerkelationship eat borrowerRelationshi guarantee separated by or Professor Student Save Edit The Proxy relationship is set up from Checkout or from editing the patron record on the Borrowing Relationships tab and can be setup from either the Main Patron or the Proxy Marie A MacArthur de New Ej Edit Change Passwe 141489832 Checking out to Marie A MacArthur 1 Enter item barcode or text Search the Catalog Find Item using Advance Specify Due Date 23 B Orange Park Te Remember for Session O Baltimore MD 21218 908 689 3253 Category Student STUDENT Home Library LibLime University Demo Library O Checkouts O Holds Patron has nothing checked out Check Out Borrowing Relationships DLS User Manual Page 118 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct
423. weT ah BweT aEessler Liz aPhilippa Fisher and the dream maker s daughter r cLiz Eessler illustrated by Katie Mar alst ed aSomerville Mass bCandlevick Press cz2no2 300 az 7D p Hill c20 cm aWhile on vacation with her parents Fhilippa Fisher befriends Eo aFriendship Wduvenile fiction aFathers and daughters Wduvenile fiction alrt ief wJuwenile fiction aMightmares vdurenile fiction aMaqic wlurenidle fiction aMay Eatie eill 040 100 245 250 260 S20 c14209506 a142956 ee O A ED o If the incoming record matched a title already in the catalog you ll see a link to that record in the last column When you are ready to import click the Import Into Catalog button found between those two sections of the screen While the file is importing you ll see a progress bar on the screen When the import is complete the screen will summarize the work done and confirm completion of the import It may take a few minutes for the records to be fully indexed and searchable DLS User Manual Page 195 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Manage Staged MARC Biblio Records gt Batch 769 File name Comments Staged Status Matching rule applied Action if matching record found Action if no match found tem processing 4CDs mre 2013 12 19 13 28 24 imported ISBN O20 a replace create_new i
424. words all of the words must be found in the field Melville Herman DOES match an all words search for Herman Melville or for Melville Herman DLS User Manual Page 296 Copyright O 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited any words similar to all words except any of the words must be found not all less than more than equals these do numeric comparisons useful for ISBN ISSN searches 13 11 Creating a Purchase Order The Vendor Account is assigned when a new Purchase Order is created New Purchase Order Wendor Account Purchase Order Number Order type BLANK ANY 2 Bulk Send to Catalog Send EDI Delete Print PO Number 522 Edit endor Account Amazon4o Status OPE Total Price 0 00 0 00 Encumbered 0 00 Expended O Order Lines O Order Line Copies PO Lines Charges Notes EDI B New Edit Apply Template a Fill in Search Delete Title P List Price Discount T S V Receiving Note Created At Created By Catalog Link Purchase order lines POL s are adding to the Purchase Order PO via the New button and can be added Manual Entry From Search of any z39 50 target or via File Upload Records PO Lines Charges Motes ED New Edit Apply Templa Manual Entry P Lis From Search Upload Records When you choose Manual Entry the basic PO Line Entry Form will b
425. xlsx staged 2015 10 10 03 25 36 O 0 Clean T62 cmarc_ test Ob SD out feu test staged 2013 09 29 01 52 51 30 O Clean 61 hyweb cmarc test 06_90 so feu test staged 2015 09 29 01 49 43 90 0 Clean 60 uget mrk UGC Titles staged 2013 06 24 02 20 01 0 0 Clean DLS User Manual Page 192 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Click on the filename you want to manage and 1t will show you details about the records In the top part of the screen you will see the current settings and can opt to apply a different matching rule Manage Staged MARC Biblio Records gt Batch 769 File name 4C0s mrc Comments Staged 2013 12 19 13 28 24 Status staged Matching rule ISAM 02052 applied Action if matching replace record found Action if no match create_new found tem processing ignore New matching ISEN 020 a rule Action if matching Replace existing record with incoming record record found Action if no match Ada incoming record found tem processing lanore items y Apply different matching rule Scroll down and the bottom part of the screen has links for each record in the batch DLS User Manual Page 193 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited tem processing lgnore items Apply different matching rule Import into catalog
426. xpected Subscription summary Start date 01 01 2011 End date 01 01 2014 History start date 01 01 2011 History end date Received issues Missing issues Nonpublic note Public note Library retains 5 years Current year in Periodicals Department on 2nd floor Or by searching for the Subscription and clicking the Serial receive link on the right of the subscription Search Subscriptions ISSN Title journal russian studies Search Search Subscriptions Check Out Search the Catalog olla lt d gt New Subscription Serials subscriptions ISSN Title Note Library Callnumber 1307 3419 International journal of Russian studies Library retains 5 years Current year in Periodicals Department on 2nd floor WCCC Issue History Serial receive Clicking the Receive button will display the checkin window with a Status drop down box to allow change of status from Expected to Arrived with other statuses of Late Missing Claimed Not available Serial Edition nternational journal of Russian st Numbered Published on Expected on Status s Issue Vol 65 No 1 01 01 2011 01 01 2011 Expected rH Supplemental Issue Save Checkin of new issues is immediately reflected in the Discovery Layer DLS User Manual Page 325 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited International journal of Russian studies Mezhdunarodnyi zhu
427. y Address Details Country mandatory Address Type mandatory Address Status mandatory 13 3 Setting up Funds Funds provide the acquisitions operator with views into how money has been allocated encumbered and expended as well as what the free and case balances are within a single Ledger Before ordering can take place you need to create your funds hierarchy and allocate dollar amounts to each fund NOTE Before you can begin creating your fund hierarchy you will first need to create a Fiscal Period and at least one Ledger You must also have your Default Ledger Once a Fiscal Period and Ledger have been created the next step is setting up your Funds hierarchy There are three fund types Summary Funds identified by the amp icon summarize the balances of all Controlling funds lower in the hierarchy It is recommended that you only have one top level root Summary Fund though you may have as many subsidiary Summary Funds within that root node as you need Controlling Funds identified by the le icon reflect actual appropriations The encumbered expended and available balances of a Controlling fund will be calculated using all transactions that use a Controlling fund or any Reporting funds lower in the hierarchy Reporting Funds identified by the 1 icon reflect the available balance of the parent controlling fund The encumbered and expended balances will reflect the specific reporting fund DLS User Manual Page 279
428. y Expected Yes C Locked rooms a novel of suspense fe Main Library Expected Yes O The Super Dragon Brothers Main Library Expected Yes O Ape house a novel Sara Gruen Main Library Expected Yes C A World of Hurt Main Library Expected Yes O Allure of the Game Main Library Expected Yes C Habit Tremell McKenzie Main Library Expected Yes O The Woman Next Door Main Library Expected Yes O The Season of Open Water Main Library Expected Yes O Itis what itis shame on it all again Z Main Library Expected Yes O Captive Soul Main Library Expected Yes O Choral Society Main Library Expected Yes O Chestnut Valley Farm Main Library Expected Yes Total Items 94 So E a 14 dl M h hi r DLS User Manual Page 302 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited If at the point of order the PO Line was marked with the Create Item on Receipt option a pop up window will appear to create an item at this time Create Ape house a novel Sara Gruen 1 2 Item ID f Coded location qualifier O Withdrawn status g Cost normal purchase price 26 00 1 Lost status h Serial Enumeration chro 2 Source of classification k Cataloging Status 4 Damaged status o Full call number 5 Use restrictions p Barcode 7 Not for loan t Copy number 8 Collection code u Uniform Resource Identifier a Permanent location v Cost replacement
429. y Expected false 04 01 2014 RUSH No link WARNING All copies must be fully funded before the system will allow a PO to be sent to the Vendor 13 12 Funding a PO Line You can specify multiple funding sources for a given copy First highlight the copy Notice that the Fund button is now active Click on the Fund button The Fund this Copy form displays 0 Fund this Copy Add Edit Delete Fund Amount Encumbered Expended PO Charge Select Fund 9 95 No ZY Save Cancel T E Total Items 1 Selected Items 1 Page Size Click the Add button to choose a fund from the fund hierarchy DLS User Manual Page 300 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Select Reporting Fund or Controlling Fund A Fund Status OD rrzo12014 default fecal period Opan E E domui wager Opor E Priatia Summary Fund aummary Opan E E Ans comoting Opon E Business controaling E Coremraricmiera corirolira iz Contal Hygiene feontrolling Ecoremics controla E Fam Consumer Sclonce controling E Geography contronng ee History foontreding E information Syatome controllingi E Liw Enforcom nt controla Music controtling E nursing eontrating Total arma 7 O Selected tems i Pago Size peer Cato orar 013 oran a A aros a OF 3 OF iat 3 Oran S OFA 3 Ur a y a Ur E A Drain a Dra OFA 3 OPO Y Clase Date 7101 2014 Ori
430. y Owned bybranch on sheltatAvailability language Language efarmatProduct Type formatFormat author display Author topic Topic pubyearPublication date geo Region collection Collection terntpeltern type eforratPraduct type location Location authval LOC geo Geographie Region collection Collection authyaliC CODE Save Cancel The syntax 1s the Solr index name exactly as configured including upper lowercase followed by a colon and the display name you want pubyear Publication date Entries are separated by commas For fields which are controlled by authorized values such as shelving location and collection code you can add a third parameter with a colon after the display name the word authval and name of the authorized value in parentheses location Location authval LOC gt In this example the shelving location is controlled by the authorized value LOC Using this parameter means that the facets will show the display e g Main Video Collection rather than the actual code VIDEO DLS User Manual Page 36 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Reserve Circ Desk 143 Main Video Collection 142 Main Collection 6 Audiovisual Main Ww To configure facets the data point you want must have its own Solr index and you must know the exact name of the index See the appendix on Solr index names for help 3 5 6 Mul
431. y PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Assign a Template Code and complete the fields to match your label stock Pay particular attention to the Label Width and Label Height Units allow the choice of Inches Centimeters Millimeters or Postscript Points TIP Some libraries find more success wuing Millimeters or Centimeters The Edit Template displays as shown below Edit Label Template Template ID 3 Top Page Margin a Template Code Avery 5460 vertical Left Page Margin 7 Template Default description A eee Description Top Text Margin 0 38 in Left Text Margin 0 35 Units US Inches ce Number of Columns 3 Page Height 5625 in Number of Rows si Page Width 3 625 in a olumns AR A Gap between Rows 9 in A oora Profile defaultidefault TIP When multiple staff or libraries will be using the Label interface it is a good idea to give each template a unique name even when using the same types of labels For example MIDAVERY5460 for Midtown Branch Avery 5460 labels 10 1 3 Profiles The Profile names the specific printer to be used in printing of labels The profile can be named whatever you like the actual name of the printer or a generic default Each library should have 1ts own Profile defined NOTE Profile is not required however some libraries experience printer creep during large batch prin
432. y checked out One column shows renewal status In this example the item is on hold for someone else and thus should not be renewed The patron will not be able to renew this item through the Discovery Layer but a staff person can do it if desired 1 Checkouts 1 Hold s Due _ ES hem Call _ Borrowed gt a Check dain Title gt Type gt 2 Barcode by Renewals Renew in Threshold of war Nathan f 12122013 i by Aginnchs BOOK nie H3 3757 00001 40417 Simith On bold or SY 31658 i Crende blocked rerewrals Rene Checked tems Renew All Click the Override blocked renewals box and the screen changes to show a renewal link DLS User Manual Page 58 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 1 Checkouts 1 Hold s Due ES tem Ca a Borrowed Check an T Title Type Barcode Renew aks Renew In Threshold of war Nathan 121122013 i byddeinnchs BOOK ae 375700001 40447 Smith E A vi 1658 A Orerride blocked renewals F Renew Checked Items Renew All If a user has multiple items out you can click the Renew All button to renew everything Otherwise check the Renew box for the desired item and click the Renew Checked Items The renewal will be done and the number of renewals will show in that column The renewal status for this item reverts to On hold Because this renewal was done the same day as the checkout the due date
433. you must specify values for the following parameters HOMEBRANCH ALLEN mu K Then click Run and the report will execute the query with that parameter added into the other selections DLS User Manual Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Page 161 homebranch Count itemcallnumber ALLEN 1 56415580 0351 TS ALLEN 4 HEADPHONES KOSS ALLEN 1 M1 451 A v do ALLEN 1 M1 451 A v49 ALLEN 1 M1025 G96 ALLEN 1 M1025 4443 ALLEN 1 M1031 H41 ALLEN 1 M11206 R323 R34 ALLEN 1 M11495 Naa ALLEN 1 M1500 Pe D53 Lae ALLEN 1 M1505 S39 B35 ALLEN 1 M11530 611 37 ALLEN 1 Miz R29 CEA ALLEN 1 M2 R29 D 60 ALLEN 1 M2020 B11 C26 ALLEN 1 M2020 B11 c30 Al FR 1 ATMA A11 CA 8 2 3 Selecting on MARC Data Most item fields and some from the title record are stored in separate tables and fields such as items itemcallnumber or biblio title However the MARC record as a whole is stored in two fields as a MARC formatted blob in biblioitems marc and in XML format in biblioitems marcxml This means that it can be difficult to isolate and report particular MARC fields You ll need to work with the ExtractValue command Here s a sample which pulls the 020a and the 245a SELECT ExtractValue marcxml datafield Otag 020 subfield code gt a AS 020 ISBN ExtractValue marcxml datafield tag 245 subfield code gt a AS TITLE FROM biblioitem
434. your selections click either Place Hold button The screen changes to show the hold and its place in the priority queue DLS User Manual Page 74 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited Home gt Catalog gt The state of the Garden State gt Place a hold on The state of the Garden State Place a hold on The state of the Garden State Patron Search Existing holds Priority Patron Notes Date Pick up Library Details Checkout history Nathan TE Next 1 7 Smith 08 19 2014 LibLime University Demo Library Yl uati Modification log Update holds Waiting Suspended Rasuna Resume on optional ES FJ Y ou can then place holds on the title for other patrons or move on to another screen DLS User Manual Page 75 Copyright 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited 4 11 3 Reordering the Priority Oueue If there are multiple holds on a title staff can change the priority or delete a hold altogether Priority is based on the order in which holds were placed and under normal circumstances you will leave 1t alone However occasionally you may want to allow a patron to get an item out of order On the Holds tab 1f you click the pull down in the Priority column you can change the order by changing the number for each entry You can also delete a h
435. ystem id 999f text 999f just_numeric first cn sort some catalogs seem to have no cn_sort at bib level so fall back on first item cn cn sort 9426 9526 first instrumentation 048 cat_alpha_subfields geo bbox 999c emit_bbox geo shape 999c emit_shape fulltext 856b emit_fulltext uuid record emit_uuids eformat 856q suppress 942n dne_to_zero could use filter here like coerce_int koha tag 999c emit_tags linked_rcn record emit_linked_rcns popularity 999c emit_totalissues DLS User Manual Page 377 Copyright O 2014 by PTFS 11501 Huff Ct N Bethesda MD 20895 Unauthorized duplication of this material is prohibited catdate 999c emit_datecreated acqdate 952d most_recent on shelf at 952 on_shelf_at unique owned by 952a unique lost 9521 min_or_zero record must have at least one item with lost value lt 1 or no items at all on_order_count 942t in_process_ count 942u rating 999c emit_rating create date 260c first emit_best_effort_timestamp first load date 856x just_date emit_best_effort_timestamp pubnum 028a geoarea 043b prodcountry 044a geoclassarea 052a geoclasssubarea 052b subject code 072a corpname 110a 710a 260b corpnumber 110n 710n short title 210a map series 246 emit_map_series edition 250a content classification 355 emit_content_class content releasability

User Manual DLS version 3 / LibLime Academic Koha version 5.10

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents